WO2020040151A1 - Method for producing coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package - Google Patents
Method for producing coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020040151A1 WO2020040151A1 PCT/JP2019/032493 JP2019032493W WO2020040151A1 WO 2020040151 A1 WO2020040151 A1 WO 2020040151A1 JP 2019032493 W JP2019032493 W JP 2019032493W WO 2020040151 A1 WO2020040151 A1 WO 2020040151A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- reinforcing fiber
- fiber tape
- coating liquid
- tape
- liquid
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29B—PREPARATION OR PRETREATMENT OF THE MATERIAL TO BE SHAPED; MAKING GRANULES OR PREFORMS; RECOVERY OF PLASTICS OR OTHER CONSTITUENTS OF WASTE MATERIAL CONTAINING PLASTICS
- B29B15/00—Pretreatment of the material to be shaped, not covered by groups B29B7/00 - B29B13/00
- B29B15/08—Pretreatment of the material to be shaped, not covered by groups B29B7/00 - B29B13/00 of reinforcements or fillers
- B29B15/10—Coating or impregnating independently of the moulding or shaping step
- B29B15/12—Coating or impregnating independently of the moulding or shaping step of reinforcements of indefinite length
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package, and more particularly to an efficient method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
- Fiber reinforced composite material which is a matrix resin containing thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin reinforced with reinforcing fibers, is a material for aviation and space, automotive material, industrial material, pressure vessel, building material, housing, medical equipment. It is used in various fields such as applications and sports. Particularly when high mechanical properties and lightness are required, carbon fiber reinforced composite materials (CFRP) are widely and suitably used. On the other hand, when cost is prioritized over mechanical properties and light weight, a glass fiber reinforced composite material (GFRP) may be used. In the FRP, a reinforcing fiber bundle is impregnated with a matrix resin to obtain an intermediate base material, which is laminated and molded, and when a thermosetting resin is used, is thermoset to produce a member made of FRP.
- CFRP carbon fiber reinforced composite materials
- GFRP glass fiber reinforced composite material
- the two-dimensional sheet-like material is more often used as an intermediate substrate of FRP than a one-dimensional strand or roving-like material when producing a member. It is widely used from the viewpoint of lamination efficiency and moldability.
- narrow-width tape-like intermediate substrates are preferably used here.
- the narrow tape-shaped intermediate substrate can be obtained by slicing a wide sheet-shaped intermediate substrate at a desired width, or by impregnating a narrow reinforcing fiber sheet directly with a matrix resin.
- a method for producing a carbon fiber UD substrate will be briefly described. First, after firing a plurality of yarns, a surface treatment and a sizing agent are applied, and the yarns are wound around a bobbin as a carbon fiber tape. After that, the hot melt method, which is one of the prepreg manufacturing methods, melts the matrix resin, coats it on release paper, and creates a laminated structure sandwiched between the upper and lower surfaces of the reinforcing fiber sheet. The matrix resin is impregnated inside the reinforcing fiber sheet by pressure. This method has a problem that the number of steps is large, the production speed cannot be increased, and the cost is high.
- Patent Document 1 a method of producing a prepreg in which a matrix resin is impregnated into carbon fibers immediately after a firing step in a carbon fiber production process has been proposed.
- this method the steps of applying a sizing agent, winding a bobbin, and unwinding carbon fibers at the time of prepreg manufacture can be simplified, and the number of steps can be reduced.
- Patent Document 3 discloses a method for simultaneously forming a coating film on both surfaces of a sheet material.
- a sheet material is passed through a web guide in order to prevent fluctuation of the sheet material at the time of forming a coating film. After that, coating is performed with a pipe type doctor.
- a strip-type reinforcing fiber bundle is conveyed in a horizontal direction (horizontal direction), passed through a die, and a thermoplastic resin is applied to and impregnated into the strip-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle.
- Patent document 4 is known.
- a plurality of band-shaped reinforcing fiber bundles are separately introduced into a die filled with a molten thermoplastic resin, and are opened, impregnated, and laminated by a fixed guide (for example, a squeeze bar). It is described that the sheet-shaped prepreg is pulled out from a die.
- Patent Document 5 describes an apparatus that applies ultrasonic vibration to an outlet in a pultrusion method in which a manifold is filled with a thermoplastic resin and a reinforcing fiber bundle is pulled out vertically.
- a matrix resin can be applied by contacting a reinforcing fiber bundle with a kiss roll as described in Patent Document 6. Is being done.
- Patent Literature 7 a sizing agent is applied by roll coating, and air is applied to the applied carbon fiber to adjust the amount of application.
- JP 2003-268137 A International Publication WO2001 / 028951 pamphlet JP-A-10-337516
- Patent Document 2 can only produce strands or rovings, and cannot be applied to the production of sheet prepregs that are the subject of the present invention.
- a fluid of a thermoplastic resin is applied to the strand or the side surface of the roving-like reinforcing fiber bundle to generate turbulent flow positively in the conical flow path. This is thought to be intended to partially disturb the arrangement of the reinforcing fiber bundle and allow the matrix resin to flow in.However, when this concept is applied to the reinforcing fiber sheet, the reinforcing fiber sheet is deformed, and the quality of the prepreg is reduced. It is thought that not only does the FRP decrease, but also the mechanical properties of the FRP decrease.
- Patent Document 3 when the technique of Patent Document 3 is applied, it is considered that fluff is generated by rubbing with the web guide, and the running of the reinforcing fiber sheet becomes difficult. Further, the technique of Patent Document 2 is coating of a resin, and impregnation is not intended.
- the air bubbles remaining inside the band-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle are buoyant to a direction orthogonal to the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber bundle (band-shaped reinforcing fiber). Since the gas is discharged in the direction of the thickness of the fiber bundle (the thickness direction of the fiber bundle), the discharge of the bubbles proceeds as if the impregnated matrix resin is pushed away. Therefore, there is a problem that impregnation efficiency is poor because the movement of bubbles is inhibited by the liquid and the impregnation of the matrix resin is also inhibited by the bubbles. Further, it has been proposed to exhaust air bubbles from the vent, but only in the vicinity of the die outlet, and the effect is considered to be limited.
- a nozzle portion not filled with resin is provided on the upper portion of the manifold, and the nozzle can be optimized with a strand or a roving-like material. It is difficult to cope with the shape, and when the reinforcing fiber sheet passes therethrough, fluff is generated, and when it is brought into the manifold, it is considered that it is likely to be clogged with a die.
- An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, which suppresses the generation of fluff and enables continuous production without clogging of the fluff. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape that can increase the speed.
- the method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is characterized in that the coating liquid is reinforced by passing a reinforcing fiber tape having a tape width of 3 to 30 mm into an application section in which the coating liquid is stored.
- the narrow portion has a slit-shaped cross section, and has a cross-sectional area smaller than the upper surface of the liquid reservoir portion, and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape pulled out from the narrow portion has an area having a continuously decreasing area.
- the method for manufacturing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package in which the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is traversed or wound into a disk shape.
- the method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape of the present invention clogging due to fluff can be significantly suppressed and prevented. Further, since the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be obtained with high width accuracy, it is expected that the degree of freedom in design and the processing accuracy in applications such as application to prepregs are improved. Further, the reinforcing fiber tape can be run continuously, thereby improving the productivity and obtaining a high-quality coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape free from breakage or the like.
- BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows the manufacturing method of the coating liquid containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating device which concern on one Embodiment of this invention.
- BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows the manufacturing method of the coating liquid containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating device which concern on one Embodiment of this invention.
- BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is a schematic cross-sectional view which shows the manufacturing method of the coating liquid containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating device which concern on one Embodiment of this invention.
- FIG. 2 is an enlarged detailed cross-sectional view of a portion of a coating unit 20 in FIG. 1A.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a bottom view of the application unit 20 in FIG. 2 as viewed from a direction A in FIG. 2.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a structure inside the coating unit when the coating unit 20 in FIG. 2 is viewed from a direction B in FIG. 2. It is sectional drawing showing the flow of the coating liquid 2 in the clearance gap 26 in FIG. 4a.
- FIG. 4 is a detailed cross-sectional view of a coating unit 20b according to another embodiment different from FIG. 2.
- FIG. 7 is a detailed cross-sectional view of a coating unit 20c according to another embodiment different from FIG. 6.
- FIG. 7 is a detailed cross-sectional view of a coating unit 20d according to another embodiment different from FIG. 6.
- FIG. 7 is a detailed cross-sectional view of a coating unit 20e according to another embodiment different from FIG. FIG.
- FIG. 4 is a detailed cross-sectional view of a coating unit 30 according to an embodiment different from the present invention. It is a figure showing the mode provided with the bar in the liquid pool part which is an example of an embodiment of the present invention. It is the schematic which shows the example of the prepreg tape manufacturing process and apparatus using this invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is the schematic which shows the example of the manufacturing process and apparatus of a coating liquid containing reinforced fiber tape using this invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS It is the schematic which shows the example of the manufacturing process and apparatus of a coating liquid containing reinforced fiber tape using this invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-line mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-line mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-line mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-line mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-line mode according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating an example of a multi-line mode according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure showing the example of the mode of laminating a plurality of prepreg tapes concerning one embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure showing the example of the mode provided with a plurality of application parts concerning one embodiment of the present invention. It is the schematic of an example of another prepreg tape manufacturing process and apparatus using this invention. It is the schematic of an example of another prepreg tape manufacturing process and apparatus using this invention. It is the schematic of an example of another prepreg tape manufacturing process and apparatus using this invention. It is the schematic of an example of another manufacturing process and apparatus of a coating liquid containing reinforcing fiber tape using this invention.
- FIG. 1a is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method and an apparatus for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the coating device 100 is provided between the transport rolls 13 and 14, which are transport mechanisms for transporting the reinforcing fiber tape 1a substantially vertically downward Z, and stores the coating liquid 2 therein.
- Coating section 20 is provided.
- a creel 11 for unwinding the reinforcing fibers 1 and a reinforcing fiber tape 1a in which the unwound reinforcing fibers 1 are arranged in one direction (in FIG. 1, arranged in the depth direction of the paper) are obtained.
- An arrangement device 12 and a winding device 15 for the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b can be provided, and the coating device 100 is provided with a coating liquid supply device (not shown). Further, a supply device 16 for supplying the release tape 3 is provided as needed.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape refers to a coating liquid applied to a reinforcing fiber tape, and the coating liquid may be present on the surface, or a part or all of the coating liquid. May be impregnated inside the reinforcing fiber tape.
- FIG. 1A shows a mechanism in which the coating apparatus travels in the vertical direction, it may travel in a horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 1B, as described later.
- FIG. 1c is a schematic view of a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape having a baking step in a step before the coating apparatus 100 of FIG. 1a.
- a carbon fiber tape may be used as the reinforcing fiber tape, and the steps from the firing step 11 at which the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C. to the step of applying the coating liquid may be continuous.
- continuous means that the carbon fiber is baked and then reinforced into a tape to form a reinforcing fiber tape, and the carbon fiber is applied until the coating liquid is applied to the reinforcing fiber tape. No cutting step.
- the linear velocity at which the carbon fiber is produced, the linear velocity at which the coating liquid is applied in the coating section, and the linear velocity when the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is wound up are basically equal.
- the coating liquid may be subjected to a surface treatment step, a sizing step, a drying step, a carbon fiber tape smoothing device and a widening device, which will be described later.
- the carbon fibers exit the firing step 11 and are guided to the coating apparatus 100.
- transport rolls 13 and 14 for guiding the reinforcing fiber tape 1a made of carbon fiber to the inside of the coating apparatus 100 are provided between the transport rolls 13 and 14, and the coating liquid is provided.
- FIG. 1c shows a mechanism in which the coating device travels in the vertical direction
- the reinforcing fiber tape may travel in the horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 1d, as described later.
- 1d does not show a device for preparing the fired carbon fiber into a tape shape.
- a mechanism for adjusting the arrangement of the fibers such as a guide or a roll, may be used.
- examples of the reinforcing fiber 1 include carbon fiber, glass fiber, metal fiber, metal oxide fiber, metal nitride fiber, organic fiber (aramid fiber, polybenzoxazole fiber, polyvinyl alcohol fiber, polyethylene fiber, etc.). However, it is preferable to use carbon fibers from the viewpoint of the mechanical properties and light weight of the FRP.
- a reinforcing fiber tape As a reinforcing fiber tape, a unidirectional material (UD base material) in which a plurality of reinforcing fibers are arranged on a surface in one direction, a reinforcing fiber in which reinforcing fibers are arranged in a multiaxial manner, or a tape which is randomly arranged and formed into a tape. Fabric.
- UD base material a unidirectional material in which a plurality of reinforcing fibers are arranged on a surface in one direction
- a reinforcing fiber in which reinforcing fibers are arranged in a multiaxial manner or a tape which is randomly arranged and formed into a tape.
- the method for forming the UD base material can be a known method, and is not particularly limited.
- a reinforcing fiber bundle in which single fibers are arranged in advance is formed, and the reinforcing fiber bundle is further arranged to form a reinforcing fiber tape.
- Forming is preferable from the viewpoint of process efficiency and uniform array.
- a tape-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle "tow" is wound around a bobbin, and a tape-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle drawn from this is used as one yarn, or these are arranged in a plurality of yarns.
- a reinforcing fiber tape can be obtained.
- the creel is preferably provided with a tension control mechanism when drawing out the reinforcing fibers.
- the tension control mechanism a known mechanism can be used, and a brake mechanism or the like can be used. The tension can also be controlled by adjusting the thread guide.
- the reinforcing fiber bundles can be arranged to have a desired reinforcing fiber tape width.
- the reinforcing fiber fabric include, in addition to woven fabric and knitted fabric, those in which reinforcing fibers are two-dimensionally arranged in a multiaxial manner, and those in which reinforcing fibers such as nonwoven fabric, mat, and paper are randomly oriented.
- the reinforcing fibers can be formed into a tape by using a method such as binder application, entanglement, welding, or fusion.
- a non-crimp woven fabric, a bias structure, an entangled woven fabric, a multiaxial woven fabric, a multiple woven fabric, or the like can be used in addition to the plain woven fabric, twill fabric, and satin woven fabric.
- the woven fabric combining the bias structure and the UD substrate not only suppresses the deformation of the woven fabric due to the tension in the coating / impregnation process due to the UD structure, but also has the pseudo-isotropy due to the bias structure, which is a preferable form.
- the multi-layer fabric has an advantage that the structure / characteristics of the fabric upper / lower surface and the inside of the fabric can be individually designed. In the case of a knitted fabric, warp knitting is preferred in consideration of the shape stability in the coating / impregnation step, but a blade which is a tubular knitted fabric may be used.
- the reinforcing fiber fabric When the reinforcing fiber fabric is formed into a tape, the reinforcing fiber fabric may be prepared so as to have a desired width from the beginning, or the reinforcing fiber fabric may be cut to have a desired width after forming the reinforcing fiber fabric. .
- the UD substrate when giving priority to the mechanical properties of FRP, it is preferable to use a UD substrate, and the UD substrate can be produced by a known method in which reinforcing fibers are arranged in a tape shape in one direction. .
- AFP Automatic Fiber Placement
- the tape width be 3 to 30 mm (3 mm or more and 30 mm or less).
- a manufacturing method called filament winding is conventionally used. At this time, a matrix resin is applied to one thread (tow) of a reinforcing fiber bundle in a resin tank, and the fiber is directly applied to a pressure vessel liner. This is wrapped around.
- the width of the reinforcing fiber tape is about the same as the tow of one yarn (usually about 6 to 12 mm). It can be as wide as 30 mm.
- a wide reinforcing fiber tape is preferable because, when the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes are laminated, a gap between the tapes, that is, a portion where no reinforcing fibers are present, hardly occurs.
- the carbon fiber tape in the present invention is a tape made of carbon fibers, which are reinforcing fibers, and may be formed from one bundle of carbon fibers or a plurality of carbon fiber threads.
- carbonized yarns graphite yarns obtained by known methods using various fibers such as acrylic, pitch-based, and cellulose-based fibers as precursors, surface-oxidized fibers thereof, and sizing treatments thereof Included.
- a method for producing a polyacrylonitrile-based carbon fiber will be described as an example.
- a spinning method for obtaining a precursor fiber of carbon fiber a spinning method such as a wet type, a dry type, and a dry-wet type can be used.
- a solution in which a polyacrylonitrile homopolymer or copolymer is dissolved in a solvent can be used as the spinning solution.
- a solvent an organic solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide, and an aqueous solution of an inorganic compound such as nitric acid, sodium rhodanate, zinc chloride, and sodium thiocyanate are used.
- the above spinning solution is spun through a spinneret, discharged into a spinning bath and solidified.
- a spinning bath an aqueous solution of the solvent used as a solvent for the spinning solution can be used.
- the fiber coagulated in the spin bath is washed with water and drawn to obtain a precursor fiber.
- the obtained precursor fiber is subjected to a flame-proofing treatment and a carbonization treatment as a firing step, and if necessary, further subjected to a graphitization treatment to obtain a carbon fiber.
- the heating temperature in the firing step is set at a maximum temperature of 1000 to 3000 ° C.
- the carbon fiber tape can be obtained by forming the precursor fiber into a flat cross-sectional shape, for example, an oblong shape, and baking, or forming the obtained carbon fiber yarn bundle into a flat cross-sectional shape. Or a method of arranging a plurality of carbon fiber threads to obtain a tape-like shape.
- ⁇ Surface treatment of carbon fiber tape The carbon fiber tape is subjected to an oxidizing treatment as necessary to improve the adhesiveness with the matrix resin for each carbon fiber single yarn, and an oxygen-containing functional group is introduced into the surface.
- an oxidation treatment method gas phase oxidation, liquid phase oxidation and liquid phase electrolytic oxidation are used. Liquid phase electrolytic oxidation is generally used from the viewpoint of high productivity and uniform processing.
- Examples of the electrolytic solution used in the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation include an acidic electrolytic solution and an alkaline electrolytic solution.
- Examples of the acidic electrolyte include inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, boric acid, and carbonic acid; organic acids such as acetic acid, butyric acid, oxalic acid, acrylic acid, and maleic acid; or ammonium sulfate and ammonium hydrogen sulfate And the like.
- alkaline electrolyte examples include aqueous solutions of hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and barium hydroxide; sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate; Aqueous solution of carbonate such as barium carbonate and ammonium carbonate; Aqueous solution of hydrogen carbonate such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium bicarbonate, barium bicarbonate and ammonium bicarbonate; Ammonia, tetraalkylammonium hydroxide And an aqueous solution of hydrazine.
- hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and barium hydroxide
- Aqueous solution of carbonate such as barium carbonate and ammonium carbonate
- Aqueous solution of hydrogen carbonate such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium bi
- the carbon fiber tape is subjected to electrolytic oxidation treatment with an alkaline electrolyte, or the carbon fiber tape is acidified. After performing electrolytic oxidation treatment in an aqueous solution and subsequently washing with an alkaline aqueous solution, a matrix resin may be applied.
- alkaline aqueous solution used for washing include aqueous solutions of hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, and barium hydroxide; sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, and carbonate.
- Aqueous solution of carbonate such as calcium, barium carbonate and ammonium carbonate;
- Aqueous solution of hydrogen carbonate such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium bicarbonate, barium bicarbonate and ammonium bicarbonate;
- Aqueous solutions of alkyl ammonium and hydrazine are included.
- a method of cleaning the carbon fiber tape with an alkaline aqueous solution for example, a dipping method and a spraying method can be used.
- the carbon fiber tape After washing the carbon fiber tape with a liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment or an alkaline aqueous solution, it may be washed with water and dried.
- a sizing treatment can also be performed on the carbon fiber tape in order to impart convergence to the obtained carbon fiber tape.
- the method of applying the sizing agent is not particularly limited, but using a coating device 100 described later is preferable because the sizing agent can be applied to the carbon fiber tape with high accuracy of the application amount and inside the tape.
- the carbon fiber tape may run in the vertical direction as shown in FIG. 1A, or may run in the horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 1B.
- the sizing agent is used as an aqueous solution or aqueous dispersion, or an organic solvent solution.
- the sizing agent imparts convergence to the carbon fiber tape, improves bending resistance and abrasion resistance, and forms a composite of the carbon fiber tape. Any sizing agent can be used as long as it provides good composite material properties when used as a reinforcing fiber of the material.
- the sizing agent used as an aqueous solution and / or aqueous dispersion may be added to a water-soluble resin such as polyalkylene oxide and its derivatives, polyvinylpyrrolidone and its derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, and the like, or water-dispersible by adding various surfactants.
- a water-soluble resin such as polyalkylene oxide and its derivatives, polyvinylpyrrolidone and its derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, and the like, or water-dispersible by adding various surfactants.
- various known resins such as an epoxy resin and an unsaturated polyester resin.
- the sizing agent used as the organic solvent solution includes, for example, various known resins such as glycidyl ether type, glycidyl ester type, glycidylamine type, aliphatic epoxide type epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, polyamide resin, and polyimide resin. Is mentioned.
- Any organic solvent may be used as long as it can stably dissolve the resin.
- Organic solvents include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene, acetone, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, carbon tetrachloride, tricrene, and chloroform.
- examples thereof include halogenated hydrocarbons and modified ethers such as cellosolve, but are not particularly limited to the above resins. What is necessary is just to select suitably according to a boiling point and industrial good handling.
- the organic solvent sizing agent may be used as a mixture of two or more kinds.
- the sizing comprises (A) an epoxy resin, (B) a condensate of an unsaturated dibasic acid and an alkylene oxide adduct of a bisphenol, and (C) an alkylene oxide adduct of a phenol.
- the epoxy resin used in (A) include a glycidyl type epoxy resin and a non-glycidyl (peracetic acid) epoxy resin.
- the glycidyl type epoxy resin is a bisphenol type epoxy resin, for example, obtained by condensing epichlorohydrin with a bisphenol such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F, 2,2'-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane.
- Phenol-based resins for example, novolak-type phenolic resin treated with epichlorohydrin, and ester-based resins, such as glycidyl methacrylate and ethylenic double bond-containing monomer. Copolymer (eg, acrylonitrile, styrene, vinyl acetate, vinyl chloride).
- ester-based resins such as glycidyl methacrylate and ethylenic double bond-containing monomer.
- Copolymer eg, acrylonitrile, styrene, vinyl acetate, vinyl chloride
- non-glycidyl epoxy resin include a cyclic resin epoxy resin, epoxidized butadiene, epoxidized glyceride, and epoxidized soybean oil.
- Examples of the unsaturated dibasic acid in the condensate of (B) include fumaric acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid, and itaconic acid.
- alkylene oxide adducts of bisphenols the bisphenols described in (A) above can be used.
- -Alkylene oxide ethylene oxide (EC), propylene oxide (PO), butylene oxide (BO), etc.
- adducts in the case of two or more alkylene oxide adducts, random or block adducts).
- monocyclic phenol phenol having one aromatic ring
- phenol phenol having one or more alkyl groups
- polyvalent phenol and polycyclic phenol Phenols having two or more aromatic rings
- phenylphenol cumylphenol
- benzylphenol hydroquinone monophenylether
- naphthol bisphenol
- monocyclic phenol phenol having one aromatic ring
- alkylene oxides eg, EO, PO, BO
- styrenated phenols reaction products
- styrenes styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, etc.
- an alkylene oxide adduct a block or random adduct is used.
- the aqueous solution, aqueous dispersion, or organic solvent solution of the sizing agent may be prepared by a conventionally known method according to the characteristics of the sizing agent.
- the carbon fiber tape can be obtained by heat treatment, removing the solvent contained in the sizing agent-containing liquid, and drying.
- the production method of the present invention can be used as a method for applying a sizing agent to a carbon fiber tape. Further, it can be used as a method for applying a resin to a carbon fiber tape to which a sizing agent has been applied, as described later.
- ⁇ Tension control of reinforcing fiber> in order to uniformly pull out the reinforcing fibers stretched over the creel, and to improve the width accuracy of the reinforcing fiber tape, and eventually the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape, the tension at the time of pulling out the reinforcing fibers from the creel is increased. It is preferable to control.
- the yarns are aligned and nipped, and a driving device is used to control the tension by providing a speed difference with the equipment in a later process.
- a direction changing guide roll is used.
- a driving method, a method using a roll connected with a powder brake as described in JP-A-2004-162055, and the like can be given.
- a creel having a brake mechanism in a spindle portion on which a reinforcing fiber bobbin is hung can be used.
- the brake mechanism include a band brake and an electromagnetic type.
- the electromagnetic method there is a method of providing magnetic torque control equipment using permanent magnets on a spindle shaft.
- the electromagnetic brake mechanism include those described in, for example, JP-A-2012-184076.
- tension control can be performed via a dancer roll. Of these, it is preferable to use a creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism from the viewpoint of precision of tension control and downsizing of the manufacturing apparatus.
- the method of smoothing is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of physically pressing with a facing roll or the like, and a method of moving a reinforcing fiber using an air flow.
- the physical pressing method is preferred because it is simple and does not easily disturb the arrangement of the reinforcing fibers. More specifically, calendering or the like can be used.
- the method using an air flow is preferable because it not only causes less abrasion but also has the effect of widening the reinforcing fiber tape.
- ⁇ Widening of reinforcing fiber tape> it is also preferable to guide the reinforcing fiber tape to the application section after the reinforcing fiber tape has been subjected to the widening process, from the viewpoint of efficiently producing a wide coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. If the tape width is large, it is considered that there is an advantage that the cover area at the time of laminating the prepreg tape is large and the gap at the time of lamination is suppressed.
- the widening processing method includes a method of mechanically applying vibration and a method of expanding the reinforcing fiber bundle by an air flow.
- a method of mechanically applying vibration there is a method of bringing a reinforcing fiber sheet into contact with a vibrating roll as described in, for example, JP-A-2015-22799.
- the vibration direction when the traveling direction of the reinforcing fiber tape is the X axis, it is preferable to apply vibrations in the Y axis direction (horizontal direction) and the Z axis direction (vertical direction). It is also preferable to use them in combination. It is preferable that a plurality of projections are provided on the surface of the vibrating roll, because the abrasion of the reinforcing fibers by the roll can be suppressed.
- SEN-I GAKKAISHI vol. 64, P-262-267 (2008). The described method can be used.
- the reinforcing fiber tape when the coating liquid temperature is set higher than room temperature, the reinforcing fiber tape is heated and then guided to the liquid pool, thereby suppressing the temperature drop of the tape and improving the viscosity uniformity of the coating liquid.
- the reinforcing fiber tape is preferably heated to a temperature close to the temperature of the coating liquid, and various heating means for this purpose include air heating, infrared heating, far-infrared heating, laser heating, contact heating, and heating medium heating (such as steam). Means can be used. Above all, infrared heating is preferable because the apparatus is simple and the reinforcing fiber tape can be directly heated, so that it can be efficiently heated to a desired temperature even at a high running speed.
- the coating liquid used in the present invention can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose to be applied.
- the coating liquid include a liquid containing a sizing agent and a surface modifying agent, such as a sizing agent and a surface imparting agent, which impart convergence and functionality, and a matrix resin for forming a prepreg tape.
- the matrix resin used in the present invention can be used as a resin composition containing various resins, particles, curing agents, and various additives described below.
- the reinforcing fiber tape is impregnated with a matrix resin as a coating liquid, and the prepreg tape can be directly laminated and molded to obtain a member made of FRP.
- the degree of impregnation can be controlled by the design of the application section and the additional impregnation after application.
- the matrix resin can be appropriately selected depending on the application, but it is common to use a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin.
- the matrix resin may be a molten resin heated and melted or a matrix resin at room temperature. Further, a solution or a varnish formed using a solvent may be used.
- the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape may be referred to as a prepreg tape in some cases.
- a resin generally used for FRP such as a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, and a photocurable resin can be used. Further, these may be used as they are if they are liquids at room temperature, or may be used as solids or viscous liquids at room temperature to reduce the viscosity by heating, or may be used as a melt by melting, or a solvent. May be used as a solution or varnish.
- the thermoplastic resin is selected from a carbon-carbon bond, an amide bond, an imide bond, an ester bond, an ether bond, a carbonate bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, a sulfone bond, an imidazole bond, and a carbonyl bond in the main chain.
- a polymer having a bond can be used.
- PPS, PES, PI, PEI, PSU, PEEK, PEKK, PAEK, and the like are suitable.
- polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP), PA, polyester, PPS, and the like are preferable in order to increase molding efficiency.
- PP polypropylene
- PA polypropylene
- polyester polypropylene
- PPS polypropylene
- these may be polymers or oligomers or monomers for low viscosity and low temperature coating. Of course, these may be copolymerized depending on the purpose, or they may be mixed and used as a polymer blend or a polymer alloy.
- thermosetting resin examples include an epoxy resin, a maleimide resin, a polyimide resin, a resin having an acetylene terminal, a resin having a vinyl terminal, a resin having an allyl terminal, a resin having a nadic acid terminal, and a resin having a cyanate ester terminal.
- an epoxy resin a maleimide resin, a polyimide resin, a resin having an acetylene terminal, a resin having a vinyl terminal, a resin having an allyl terminal, a resin having a nadic acid terminal, and a resin having a cyanate ester terminal.
- thermosetting resin suitable for the present invention an epoxy resin is preferably used because of its excellent heat resistance, chemical resistance, and mechanical properties.
- an epoxy resin using an amine, a phenol, or a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond as a precursor is preferable.
- an epoxy resin having an amine as a precursor various isomers of tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane, triglycidyl-p-aminophenol, triglycidyl-m-aminophenol, and triglycidylaminocresol, and phenols are used as precursors.
- the epoxy resin include, but are not limited to, alicyclic epoxy resins. Brominated epoxy resins obtained by brominating these epoxy resins are also used.
- An epoxy resin having an aromatic amine represented by tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane as a precursor has a good heat resistance and a good adhesion to a reinforcing fiber, and is most suitable for the present invention.
- Thermosetting resin is preferably used in combination with a curing agent.
- the curing agent may be a compound having an active group capable of reacting with an epoxy group.
- a compound having an amino group, an acid anhydride group, or an azide group is suitable.
- dicyandiamide, various isomers of diaminodiphenylsulfone, and aminobenzoic acid esters are suitable. More specifically, dicyandiamide is preferably used because of its excellent prepreg preservability. Further, various isomers of diaminodiphenyl sulfone are most suitable for the present invention because they give cured products having good heat resistance.
- trimethylene glycol di-p-aminobenzoate and neopentyl glycol di-p-aminobenzoate are preferably used.
- the heat resistance is lower than that of diaminodiphenyl sulfone, the tensile strength is lower. Because it is excellent, it is selected and used according to the application. It is also possible to use a curing catalyst if necessary. From the viewpoint of improving the pot life of the matrix resin, it is also possible to use a complexing agent capable of forming a complex with a curing agent or a curing catalyst.
- thermoplastic resin mixed with a thermosetting resin it is also preferable to use a thermoplastic resin mixed with a thermosetting resin.
- a mixture of a thermosetting resin and a thermoplastic resin gives better results than using the thermosetting resin alone. This is because the thermosetting resin is generally capable of low pressure molding by an autoclave while having a brittle defect, whereas the thermoplastic resin is generally difficult to perform low pressure molding by an autoclave while having the advantage of being tough. This is because they exhibit a trade-off characteristic, that is, they can be used in combination to balance physical properties and moldability.
- inorganic particles and organic particles can be contained in the coating liquid and the matrix resin.
- the inorganic particles are not particularly limited, for example, carbon-based particles, boron nitride particles, titanium dioxide particles, silicon dioxide particles, and the like can be suitably used to impart conductivity, heat conductivity, thixotropy, and the like.
- the organic particles are not particularly limited, the use of polymer particles is particularly preferable because the toughness, impact resistance, and vibration damping properties of the obtained FRP can be improved.
- the glass transition temperature (Tg) or the melting point (Tm) of the polymer particles be higher than the matrix resin temperature by 20 ° C.
- the Tg of the polymer particles can be measured using a temperature-modulated DSC under the following conditions.
- the temperature modulation DSC device Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments or the like is suitable, and it can be used after being calibrated with high-purity indium in a nitrogen atmosphere.
- the measurement conditions are as follows: the temperature rise rate is 2 ° C./min, and the temperature modulation condition is a cycle of 60 seconds and an amplitude of 1 ° C.
- the reversible component is separated from the total heat flow obtained in this way, and the temperature at the middle point of the step signal can be set to Tg.
- Tm is measured by a normal DSC at a heating rate of 10 ° C / min, and the peak top temperature of a peak-like signal corresponding to melting can be defined as Tm.
- the polymer particles do not dissolve in the matrix resin.
- polymer particles for example, appropriate ones can be used with reference to the description in WO2009 / 142231 pamphlet and the like.
- polyamide or polyimide can be preferably used, and polyamide, which can greatly improve impact resistance due to excellent toughness, is most preferable.
- Polyamides such as polyamide 12, polyamide 11, polyamide 6, polyamide 66, polyamide 6/12 copolymer, and the epoxy compound described in Example 1 of JP-A-01-104624 are semi-IPN (polymer interpenetrating network structure). Polyamide (semi-IPN polyamide) or the like can be suitably used.
- the shape of the thermoplastic resin particles may be a spherical particle, a non-spherical particle, or a porous particle, but a spherical shape is particularly preferable in the production method of the present invention since the flow characteristics of the resin are not deteriorated. Further, a spherical shape is a preferable embodiment in that there is no starting point of stress concentration and high impact resistance is given.
- polyamide particles include SP-500, SP-10, TR-1, TR-2, 842P-48, 842P-80 (all manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) and "Orgasol (registered trademark)" 1002D. , 2001UD, 2001EXD, 2002D, 3202D, 3501D, 3502D (all manufactured by Arkema Co., Ltd.), "Grillamide (registered trademark)” TR90 (manufactured by Mazaverke Co., Ltd.), "TROGAMID (registered trademark)” CX7323, CX9701 , CX9704 (manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd.) and the like can be used. These polyamide particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- polyurethane-based, rubber-based, and core-shell rubber-based particles are used for the purpose of adjusting the rheological properties of the coating liquid or improving the toughness and vibration damping properties of FRP. It is also possible.
- the number average particle size of the polymer particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 7 to 40 ⁇ m, and still more preferably in the range of 10 to 30 ⁇ m.
- the number average particle diameter is 5 ⁇ m or more, the particles do not enter the bundle of the reinforcing fibers, and can remain in the reinforcing fiber interlayer resin layer of the obtained fiber-reinforced composite material.
- the coating liquid viscosity is preferably 0.9 Pa ⁇ s or less.
- the viscosity refers to the coating liquid viscosity at the coating liquid temperature measured in the liquid pool portion, more specifically, using a viscoelasticity measuring device such as a parallel disk type or cone type, distortion It is the viscosity at the coating liquid temperature measured at the liquid pool, measured at a speed of 3.14 s -1 .
- the loss elastic modulus can be measured in the same manner as the viscosity measurement described above, and is a loss temperature at a coating liquid temperature in the liquid reservoir and a strain rate of 3.14 s -1 .
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is prevented from sticking to rolls and guides in the manufacturing process, and there is an advantage that the process can be stabilized. Furthermore, this makes it possible not only to release the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape directly without using a release tape or the like, but also to improve the unwinding property of the wound coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, High speed unwinding becomes possible. This is preferable when a prepreg tape is used as the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, because high-speed lamination with an automatic laminating apparatus or the like becomes possible.
- the release tape is not used, the amount of the prepreg tape per winding package is increased, and the operation time of the automatic laminating apparatus can be extended, so that the laminating efficiency over a long time is improved, which is preferable.
- the same effect can be obtained not only in an automatic laminating apparatus such as an AFP for an aircraft, but also in a tow prepreg winding apparatus such as a pressure tank.
- the viscosity measured at 25 ° C. and a strain rate of 3.14 s ⁇ 1 is preferably 10 Pa ⁇ s or less, or 10 6 Pa ⁇ s or more.
- the method of applying the coating liquid 2 to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a in the coating apparatus 100 includes a method of applying a plurality of reinforcing fibers unwound from the creel 11. After the reinforcing fibers 1 are arranged in one direction (the depth direction of the paper surface) by the arranging device 12 to obtain the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, the coating liquid 2 is applied to both surfaces of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. Thereby, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b can be obtained.
- FIG. 2A is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20 in FIG. 1 in an enlarged manner.
- the coating unit 20 includes wall members 21a and 21b facing each other with a predetermined gap D therebetween, and a cross-sectional area between the wall members 21a and 21b is continuous in a vertically downward Z (that is, a running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape).
- the liquid reservoir 22 which is gradually reduced, is located below the liquid reservoir 22 (on the side where the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is carried out), and is smaller than the cross-sectional area of the upper surface of the liquid reservoir 22 (the side where the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is introduced).
- a slit-shaped constriction 23 having a cross-sectional area is formed.
- the reinforcing fiber tapes 1a are arranged in the depth direction of the paper surface. That is, the width direction of the reinforcing fiber tape coincides with the depth direction of the paper surface.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 1a introduced into the liquid pool section 22 travels downward Z in the vertical direction while accompanying the surrounding coating liquid 2.
- the accompanying coating liquid 2 is gradually compressed and moves toward the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22.
- the pressure of the coating liquid 2 increases.
- the accompanying liquid flow becomes more difficult to flow further downward, flows in the direction of the wall members 21a and 21b, and is then blocked by the wall members 21a and 21b and flows upward.
- a circulating flow T is formed along the plane of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the wall surfaces of the wall members 21a and 21b.
- the fluff moves along the circulating flow T and cannot approach the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 or the narrowed portion 23 where the hydraulic pressure is large.
- the air bubbles adhere to the fluff, and the fluff moves upward from the circulating flow T and passes near the upper liquid level of the liquid reservoir 22.
- the increased liquid pressure has an effect that the coating liquid 2 is easily impregnated into the inside of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a.
- This is based on the property (Darcy's law) that when a matrix material is impregnated into a porous body such as a reinforcing fiber bundle, the degree of impregnation increases with the pressure of the matrix resin. Also in this case, when the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is run at a higher speed, the hydraulic pressure is further increased, so that the impregnation effect can be further enhanced.
- the coating liquid 2 is impregnated with air bubbles / liquid replacement with the air bubbles remaining inside the reinforcing fiber tape 1a.
- the air bubbles pass through the gaps inside the reinforcing fiber tape 1a due to the above-mentioned liquid pressure and buoyancy, and the fibers are removed. It is discharged in the orientation direction (vertically upward). At this time, since the air bubbles are discharged without displacing the impregnated coating liquid 2, there is also an effect of not impairing the impregnation. Some of the air bubbles are discharged out of the surface (normal direction) from the surface of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. However, the air bubbles are also quickly eliminated upward in the vertical direction by the above-mentioned liquid pressure and buoyancy. There is also an effect that the discharge of air bubbles proceeds efficiently without staying at the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 having a high effect.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be impregnated with the coating liquid 2 efficiently, and as a result, a high-quality coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b in which the coating liquid 2 is uniformly impregnated can be obtained.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is automatically centered at the center of the gap D by the increased liquid pressure, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a does not directly rub against the wall of the liquid reservoir 22 or the narrowed portion 23. It also has the effect of suppressing the generation of fluff. This is because when the reinforcing fiber tape 1a approaches one of the gaps D due to a disturbance or the like, the coating liquid 2 is pushed into the narrower gap on the approaching side and compressed, so that the hydraulic pressure increases on the approaching side. Then, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is pushed back to the center of the gap D.
- the constriction 23 is designed to have a smaller cross-sectional area than the upper surface of the liquid reservoir 22. As can be understood from FIG. 2a, the cross-sectional area is reduced because the length of the pseudo plane made of the reinforcing fiber sheet in the perpendicular direction is small, that is, the interval between the members is small. This is because the impregnation and the self-centering effect can be obtained by increasing the fluid pressure at the constricted portion as described above.
- the cross-sectional shape of the uppermost surface of the constricted portion 23 should be made to match the cross-sectional shape of the lowermost surface of the liquid reservoir 22, from the viewpoint of the running property of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the flow control of the coating liquid 2. Although preferred, the constriction 23 may be slightly larger if necessary.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs completely downward in the vertical direction Z (90 degrees from the horizontal plane), but the present invention is not limited to this. It is sufficient that the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is substantially vertically downward as long as the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be stably and continuously driven.
- the total amount of the coating liquid 2 applied to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be controlled by the gap D of the narrowed portion 23.
- the wall members 21a and 21b may be installed so that the gap D is widened.
- FIG. 1c shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is made of carbon fiber and the firing device 11a is attached.
- the firing step and the coating step are performed continuously, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs vertically downward.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be passed in a substantially horizontal or inclined direction. Whether the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is passed in the vertical downward direction, the horizontal direction, or the inclined direction can be determined depending on, for example, the space for installing the apparatus and the relationship with the preceding and following steps.
- the method of applying the matrix resin 2 to the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a in the coating apparatus 100 is as follows. After arranging the plurality of reinforcing fibers 1 unwound from 11 in one direction (in the depth direction of the paper) by the arrangement device 12 to obtain the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, the reinforcing fiber 1 is passed through the application unit 20 in the horizontal or inclined direction. Thus, the matrix resin 2 is applied to both surfaces of the reinforcing fiber sheet 1b.
- the horizontal direction refers to the X direction in FIG. 1B
- the tilt direction refers to an intermediate direction between the X direction and the Z direction in FIG. 1B.
- FIG. 1d shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is made of carbon fiber, and the firing device 11a is attached.
- the firing step and the coating step are performed continuously, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs in the horizontal direction.
- FIG. 2b is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20 in FIG. 1b in an enlarged manner.
- the application section 20 includes wall members 21a and 21b facing each other with a predetermined gap D therebetween, and the wall members are integrated with the reinforcing fiber tape 1b introduction side and the exit side.
- a liquid reservoir 22 and a slit-shaped member which is located on the outlet side of the liquid reservoir 22 and has a smaller sectional area than the maximum portion of the liquid reservoir 22.
- a constriction 23 is formed.
- the reinforcing fiber tape introduced into the liquid pool section 22 travels in the horizontal direction while accompanying the surrounding coating liquid 2.
- the liquid 2 is gradually compressed, and the pressure of the coating liquid 2 increases toward the outlet of the liquid reservoir 22.
- the accompanying liquid flow becomes more difficult to flow in the outlet direction, flows in the direction perpendicular to the reinforcing fiber tape, and is then blocked by the wall members 21a and 21b.
- the increased liquid pressure has an effect that the coating liquid 2 is easily impregnated into the inside of the reinforcing fiber tape.
- This is based on the property (Darcy's law) that when a matrix resin is impregnated into a porous body such as a carbon fiber bundle, the degree of impregnation increases with the pressure of the matrix resin.
- the hydraulic pressure is further increased, so that the impregnation effect can be further enhanced.
- the coating liquid 2 is impregnated with bubbles remaining inside the reinforcing fiber tape by gas / liquid replacement, and the bubbles are continuously formed with the circulating flow T and the buoyancy so that the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced to the area 22a where the cross-sectional area is not reduced. A large amount comes near the boundary of the decreasing region 22b. For this reason, it is preferable to install a degassing mechanism 56 for degassing air bubbles from the coating liquid 2 near this.
- the reinforcing fiber tape is automatically centered in the center of the gap D by the increased hydraulic pressure, and the reinforcing fiber tape is moved to the liquid pool 22 or It does not directly rub against the wall surface of the stenosis portion 23, and has an effect of suppressing the generation of fluff here.
- the matrix resin 2 is pushed into the narrower gap on the approaching side and compressed, so that the hydraulic pressure further increases on the approaching side. This is for pushing the reinforcing fiber tape back to the center of the gap D.
- the constriction 23 is designed to have a smaller cross-sectional area than the largest part of the liquid reservoir 22.
- the cross-sectional area is reduced because the length in the perpendicular direction of the quasi-plane made of the reinforcing fiber tape is small, that is, the interval between the members is small. This is because the impregnation and the self-centering effect can be obtained by increasing the hydraulic pressure in the constricted portion 23 as described above.
- the cross-sectional shape of the inlet portion of the constricted portion 23 be made to match the cross-sectional shape of the surface of the liquid reservoir 22 in contact with the narrowed portion 23, from the viewpoint of the running property of the reinforcing fiber tape 1b and the flow control of the matrix resin 2.
- the constriction 23 may be slightly larger if necessary.
- the reinforcing fiber tape runs completely in the horizontal direction, but is not limited to this, and the above-described effects of collecting fluff and discharging bubbles can be obtained, and the carbon fiber sheet 1a can be obtained.
- the vehicle may travel in the inclined direction in the application section 20 within a range in which the vehicle can travel stably continuously. Further, the application section 20 can be inclined.
- the total amount of the coating liquid 2 applied to the reinforcing fiber tape can be controlled by the gap D of the constricted portion 23 as in the case of running the reinforcing fiber tape vertically downward.
- the gap D may be adjusted to be wide.
- FIG. 2B illustrates a case where one reinforcing fiber tape is introduced into the application section from the horizontal direction.
- introduction of the reinforcing fiber tape into the application section is not limited to this, and a plurality of reinforcing fiber tapes may be used as necessary.
- the introduction direction may be the inclined direction. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 2c to 2e.
- one reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs obliquely downward from above, and is introduced into the coating unit 20 through the opening 60. Then, the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape 1 a is changed in the horizontal direction by the direction changing member 61, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1 a is pulled out from the narrowed portion 23.
- the direction changing member 61 it is preferable that at least the surface of the direction changing member 61 that is in contact with the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is formed as a curved surface. Further, from the viewpoint of preventing winding of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, the direction changing member 61 is preferably fixed.
- the direction changing portion 61 is a fixed bar having a curved surface, and its cross-sectional shape can be exemplified by a circle, an ellipse, a saddle type, and the like.
- a curved surface and a flat surface may be mixed at a portion where the direction changing member 61 and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a are in contact with each other.
- generation of fluff can be suppressed. ,preferable.
- a rotatable roller can be used from the viewpoint of suppressing abrasion between the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the direction changing member 61.
- the impregnation may be performed by replacing the coating liquid 2 with the gas in the reinforcing fiber tape 1a.
- impregnation can be promoted more efficiently by abutting the plurality of direction changing members 61 at an angle.
- the installation position of the direction change member 61 is 1 cm or more from the boundary position between the region 22a where the cross-sectional area does not decrease and the region 22b where the cross-sectional area continuously decreases. It is preferable that the region 22a is not reduced.
- FIG. 2D two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a run obliquely downward from above and are introduced into the coating unit 20 through the opening 60.
- the running direction of each of the two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a is changed by the direction changing member 61 to the horizontal direction, and after the two sheets are stacked, they are pulled out from the narrowed portion 23.
- the impregnation becomes easier in the region 22b and the constricted portion 23 where the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced, which is preferable.
- two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a run obliquely downward from above and are introduced into the coating section 20 through the opening 60. Then, the impregnation of the two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a is advanced while passing through the plurality of direction changing members 61, and finally, the two sheets are pulled out from the constricted portion 23 after being laminated.
- the shape and number of the direction change members 61 for promoting the impregnation can be variously selected according to the purpose.
- the contact length between the direction changing member 61 and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the angle (wrap angle) formed between both ends of the contact portion and the center of the direction changing member 61 can be selected according to the purpose.
- 2D and 2E show an example in which the number of the reinforcing fiber tapes 1a is two, but it is needless to say that any number of three or more reinforcing fiber tapes can be used.
- FIG. 3 is a bottom view of the application unit 20 viewed from the direction of A in FIG. 2A.
- the coating section 20 is provided with side wall members 24a, 24b for preventing the coating liquid 2 from leaking from both ends in the arrangement direction of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, and is surrounded by the wall members 21a, 21b and the side wall members 24a, 24b.
- An outlet 25 of the constricted portion 23 is formed in the closed space.
- the outlet 25 has a slit shape, and the sectional aspect ratio (U / D in FIG. 3) may be set according to the shape of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a to which the coating liquid 2 is to be applied.
- FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure inside the coating unit when the coating unit 20 is viewed from the direction B.
- the wall member 21b is omitted to make the drawing easy to see, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a draws the reinforcing fibers 1 so as to be arranged with a gap therebetween. Arrangement without gaps is preferred from the viewpoint of the quality of the prepreg tape (one embodiment of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape) and the mechanical properties of the FRP formed from the prepreg tape.
- FIG. 4 b shows the flow of the coating liquid 2 in the gap 26.
- a vortex flows in the coating liquid 2 in the direction of R. Since the vortex flow R becomes a flow (Ra) directed outward at the lower portion of the liquid pool 22, the reinforcing fiber tape may be torn (breakage) or the interval between the reinforcing fibers may be increased.
- the flow (Rb) flows inward, so that the reinforcing fiber tape 1a may be compressed in the width direction and the end thereof may be broken.
- Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent No. 3252278
- the width of the gap 26 so as to suppress the generation of the vortex at the end.
- the width L (mm) of the liquid reservoir 22, that is, the distance L (mm) between the side plate members 24a and 24b is equal to or less than the width W (mm) of the reinforcing fiber tape measured immediately below the constriction 23. It is preferable to configure so as to satisfy the following relationship. L ⁇ 1.1 ⁇ W.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b having high quality and high stability can be obtained. Furthermore, when this technique is applied to a prepreg tape, not only can the quality and quality of the prepreg tape be improved, but also the mechanical properties and quality of the FRP obtained using the prepreg tape can be improved.
- the lower limit of L is 0.9 ⁇ W or more. Controlling the distance L between the side plate members 24a and 24b in this manner is also preferable from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional accuracy in the width direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b.
- the width regulation is performed at least at the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 (the position G in FIG. 4A) from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of the vortex R due to the high liquid pressure below the liquid reservoir 22. Further, more preferably, when this width regulation is performed over the entire area of the liquid pool 22, the generation of the vortex flow R can be almost completely suppressed, and as a result, cracks and end breaks of the reinforcing fiber tape can be almost completely prevented. Can be suppressed.
- the width regulation may be performed only on the liquid pool portion 22, but when the constriction portion 23 is similarly performed, an excessive amount of the coating liquid is applied to the side surface of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing that 2 is given.
- width regulation mechanisms 27a and 27b are provided between the side wall members 24a and 24b, and the width regulation may be performed by such a mechanism. it can.
- the width regulated by the width regulating mechanism can be freely changed so that a single application section can produce a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape having various widths.
- the relationship between the width W (mm) of the reinforcing fiber tape immediately below the constriction and the width L2 (mm) regulated by the width regulating mechanism at the lower end of the width regulating mechanism is L2 ⁇ 1.1 ⁇ W.
- the lower limit of L2 can be adjusted to be 0.9 ⁇ W or more. Controlling the width L2 regulated by the width regulating mechanism in this manner is also preferable from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional accuracy in the width direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b.
- the shape and material of the width regulating mechanism are not particularly limited, but a plate-shaped bush is simple and preferable.
- the width In the upper part, that is, in the place close to the liquid surface, the width smaller than the distance between the wall members 21a and 21b (see FIG. 5a; the vertical direction of the width regulating mechanism in the "view from the Z direction"). By having this, the flow of the coating liquid in the horizontal direction can be prevented, which is preferable.
- the middle part to the lower part of the width regulating mechanism it is preferable that the shape conforms to the internal shape of the application part, because the retention of the coating liquid in the liquid pool part can be suppressed and the deterioration of the coating liquid can be suppressed.
- FIG. 5A shows an example of a plate-shaped bush as the width regulating mechanism, but shows an example in which the lower part from the middle of the bush follows the tapered shape of the liquid reservoir 22 and is inserted to the constriction 23.
- FIG. 5A shows an example in which L2 is constant from the liquid level to the outlet, but the width regulated by the portion may be changed within a range that achieves the purpose of the width regulating mechanism.
- the width regulating mechanism can be fixed to the application section 20 by an arbitrary method.
- the running stability of the reinforcing fiber tape can be improved by various width restrictions in the application step, but similarly, the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be improved thereby.
- the variation coefficient (CV) of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape width is 5% or less.
- the coefficient of variation (CV) of the tape width can be obtained as follows. First, a coating liquid containing reinforcing fibers tape width (W n), measures the longitudinal direction of the tape 30 or more points. As a width measuring method, the obtained coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape may be discretely measured using a caliper or the like off-line, or a moving image of the tape running below the coating section may be taken, and the tape width may be measured. Can be measured with a caliper or the like. Also at this time, measurement is performed discretely. In the case of discrete measurement, the distance between the measurement points is 30 cm or more in the longitudinal direction of the tape. Further, a width measuring device of an optical type or the like may be installed below the coating section to continuously measure the width.
- width measuring device for example, LS-7030 manufactured by Keyence Corporation can be exemplified.
- measurement is performed for 10 m or more in the longitudinal direction of the tape, and data (W n ) of 30 points or more is obtained.
- the average value (W A ) and the standard deviation ( ⁇ W ) of the tape width are obtained from these measured values (W n ), and the width variation coefficient (CV) can be obtained from Expression (1).
- CV (%) ( ⁇ W / W A ) ⁇ 100 (%) (1).
- the width of the reinforcing fiber tape is not regulated on the roll to which the coating liquid is applied, the reinforcing fibers easily move in the width direction due to the penetration of the coating liquid, and the width is essentially limited. Is likely to fluctuate.
- the width regulating roll is operated after the application of the resin by the kiss roll, which is considered to indicate that the width accuracy on the kiss roll as the application portion is insufficient.
- the tape width can be controlled at the application portion by controlling the width L of the liquid pool portion or by adding a width regulating mechanism. It is done.
- the width is regulated after the application of the matrix resin as in Patent Literature 5, it is predicted that there is a possibility that extra matrix resin will adhere to the width regulating portion, causing problems such as destabilizing the process and shortening the cleaning cycle. You.
- the width is regulated in the coating section as in the present invention, the coating liquid (such as a matrix resin) to be applied after the width restriction can be measured, so that there is a low possibility that the excess coating liquid will contaminate the downstream of the process. Is also an advantage.
- ⁇ Cooling immediately after application> it is also possible to cool the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape in a cooling step following the coating step.
- the coating step and the cooling step are continuous means that each step is performed without any other devices such as the transport roll 14 between the apparatus that performs the coating step and the apparatus that performs the cooling step. Cooling the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape immediately after application increases the viscosity of the resin impregnated in the reinforcing fiber tape and suppresses the resin flow in the reinforcing fiber tape to maintain a good width accuracy.
- the distance between the application section 20 and the cooling device 62 is not particularly limited, but the effect is higher as the distance is shorter, and preferably 500 mm or less.
- the form of the cooling device is not particularly limited, for example, a method in which air having a lower temperature than the coating liquid in the liquid pool portion is applied to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be used.
- the liquid pressure can be increased in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape by continuously decreasing the cross-sectional area in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape in the liquid reservoir 22. It is important that the continuous reduction of the cross-sectional area in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape means that there is no particular limitation on the shape as long as the hydraulic pressure can be continuously increased in the running direction.
- the liquid reservoir may have a curved shape such as a tapered shape (linear shape) or a trumpet shape.
- cross-sectional area decreasing portion may be continuous over the entire length of the liquid pool portion, or may include a portion where the cross-sectional area does not decrease or a portion which expands conversely as long as the object and effects of the present invention can be obtained. You may go out. These will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS.
- FIG. 6 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20b of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the coating unit 20 of FIG. 2 except that the shapes of the wall members 21c and 21d constituting the liquid pool 22 are different.
- the liquid reservoir 22 may be divided into a region 22a in which the cross-sectional area continuously decreases in the vertical direction Z downward, and a region 22b in which the cross-sectional area does not decrease.
- the vertical height H at which the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced is preferably 10 mm or more.
- the vertical height H at which the more preferable cross-sectional area is continuously reduced is 50 mm or more.
- the distance in which the coating liquid 2 entrained by the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is compressed in the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is secured, and the liquid generated at the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 is secured.
- the pressure can be increased sufficiently. As a result, it is possible to prevent the fluff from clogging the narrowed portion 23 due to the hydraulic pressure, and to obtain the effect of impregnating the reinforcing fiber tape 1a with the coating liquid 2 by the hydraulic pressure.
- the opening angle ⁇ of the taper is smaller. More specifically, it is preferable to form an acute angle (90 ° or less). Thereby, the compression effect of the matrix resin 2 can be enhanced in the region 22a (tapered portion) where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced, and a high liquid pressure can be easily obtained.
- FIG. 7 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20c of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the application section 20b of FIG. 6 except that the shape of the wall members 21e and 21f constituting the liquid pool section 22 is a two-step tapered shape.
- the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced may be configured by a multi-stage taper portion of two or more stages. At this time, it is preferable to make the opening angle ⁇ of the tapered portion closest to the constricted portion 23 an acute angle from the viewpoint of enhancing the compression effect. Also in this case, it is preferable that the height H of the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is 10 mm or more.
- the vertical height H at which the more preferable cross-sectional area is continuously reduced is 50 mm or more.
- the area 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is formed as a multi-stage tapered portion, so that the volume of the coating liquid 2 that can be stored in the liquid reservoir 22 is maintained while the constriction portion 23 is maintained. Can be further reduced. As a result, the liquid pressure generated in the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 is further increased, and the effect of removing fluff and the effect of impregnating the coating liquid 2 can be further enhanced.
- FIG. 8 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20d of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the application section 20b in FIG. 6 except that the shape of the wall members 21g and 21h constituting the liquid pool section 22 is stepped. As described above, if there is a region 22a in which the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced at the lowermost portion of the liquid reservoir 22, the effect of increasing the hydraulic pressure, which is the object of the present invention, can be obtained. May include a region 22c in which the cross-sectional area decreases intermittently. By forming the liquid reservoir 22 in a shape as shown in FIG. 8, the depth B of the liquid reservoir 22 can be increased and stored while maintaining the shape of the region 22 a where the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced.
- the volume can be increased. As a result, even when the coating liquid 2 cannot be continuously supplied to the coating section 20d, the coating liquid 2 can be continuously applied to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a for a long time, and the productivity of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b can be reduced. Better.
- FIG. 9 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application unit 20e of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the application section 20b in FIG. 6, except that the shape of the wall members 21i and 21j forming the liquid pool section 22 is a trumpet shape (curved shape).
- the area 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid pool section 22 is continuously reduced is tapered (straight), but is not limited to this.
- the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is caught by the step, and there is a concern that fluff is generated at this part.
- the region where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is a trumpet-like shape, the opening of the virtual tangent line at the lowermost part of the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced. It is preferable that the angle ⁇ be an acute angle.
- the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir does not necessarily have to be smoothly reduced unless the object of the present invention is impaired.
- FIG. 10 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application unit 30 according to another embodiment different from the present invention.
- the liquid reservoir 32 in FIG. 10 does not include a region where the cross-sectional area continuously decreases in the vertical downward direction Z, and the cross-sectional area at the boundary 33 with the constriction 23 is discontinuous and sharp. It is a structure which reduces to. For this reason, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is easily clogged.
- FIG. 11 shows an example in which three bars (35a, 35b and 35c) are used.
- the larger the number of bars the longer the contact length between the reinforcing fiber tape and the bar, the larger the contact angle, and the higher the impregnation ratio. Can be improved.
- the impregnation rate can be 90% or more.
- the means for improving the impregnation effect may be used in combination of plural kinds.
- a resin film can be further provided to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b drawn from the coating step.
- a resin film is supplied from the supply device 16 instead of the release tape 3, and the resin film can be laminated on the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1 b on the transport roll 14.
- the number of the resin film is one.
- the resin film may be a film coated on a support such as a release tape, or may be a film not containing the support.
- the resin used for the resin film is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
- the resin used as the resin film may be a single resin, a blend of different polymers, or a resin composition that is a blend of various components.
- the resin film used here can contain the particles. If a matrix resin containing particles is used as a coating liquid in the coating step, the viscosity tends to increase, and the coating uniformity may deteriorate during high-speed running of the reinforcing fiber sheet. For this reason, when particles are applied in the resin film applying step, the high-speed running stability of the reinforcing fiber tape in the application step is improved, which is preferable.
- the resin film containing particles may be a resin film made of a matrix resin.
- the matrix resin can be applied while the particles are applied separately from the coating step, so that it is efficient.
- the matrix resin of the matrix resin containing particles may be the same as or different from the matrix resin component used in the coating step.
- the components of the matrix resin used in the coating step and the matrix resin to be formed into a resin film can be adjusted in consideration of the high-speed running stability in the coating step and the pot life in storage in the coating section.
- a certain resin component can be taken out of the matrix resin and formed into a resin film.
- a thermoplastic resin can be blended with a matrix resin mainly composed of a thermosetting resin to improve the resin toughness, but this thermoplastic resin may increase the matrix resin viscosity.
- application stability can be improved by removing the thermoplastic resin from the matrix resin applied in the application step and applying the thermoplastic resin as a resin film to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
- PES, PEI, PI, and the like are often used as such a thermoplastic resin.
- such a thermoplastic resin film may be a self-supporting film that does not require a support in some cases, and is useful from the viewpoint that the support can be omitted.
- a resin film can be produced by a known method.
- a film can be formed by using various known coaters such as a roll coater, a comma coater, a knife coater, a die coater, and a spray coater. Further, if necessary, a resin can be applied on a support such as a release sheet to form a film.
- a traveling mechanism for transporting the reinforcing fiber tape or the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape As a traveling mechanism for transporting the reinforcing fiber tape or the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, a known roller or the like can be suitably used. In the present invention, since the reinforcing fiber tape is transported vertically downward, it is preferable to arrange rollers vertically above and below the application section.
- the running path of the reinforcing fiber tape is preferably as straight as possible in order to suppress the arrangement disorder and fluffing of the reinforcing fibers.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is often a sheet-like integral body which is a laminate with a release tape, but in the conveying step of this, if there is a bent portion, wrinkles due to a difference in the circumferential length between the inner layer and the outer layer.
- the traveling path of the sheet-shaped integrated object is preferably as straight as possible. From this viewpoint, it is preferable to use a nip roll in the traveling path of the sheet-like integrated object.
- Whether the S-shaped roll or the nip roll is used can be appropriately selected according to the manufacturing conditions and the characteristics of the product.
- a high-tension take-off device for pulling out the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape from the application section is disposed downstream of the application section. This is because high frictional force and shear stress are generated between the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid in the application section, and a high take-up tension is generated downstream in the process in order to overcome this and pull out the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. This is because it is preferable to make them.
- a nip roll or S-shaped roll can be used as the high tension take-off device, but any of them can increase slipping force between the roll and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape to prevent slip and enable stable running. It can be.
- the S-shaped roll is preferable because the frictional force can be easily controlled by the roll diameter and the contact length.
- a release tape supply device In the production of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape or FRP using the present invention, a release tape supply device can be used as appropriate, and such a known device can be used. It is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of feeding back the tension to the unwinding speed from the viewpoint of stable running of the release tape.
- Additional impregnation In order to adjust the degree of impregnation to a desired degree, it is also possible to combine a means for further increasing the degree of impregnation using an impregnating apparatus separately after coating with the present invention.
- additional impregnation after application is referred to as additional impregnation
- an apparatus therefor is referred to as an additional impregnation apparatus.
- the device used as the additional impregnation device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known devices according to the purpose.
- a laminate of a sheet-like carbon fiber bundle and a resin is preheated by a hot plate to sufficiently soften the resin on the sheet-like carbon fiber bundle.
- the impregnation can also be advanced by using a device that presses with a heated nip roll.
- the temperature of the hot plate for preheating, the surface temperature of the nip roll, the linear pressure of the nip roll, and the diameter and number of the nip rolls can be appropriately selected so as to obtain a desired impregnation degree.
- FIG. 1 shows an example in which the prepreg sheet runs in an S-shape, but if impregnation is possible, the contact length between the sheet and the roll, such as a U-shape, V-shape or ⁇ -shape, is described. May be adjusted.
- the impregnation pressure is increased to increase the degree of impregnation, it is also possible to add an opposing contact roll. Further, as shown in FIG.
- a heated nip roll or a heated S-shaped roll can be used, but the roll diameter, the set pressure, and the contact length between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the roll can be reduced as compared with a normal impregnating device. This is preferable because not only the size of the device can be reduced but also the power consumption and the like can be reduced.
- a release tape is applied to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape before the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape enters the simple re-impregnation apparatus, because the running property of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is improved.
- FIG. 13a shows an example of a process for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape equipped with a supplemental impregnation device.
- a simple additional impregnating device 453 is provided immediately below the application section 430.
- the simple additional impregnation device 453 shows an example of a nip roll, but the nip roller preferably has a heating mechanism.
- the number of nip roll stages can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of simplification of the process, three or less stages are preferable (FIG. 13a shows an example of two stages).
- the nip roller is provided with a driving device from the viewpoint of easily controlling the tension of the conveyance of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
- the nip pressure can be appropriately adjusted according to the desired degree of impregnation.
- the nip roll surface is subjected to an appropriate release treatment so that the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape does not stick, or a release tape is inserted between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the nip roll.
- a release tape is inserted between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the nip roll.
- the release sheet is inserted from the application section 430 side, and the release tape is separated from the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape by the roll on the high tension take-up device 444 side.
- the separated release tape may be wound up as it is, or may be run again on the circuit so as to be inserted again from the application section 430 side.
- FIG. 13A shows an example in which the simple additional impregnation and the application of the matrix resin film are directly led to the additional impregnation device 450.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package can be formed by traversing and winding the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, or by winding it into a disc shape. Known ones can be used according to the conditions.
- Winders for traversing and winding are exemplified in, for example, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224.
- using a bobbin traverse type winder makes it possible to straighten the yarn path of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. This is preferable because it can suppress bending, twisting, and turbulence at the package end face.
- a bobbin traverse type winder is exemplified in, for example, JP-A-2004-168466.
- a reel-shaped winder using a roll with a collar or the like can be used.
- the winding conditions can be set with reference to Patent Document 5, JP-A-2017-82209, and the like.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package wound with the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape has a bobbin shape such as a square end type, which is advantageous for large packaging, and improves the productivity of the manufacturing process of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Not only that, the time required to replace the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package in the post-process can be reduced, and the productivity in the post-process can be improved, which is preferable. Since the disk-shaped package has a straight yarn path, it is preferable because the coating liquid-impregnated reinforcing fiber tape hardly bends or twists, and the tape is hardly caught in both the winding and unwinding steps.
- the impregnation ratio of the matrix resin is desirably 10% or more.
- the state of impregnation of the matrix resin can be confirmed by tearing the collected prepreg tape and visually observing the inside, and more quantitatively, for example, by a peeling method.
- the impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method can be measured as follows. That is, the collected prepreg tape is sandwiched between adhesive tapes, and the adhesive tape is peeled off to separate the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered from the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has not adhered.
- the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered to the mass of the entire reinforcing fiber tape charged can be used as the impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method.
- the degree of impregnation can also be evaluated based on the water absorption due to capillary action. Specifically, it can be calculated from the mass change when the lower end 5 mm of the prepreg tape is immersed in water for 5 minutes according to the method described in JP-T-2016-510077.
- FIG. 14 shows an example in which five application sections are connected in a parallel direction.
- the five reinforcing fiber tapes 416 may pass through the five independent reinforcing fiber preheating devices 420 and the application unit 430, respectively, to obtain five coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes 471,
- the reinforcing fiber preheating device 420 and the application unit 430 may be integrated in a parallel direction.
- the coating unit 430 may be provided with five independent width control mechanisms and five coating unit outlet widths.
- the entrance of the wide application section can be partitioned so as to obtain a desired tape width, and can be passed through the application section whose width has been adjusted. Further, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, it is also possible to displace the application sections in a horizontal direction or a vertical direction.
- FIG. 18 shows, by way of example, an embodiment in which the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is laminated using two application sections.
- the two coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes 471 pulled out from the first coating section 431 and the second coating section 432 pass through the direction change roll 445 and are stacked together with the release tape and the resin film 443 on the laminating roll 447 below. Stacking is also possible.
- FIG. 18 exemplifies a device in which the release tape 446 is caused to travel on a circuit by two directional change rolls 445. Note that the direction changing roll can be replaced with a direction changing guide or the like that has been subjected to release processing.
- the high tension take-off device 444 is arranged after the lamination of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471, but it is of course possible to arrange it before the lamination.
- the efficiency of the prepreg laminating step can be improved, and for example, a thick FRP is produced. It is effective when you do.
- the toughness and impact resistance of FRP will be improved by laminating thin prepreg tapes in multiple layers, and by applying this manufacturing method, thin multilayer prepreg tapes can be efficiently obtained. it can.
- a hetero-bonded prepreg tape having added functionality can be easily obtained.
- a prepreg tape having a different thickness or a hetero-bonded prepreg tape obtained by laminating prepreg tapes having different mechanical properties can be used.
- a resin having excellent mechanical properties is provided in the first application section, and a resin having excellent tack properties is provided in the second application section.
- a prepreg tape capable of achieving both mechanical properties and tackiness can be easily obtained. Can be obtained.
- a resin without particles can be applied in the first application section, and a resin containing particles can be applied in the second application section.
- FIG. 19 shows an example in which two application sections are arranged in series. It is preferable to dispose a high tension take-up device 448 between the first application unit 431 and the second application unit 432 from the viewpoint of stabilizing the running of the reinforcing fiber tape 416, but depending on the application conditions and the take-down conditions in the downstream of the process. Can be omitted. Further, when the release tape is positioned between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape drawn out from the first application section and the high tension take-up device 448, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is prevented from sticking to the nip roll, and the running is suppressed. It can be stabilized and is preferable.
- FIG. 19 exemplifies a device in which the high tension take-up device 448 is a nip roll, and the release tape 446 is circuit-run on two rolls.
- the type of coating liquid can be changed in the thickness direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Further, even with the same type of coating liquid, running stability, high-speed running performance, and the like can be improved by changing the application conditions depending on the application section.
- a matrix resin having no tackiness can be disposed on the surface.
- a resin without particles can be applied in the first application section, and a particle-containing matrix resin can be applied in the second application section.
- the manufacturing method of the present invention is not only capable of improving the efficiency and stabilization of the manufacturing, but also is capable of improving the performance and functioning of the product, and is a manufacturing method excellent in scalability.
- the above shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the vertical direction.However, when the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the horizontal or inclined direction and the coating liquid is applied, the same simple additional impregnation and multiple lines are performed. And modifications.
- the manufacturing method of the present invention is not only capable of improving the efficiency and stabilization of the manufacturing, but also is capable of improving the performance and functioning of the product, and is a manufacturing method excellent in scalability.
- the coating liquid is stored in the coating section, but it is preferable to appropriately supply the coating liquid because the coating proceeds.
- the mechanism for supplying the coating liquid to the coating unit is not particularly limited, and a known device can be used. It is preferable that the coating liquid is continuously supplied to the coating section because the running of the reinforcing fiber tape can be stabilized without disturbing the upper liquid level of the coating section.
- self-weight can be supplied as a driving force from a tank storing the coating liquid, or can be supplied continuously using a pump or the like.
- a gear pump, a tube pump, a pressure pump, or the like can be used as appropriate according to the properties of the coating liquid.
- the coating liquid When the coating liquid is solid at room temperature, it is preferable to provide a melter above the reservoir. Further, a continuous extruder or the like can be used. Further, it is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of continuously supplying the coating liquid in accordance with the amount of the coating liquid so that the liquid level above the coating portion of the coating liquid is as constant as possible. For this purpose, for example, a mechanism that monitors the liquid level, the weight of the application section, and the like and feeds it back to the supply device is conceivable.
- the online monitoring method is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
- a device for measuring the thickness for example, a beta-ray meter or the like can be used.
- the application amount can be estimated by measuring the thickness of the reinforcing fiber tape and the thickness of the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber sheet and analyzing the difference.
- the application amount monitored online is immediately fed back to the application unit, and can be used for adjusting the temperature of the application unit and the gap D (see FIG. 2) of the constricted portion 23.
- Application amount monitoring can of course be used as defect monitoring.
- the thickness measurement position for example, referring to FIGS.
- the thickness of the reinforcing fiber sheet 416 is measured in the vicinity of the direction change roll 419, and the thickness of the prepreg is measured between the application section 430 and the direction change roll 441.
- FIG. 12a is a schematic view of an example of a prepreg manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention.
- the reinforcing fiber bundle 414 can be pulled out with a constant tension by a brake mechanism provided to the creel.
- the width accuracy of the reinforcing fiber tape can be improved by drawing out the reinforcing fibers with a constant tension.
- a creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism at the spindle portion as a tension control device for pulling out the reinforcing fibers from the viewpoint of improving width accuracy and reducing the size of the entire device.
- the plurality of pulled out reinforcing fiber bundles 414 are orderly arranged by the reinforcing fiber arrangement device 415, and the reinforcing fiber tape 416 is formed.
- the reinforcing fiber arrangement device 414 may not be used.
- FIG. 12a only three yarns are drawn on the reinforcing fiber bundle, but in practice, one to several hundred yarns can be used. Thereafter, the sheet is conveyed vertically downward through a widening device 417, a smoothing device 418, and a direction change roll 419.
- a widening device 417 a widening device 417
- a smoothing device 418 a smoothing device 418
- the reinforcing fiber tape 416 is conveyed linearly between the reinforcing fiber arranging device 415 and the turning roller 419 between the devices.
- the widening device 417 and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately skipped or the devices can be omitted depending on the purpose.
- the arrangement order of the reinforcing fiber arrangement device 415, the widening device 417, and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately changed according to the purpose.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 416 travels vertically downward from the direction changing roll 419, and reaches the direction changing roll 441 via the reinforcing fiber preheating device 420 and the application unit 430.
- the reinforcing fiber tape and the application section may be in one-to-one correspondence as shown in FIG. 14 or the inside of the wide application section is partitioned as shown in FIG. A reinforcing fiber tape may be passed therethrough.
- a plurality of application sections can be arranged in parallel as shown in FIG. 14, or can be arranged in a staggered manner as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 17, it is also possible to arrange them in a staggered manner vertically.
- the application section 430 can employ any shape of the application section as long as the object of the present invention is achieved. For example, the shapes as shown in FIG. 2A and FIGS.
- a bush can be provided as shown in FIG. 5A. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, a bar can be provided in the application section.
- the resin film 443 unwound from the resin film supply device 442 is laminated on one side of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 on the direction change roll 441, and subsequently another coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 is formed.
- a resin film can be laminated on one side.
- the resin film is a laminate with a release tape, and the resin surface is preferably brought into close contact with the surface of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Release paper, release film, or the like can be used for the release tape.
- the resin film and the release tape may be provided as needed, and in some cases, devices relating to these may be omitted. This can be taken off by the high tension take-up device 444.
- a cooling device may be provided as shown in FIG. 5B.
- FIG. 12A a nip roll is drawn as the high tension take-up device 444.
- the high tension take-off device can be omitted.
- the sheet-shaped integrated material passes through an additional impregnating device 450 provided with a hot plate 451 and a heating nip roll 452, is cooled by a cooling device 461, is taken off by a take-off device 462, and peels off the upper release tape 446. Then, a sheet-like integrated body 472 composed of a prepreg tape / a release tape can be obtained as a product. Additional impregnation may be performed as needed, and in some cases, an additional impregnating machine or a cooling device may be omitted. Since the sheet-like integrated object is conveyed in a basic straight line from the direction changing roll 441 to the winder 464, generation of wrinkles can be suppressed.
- traverse winding either traverse winding or disk winding can be used, but in the case of traverse winding, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224 can be used.
- a guide or a traverse mechanism designed for the tape can be used.
- the winding speed is set to 100 m / min or more, it is preferable to use a bobbin traverse type winder, but it may be selected in consideration of the layout, cost, and the like of the entire manufacturing apparatus.
- FIG. 12A illustrations of the matrix resin supply device and the online monitoring device are omitted.
- FIG. 12A shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the vertical direction and is applied by the application unit 430.
- the application unit 430 has the form shown in FIGS. 1B and 2B to 2E.
- the reinforcing fiber tape can be run in a horizontal direction or an inclined direction and applied. This is the same in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 and FIGS. 13A and 19 to 22 described later.
- FIG. 12c is a schematic view showing a sintering device 411b and subsequent steps in an example of a process and an apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing fiber tape using the present invention.
- the surface treatment device 412b After passing through the surface treatment device 412b, the surface treatment agent drying device 413b, the sizing device 414b, and the sizing agent drying device 415b, it is conveyed vertically downward via the direction change roll 419.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 416 is linearly conveyed from the baking device 411b to the direction change roll 419 between the devices. Note that the widening device 417 and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately skipped or the devices can be omitted depending on the purpose.
- the arrangement order of the widening device 417 and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately changed according to the purpose. Further, the surface treatment device 412b, the surface treatment agent drying device 413b, the sizing device 414b, and the sizing agent drying device 415b can be omitted depending on the required characteristics.
- the reinforcing fiber tape 416 travels vertically downward from the direction changing roll 419, and reaches the direction changing roll 441 via the reinforcing fiber preheating device 420 and the application unit 430. When a plurality of reinforcing fiber tapes are supplied at the same time, the reinforcing fiber tape and the application section may be in one-to-one correspondence as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 14 or the inside of the wide application section is partitioned as shown in FIG.
- a reinforcing fiber tape may be passed therethrough.
- a plurality of application sections can be arranged in parallel as shown in FIG. 14, or can be arranged in a staggered manner as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 17, it is also possible to arrange them in a staggered manner vertically.
- the application section 430 can employ any shape of the application section as long as the object of the present invention is achieved. For example, the shapes as shown in FIG. 2A and FIGS. If necessary, a bush can be provided as shown in FIG. 5A. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, a bar can be provided in the application section. In FIG.
- the resin film 443 unwound from the resin film supply device 442 is laminated on one side of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 on the direction changing roll 441, and subsequently, another coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 is formed.
- a resin film can be laminated on one side.
- the resin film is a laminate with a release tape, and the resin surface is preferably brought into close contact with the surface of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
- Release paper, release film, or the like can be used for the release tape.
- the resin film and the release tape may be provided as needed, and in some cases, devices relating to these may be omitted. This can be taken off by the high tension take-up device 444.
- a cooling device may be provided as shown in FIG. 5B.
- a nip roll is drawn as the high tension take-up device 444.
- the high tension take-off device can be omitted.
- the sheet-shaped integrated material passes through an additional impregnating device 450 provided with a hot plate 451 and a heating nip roll 452, is cooled by a cooling device 461, is taken off by a take-off device 462, and peels off the upper release tape 446.
- a sheet-like integrated body 472 composed of a prepreg / release sheet as a product can be obtained by winding with a winder 464. Additional impregnation may be performed as needed, and in some cases, an additional impregnating machine or a cooling device may be omitted. Since the sheet-like integrated object is conveyed in a basic straight line from the direction changing roll 441 to the winder 464, generation of wrinkles can be suppressed.
- the winder either traverse winding or disk winding can be used, but in the case of traverse winding, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224 can be used.
- a guide or a traverse mechanism designed for the tape can be used.
- FIG. 12B illustrations of the matrix resin supply device and the online monitoring device are omitted.
- FIG. 12c shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape is run in the vertical direction following the baking process and is applied by the application unit 430.
- the application unit 430 is applied in the manner shown in FIGS. 1b and 2b to 2e. By doing so, it is possible to apply the reinforcing fiber tape by running it in the horizontal direction or the inclined direction. This is the same in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 13b and FIGS.
- FIGS. 13a and 13b are schematic views of another example of a prepreg tape manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention.
- an example using a simple additional impregnation device is shown.
- 13A and 13B since the simple additional impregnating device 453 is installed immediately below the coating unit 430, the prepreg tape 471 is guided to the simple additional impregnating device 453 in a high temperature state.
- the use of the simple additional impregnation apparatus is also advantageous in that the entire prepreg tape manufacturing apparatus can be made very compact.
- the resin film 443 is a particle-containing resin film, it is preferable to increase the degree of impregnation of the prepreg tape because the particles in the resin film can be arranged on the prepreg tape surface layer in the next step.
- FIG. 20 is a schematic view of another example of a prepreg tape manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention.
- FIG. 19 shows an example in which a high tension take-off S-shaped roll 449 is used as a high tension take-off device, and two S-2 roll-type heated S-shaped rolls 455 are used as the additional impregnation device (two rolls-two sets in total). Although the drawing is performed, the number of rolls can of course be increased or decreased according to the purpose. Further, in FIG. 19, a contact roll 456 for enhancing the impregnation effect is also drawn, but it is of course possible to omit it depending on the purpose.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic view of another example of a prepreg manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention.
- an example is shown in which a heated S-shaped roll of the "S-wrap roll" type is also used as a high tension take-up device.
- a heated S-shaped roll of the "S-wrap roll” type is also used as a high tension take-up device.
- Example 1 Running vertically downward, with matrix resin A and sizing agent>
- An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 22B can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus.
- As the winder a reel-type winder that winds up in a disk shape can be used.
- FIG. 22B illustrations of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device are omitted.
- the direction change roll 441 is disposed between the winder 464 and the application section 430. However, the direction change roll 441 is removed, and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 coming out of the application section 430 is directly wound into the winder 464. You may wind it up.
- the application part can be made of acrylic resin so that the inside can be observed.
- the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape in the liquid reservoir is vertically downward, and the liquid reservoir has a two-step taper shape.
- the first-stage taper has an opening angle of 15 to 20 ° and the taper length (ie, H) is
- the opening angle of the second-stage taper can be set to 5 to 10 °.
- a plate-shaped bush adapted to the inner shape of the application portion as shown in FIG. 5A can be provided, and L2 can be appropriately adjusted by freely changing the installation position of the plate-shaped bush. it can.
- the gap D of the stenosis portion is about 0.2 mm, and can be adjusted according to a desired basis weight.
- the outer side of the bush on the lower surface of the constricted portion outlet can be used while being closed.
- a measuring instrument for measuring the width of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be provided at the outlet of the coating section.
- an optical width measuring device (LS-7030) manufactured by Keyence Co., Ltd. is installed, and the width of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is continuously measured in the process, and is taken into a data logger. The CV value of the contained reinforcing fiber tape width can be calculated.
- a carbon fiber tape which has been subjected to the following steps (2) to (4) can be used. That is, (2) a step of spinning a copolymer of acrylonitrile and itaconic acid, and then performing calcination so that the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C., and (3) a liquid phase using an aqueous solution of ammonium hydrogen carbonate as an electrolyte after calcination. After the electrolytic oxidation treatment, the carbon fiber subjected to the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment is subsequently washed with water and dried in heated air, and (4) a sizing agent is applied to the carbon fiber tape after the surface oxidation treatment. And drying in heated air.
- a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is used.
- a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is used.
- the viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments, at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 0.6 Pa ⁇ s at 40 ° C. and 3 Pa at 25 ° C. -It is s.
- the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is set to 1 to 20 m / min to prepare the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
- a fuzz-preventing property “Fair” a case where no fuzz is adhered to the liquid contact surface of the wall member after continuous running
- a fuzz-preventing property “Good” a case where no fuzz is adhered to the liquid contact surface of the wall member after continuous running
- the vehicle was continuously run at a running speed of 10 m / min for 60 minutes, and the reinforcing fiber tape was cracked (a vertical streak-like sheet-like sheet) on the reinforcing fiber tape at the boundary between the area where the cross-sectional area did not decrease and the area where the cross-sectional area decreased continuously.
- the time during which the reinforcing fiber bundle travels uniformly without the tearing of the reinforcing fiber bundle) or the end portion of the reinforcing fiber tape (the portion where the reinforcing fiber bundle overlaps) is measured.
- “Excellent” means that the ratio of the time during which the fiber bundle is running uniformly without cracks and end breaks of the fiber bundle is 90% or more of the total running time, and “Good” means that the ratio is 50% or more and less than 90%. "10% or more and less than 50% is” Fair “, and less than 10% is” Poor ".
- the first taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °
- the second taper has an opening angle of 7 °
- the relationship L2-W between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is obtained.
- the vehicle can run at 20 m / min, but the fuzz prevention property is poor.
- the impregnation rates by the peeling method are all 50 to 60%, which indicates that the impregnation is progressing in the application part.
- the impregnation rate by the peeling method is as follows: The collected coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is sandwiched between adhesive tapes, peeled off, and the carbon fibers to which the matrix resin is attached and the carbon fibers to which the matrix resin is not attached are separated. It is calculated from the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered to the mass of the entire fiber tape.
- the uniformity of the coating weight in the longitudinal direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape collected as described above can be evaluated as follows.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is cut out in the longitudinal direction by 100 mm in a total length of 1 m, and the mass of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the mass of the carbon fiber are measured.
- the mass of the carbon fiber is measured as a residue obtained by eluting the resin from the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape with a solvent. From this, when the average value of each value is calculated and the average value is compared with each value, it can be seen that both the carbon fiber and the resin fall within the range of ⁇ 2% by mass, and that the uniformity in the longitudinal direction is excellent.
- the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
- Example 2 Running in horizontal or inclined direction, matrix resin A, with sizing agent>
- An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 23 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. That is, the application section runs the reinforcing fiber tape in an oblique direction (the path of the reinforcing fiber tape is the same as in FIG. 2C and the dimensions are the same as in Example 1), and the other parts are the same as Example 1 except for the application section.
- the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measuring device is omitted, and the direction changing roll between the coating unit and the winder can be removed as in Example 1. Further, the same matrix resin as in Example 1 can be used.
- the first-stage taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °
- the second-stage taper has an opening angle of 7 °
- H 70 mm
- L2 W ⁇ 1 (mm)
- running of a reinforcing fiber tape and a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape When the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was prepared at a speed of 10 m / min and the running property was evaluated, there was no fuzz or yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz preventing property was Good. Further, the impregnation degree by the peeling method is about 55%, and the uniformity of the basis weight in the longitudinal direction is within the range of ⁇ 2%, which is good.
- the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
- Example 3 Running vertically downward, matrix resin A, no sizing agent>
- An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 24 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus.
- As the winder a reel-type winder that winds up in a disk shape can be used.
- the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device is omitted.
- the direction changing roll between the application section and the winder can be removed in the same manner as in Example 1, the application section is the same as in Example 1, and the coating liquid can use the matrix resin A as in Example 1. .
- Reinforced fiber tape that has undergone the following steps (2) and (3) can be used. That is, (2) a step of spinning a copolymer composed of acrylonitrile and itaconic acid and then performing calcination so that the maximum temperature of the heating temperature is 1000 to 3000 ° C., and (3) using an aqueous solution of ammonium hydrogen carbonate as an electrolyte after calcination. After the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment, the reinforcing fiber tape subjected to the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment is successively washed with water and dried in heated air.
- the first-stage taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °
- the second-stage taper has an opening angle of 7 °
- H 70 mm
- L2 W ⁇ 1 (mm)
- running of a reinforcing fiber tape and a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape When the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was prepared at a speed of 10 m / min and the running property was evaluated, there was no fuzz or yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz preventing property was Good.
- the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
- Example 4 Running vertically downward, with matrix resin B and sizing agent>
- An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 25 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. That is, in addition to the apparatus of Example 1, an apparatus configuration mainly including a release tape supply apparatus, a high tension take-up apparatus, an additional impregnation apparatus, a cooling apparatus, a take-up apparatus, and a winder can be used.
- the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device is omitted.
- the application part is made of stainless steel, and in order to further heat the matrix resin, a plate heater is attached to the outer periphery of the application part so that the temperature and viscosity of the matrix resin can be adjusted while measuring the temperature with a thermocouple. Can be.
- a carbon fiber tape that has undergone the following steps (2) and (3) can be used. That is, (2) a step of spinning a copolymer of acrylonitrile and itaconic acid, and then performing calcination so that the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C., and (3) a liquid phase using an aqueous solution of ammonium hydrogen carbonate as an electrolyte after calcination. After the electrolytic oxidation treatment, a step of successively washing the carbon fiber tape subjected to the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment with water and drying in a heated air.
- the coating liquid content is strengthened.
- a fiber tape can be made.
- the viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min. As a result, 50 Pa ⁇ s at 5 ° C. and 15 Pa ⁇ s at 90 ° C. 4 Pa ⁇ s at 105 ° C.
- the temperature of the matrix resin in the application section is set to 75 to 105 ° C.
- the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is set to 1 to 20 m / min to prepare a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. it can.
- the first-stage taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °
- the second-stage taper has an opening angle of 7 °
- H 70 mm
- L2 W ⁇ 1 (mm)
- the matrix resin temperature of the application section is 90 ° C.
- the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
- Prepreg tape manufacturing equipment The apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22A was used as a prepreg manufacturing apparatus. A creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism was used. As a winder, a reel-type winder wound up in a disk shape was used. Here, additional impregnation was not performed.
- FIG. 22A illustrations of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device are omitted.
- ⁇ Coating part> An application unit of the application unit 20b type shown in FIG. 6 was used.
- a stainless steel block was used for the wall member forming the liquid pool part and the constricted part
- a stainless steel plate was used for the side plate member.
- a plate heater was attached to the outer periphery of the wall member and the side plate member, and the temperature and viscosity of the matrix resin were adjusted while measuring the temperature with a thermocouple.
- the running direction of the reinforcing fiber sheet was downward in the vertical direction, and the taper of the liquid reservoir was 30 °.
- a plate-shaped bush adapted to the inner shape of the application section as shown in FIG.
- L2 was set to 10 mm.
- the gap D at the stenosis was 0.2 mm.
- the lower surface of the stenotic portion outlet was closed with the outside of the bush being used.
- Reinforcing fiber 1 carbon fiber (Toray's “Treca (registered trademark)” T800S (24K))
- Reinforcing fiber 2 carbon fiber (Toray's “Treca (registered trademark)” T720S (36K))
- one yarn of the reinforcing fiber was used as a reinforcing fiber tape.
- Matrix resin A A mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine type epoxy resin and a bisphenol type epoxy resin), a curing agent, and polyether sulfone was used.
- the viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 15 Pa ⁇ s at 90 ° C. and 200 Pa ⁇ s at 60 ° C. Was.
- Matrix resin B It is a mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine type epoxy resin and a bisphenol type epoxy resin), a curing agent, and a curing assistant.
- the viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 0.6 Pa ⁇ s at 40 ° C. and 3 Pa ⁇ s at 25 ° C. Met.
- the coating portion was disassembled after continuous running for 60 minutes and 120 minutes, and the liquid contact surface of the wall member was visually observed to check for the presence of fuzz.
- the fuzz-preventing property “Poor” is used for the case where fuzz is attached near the constriction after continuous running, and the case where fuzz is attached to the portion far from the constriction 23 (near the upper part of the liquid reservoir 22) after continuous running.
- the fuzz-preventing property was evaluated as “Fair”, and the fuzz-preventing property “Good” was evaluated when no fuzz was attached to the liquid contact surface of the wall member 21 after continuous running.
- the fiber was continuously run at a running speed of 20 m / min for 60 minutes, and the fiber bundle was broken (a portion where the sheet-like carbon fiber bundle was torn in a vertical streak) or the end of the fiber bundle was broken in the reinforcing fiber sheet immediately above the liquid pool.
- the time during which there was no (the portion where the carbon fiber bundles overlapped) running uniformly was measured.
- “Excellent” means that the ratio of the time during which the fiber bundle is running uniformly without cracks and end breaks of the fiber bundle is 90% or more of the total running time, and “Good” means that the ratio is 50% or more and less than 90%. "10% or more and less than 50% were designated as" Fair ", and those less than 10% were designated as" Poor ".
- Examples 1 to 4 A prepreg tape was produced by using CF1 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin A as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 90 ° C. and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 20 m / min. Relationship between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape L2-W and the running stability of the prepreg tape in the coating section when the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating section continuously decreases is variously changed. Table 1 shows the evaluation results.
- the impregnation rate was 50% or more, and it was confirmed that the impregnation was advanced.
- the resin content in the entire prepreg tape was about 25% by mass.
- Example 5 As the prepreg manufacturing apparatus, an apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22C and further including a cooling device 433 in the apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22A was used.
- a prepreg tape was produced by using CF1 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin A as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 90 ° C. and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 20 m / min.
- the temperature of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape after the cooling device 433 was 60 ° C.
- a prepreg tape was prepared by using CF2 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin B as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 40 ° C and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 125 m / min.
- the relationship L2-W between the width L2 at the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape was zero, and the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating portion was continuously reduced was 50 mm.
- the CV was 2%, which was excellent width accuracy.
- the number of acquired data was 136 / 114m.
- the prepreg tape surface showed almost no tackiness, and despite the absence of a support such as a release tape, the prepreg tape was unwound.
- the washability was good.
- the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape obtained by the production method of the present invention is used as an FRP typified by CFRP, such as structural materials and interior materials for aerospace applications, automobiles, trains and ships, pressure vessels, industrial materials applications, and sports. It can be widely used for materials, medical equipment, housing, civil engineering and construction.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Reinforced Plastic Materials (AREA)
- Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)
- Coating Apparatus (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention addresses the problem of providing a method for producing a coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape in which fluff generation is suppressed and continuous production without clogging by fluff is made possible, and furthermore in which it is possible to impregnate the reinforcing fiber tape with the coating liquid efficiently and to increase the production speed. The main object of the present invention is a method for producing a coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape in which a reinforcing fiber tape having a tape width of 3-30 mm is passed through the inside of an application part in which the coating liquid is stored to apply the coating liquid to the reinforcing fiber tape, wherein the application part comprises a liquid reservoir part and a narrowed part that are in communication with each other, the liquid reservoir part has a portion in which the cross-sectional area decreases continuously along the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape, the narrowed part has a slit-shaped cross-section and has a cross-sectional area smaller than that of an upper surface of the liquid reservoir part, and the width coefficient of variation (CV) of the coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape drawn out from the narrowed part is 5% or less.
Description
本発明は、塗液含有強化繊維テープおよび塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージの製造方法に関し、特に塗液含有強化繊維テープの効率的な製造方法に関する。
The present invention relates to a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package, and more particularly to an efficient method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
熱可塑性樹脂や熱硬化性樹脂を含むマトリックス樹脂を強化繊維で補強した繊維強化複合材料(FRP)は、航空・宇宙用材料、自動車材料、産業用材料、圧力容器、建築材料、筐体、医療用途、スポーツ用途など様々な分野で用いられている。特に高い力学特性と軽量性が必要な場合には、炭素繊維強化複合材料(CFRP)が幅広く好適に用いられている。一方、力学特性や軽量性よりもコストが優先される場合にはガラス繊維強化複合材料(GFRP)が用いられる場合がある。FRPは強化繊維束にマトリックス樹脂を含浸し中間基材を得、これを積層、成形し、さらに熱硬化樹脂を用いた場合には熱硬化させて、FRPからなる部材を製造している。前記用途では平面状物やそれを折り曲げた形態のものが多く、FRPの中間基材としても1次元のストランドやロービング状物よりも、2次元のシート状物の方が部材を作製する際の積層効率や成形性の観点から幅広く使用されている。
Fiber reinforced composite material (FRP), which is a matrix resin containing thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin reinforced with reinforcing fibers, is a material for aviation and space, automotive material, industrial material, pressure vessel, building material, housing, medical equipment. It is used in various fields such as applications and sports. Particularly when high mechanical properties and lightness are required, carbon fiber reinforced composite materials (CFRP) are widely and suitably used. On the other hand, when cost is prioritized over mechanical properties and light weight, a glass fiber reinforced composite material (GFRP) may be used. In the FRP, a reinforcing fiber bundle is impregnated with a matrix resin to obtain an intermediate base material, which is laminated and molded, and when a thermosetting resin is used, is thermoset to produce a member made of FRP. In the above-mentioned applications, there are many planar objects and those obtained by bending the same, and the two-dimensional sheet-like material is more often used as an intermediate substrate of FRP than a one-dimensional strand or roving-like material when producing a member. It is widely used from the viewpoint of lamination efficiency and moldability.
また、最近、FRPからなる部材の生産効率を向上させるため、シート状中間基材の積層の機械化・自動化が推進されており、ここでは細幅テープ状中間基材が好適に使用されている。細幅テープ状中間基材は広幅シート状中間基材を所望の幅でスライスしたり、細幅の強化繊維シートに直接マトリックス樹脂を含浸させたりして得ることができる。
最近 In recent years, in order to improve the production efficiency of members made of FRP, mechanization and automation of lamination of sheet-like intermediate substrates have been promoted, and narrow-width tape-like intermediate substrates are preferably used here. The narrow tape-shaped intermediate substrate can be obtained by slicing a wide sheet-shaped intermediate substrate at a desired width, or by impregnating a narrow reinforcing fiber sheet directly with a matrix resin.
炭素繊維のUD基材の製造方法を簡単に示す。まず、複数の原糸を焼成後、表面処理、サイジング剤を付与して炭素繊維テープとしてボビンに巻き取られる。その後、プリプレグの製造方法の一つであるホットメルト法は、マトリックス樹脂を溶融した後、離型紙上にコーティングし、これを強化繊維シートの上面、下面でサンドイッチした積層構造を作製後、熱と圧力でマトリックス樹脂を強化繊維シート内部に含浸するものである。本方法は工程数が多く、また生産速度も上げられず、高コストとなる問題があった。
(4) A method for producing a carbon fiber UD substrate will be briefly described. First, after firing a plurality of yarns, a surface treatment and a sizing agent are applied, and the yarns are wound around a bobbin as a carbon fiber tape. After that, the hot melt method, which is one of the prepreg manufacturing methods, melts the matrix resin, coats it on release paper, and creates a laminated structure sandwiched between the upper and lower surfaces of the reinforcing fiber sheet. The matrix resin is impregnated inside the reinforcing fiber sheet by pressure. This method has a problem that the number of steps is large, the production speed cannot be increased, and the cost is high.
そこで、炭素繊維の製造工程の中で、焼成工程直後の炭素繊維にマトリックス樹脂を含浸するプリプレグの製造方法が提案されている(特許文献1)。この方法を用いると、サイジング剤付与やボビンの巻取り、およびプリプレグ製造時の炭素繊維の巻出し工程を簡略化することができ、工程数を削減できる。
Therefore, a method of producing a prepreg in which a matrix resin is impregnated into carbon fibers immediately after a firing step in a carbon fiber production process has been proposed (Patent Document 1). When this method is used, the steps of applying a sizing agent, winding a bobbin, and unwinding carbon fibers at the time of prepreg manufacture can be simplified, and the number of steps can be reduced.
一方、プリプレグ製造工程に関わる塗布および含浸の工程の効率化についても、以下に説明する特許文献2~6に示されている。
On the other hand, the efficiency of the coating and impregnating processes related to the prepreg manufacturing process is also disclosed in Patent Documents 2 to 6 described below.
含浸の効率化としては、例えば特許文献2のような提案があった。これはガラス繊維を溶融紡糸し、それを集束してストランドやロービング状としたものを熱可塑性樹脂を満たした円錐状の流路を有する液溜り部に通過させる方法であった。
提案 There has been a proposal for improving the efficiency of impregnation, for example, as in Patent Document 2. In this method, a glass fiber is melt-spun and then bundled into a strand or roving to pass through a liquid reservoir having a conical flow path filled with a thermoplastic resin.
他方、シート状物の両面に同時に塗膜形成する方法が特許文献3に記載されているが、これは塗膜形成時のシート状物の揺らぎを防止するため、ウエブガイドにシート状物を通し、その後、パイプ型ドクターで塗工するものである。
On the other hand, Patent Document 3 discloses a method for simultaneously forming a coating film on both surfaces of a sheet material. In this method, a sheet material is passed through a web guide in order to prevent fluctuation of the sheet material at the time of forming a coating film. After that, coating is performed with a pipe type doctor.
熱可塑性樹脂を用いた帯状プリプレグの製造方法として、帯状強化繊維束を水平方向(横方向)に搬送し、ダイに通過させ、帯状強化繊維束に熱可塑性樹脂を付与・含浸する横型引き抜き方式(特許文献4)が知られている。特許文献3には、複数の帯状強化繊維束を別々に溶融熱可塑樹脂が満たされたダイ内へ導入し、固定ガイド(例えばスクイーズバー)により、開繊、含浸、積層し、最終的に1枚のシート状プリプレグとしてダイから引き抜くことが記載されている。
As a method for producing a strip-shaped prepreg using a thermoplastic resin, a strip-type reinforcing fiber bundle is conveyed in a horizontal direction (horizontal direction), passed through a die, and a thermoplastic resin is applied to and impregnated into the strip-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle. Patent document 4) is known. In Patent Document 3, a plurality of band-shaped reinforcing fiber bundles are separately introduced into a die filled with a molten thermoplastic resin, and are opened, impregnated, and laminated by a fixed guide (for example, a squeeze bar). It is described that the sheet-shaped prepreg is pulled out from a die.
特許文献5には、マニホールドに熱可塑性樹脂を満たし、強化繊維束を縦に引き抜くプルトルージョン方法において出口に超音波振動を与える装置が記載されている。
Patent Document 5 describes an apparatus that applies ultrasonic vibration to an outlet in a pultrusion method in which a manifold is filled with a thermoplastic resin and a reinforcing fiber bundle is pulled out vertically.
また、プリプレグのうち、強化繊維束1糸条にマトリックス樹脂を付与するトウプリプレグの製造方法としては、特許文献6記載のようにキスロールに強化繊維束を接触させることでマトリックス樹脂を付与することが行われている。
Further, among prepregs, as a method for producing a tow prepreg in which a matrix resin is applied to one yarn of a reinforcing fiber bundle, a matrix resin can be applied by contacting a reinforcing fiber bundle with a kiss roll as described in Patent Document 6. Is being done.
プリプレグ製造プロセス内のみならず、炭素繊維製造工程における塗布方法の改善も提案されている。例えば特許文献7ではサイジング剤をロールコートによって塗布し、塗布後の炭素繊維にエアーを当てることで、塗布量の調整を行っている。
改善 Improvement of the coating method not only in the prepreg manufacturing process but also in the carbon fiber manufacturing process has been proposed. For example, in Patent Literature 7, a sizing agent is applied by roll coating, and air is applied to the applied carbon fiber to adjust the amount of application.
しかしながら、特許文献1の方法では、離型紙から樹脂を炭素繊維テープに転写する際、もしくは樹脂供給部から炭素繊維テープに樹脂を付与する際に、炭素繊維テープの端部が把持されていないために、テープの幅や樹脂の目付量が変動してしまう可能性がある。
However, in the method of Patent Document 1, the end of the carbon fiber tape is not gripped when transferring the resin from the release paper to the carbon fiber tape or when applying the resin to the carbon fiber tape from the resin supply unit. In addition, there is a possibility that the width of the tape and the basis weight of the resin may fluctuate.
特許文献2の方法ではストランドやロービング状物しか製造できず、本発明の対象とするシート状プリプレグの製造には適用できない。また、特許文献1では含浸効率を向上させるため、ストランドやロービング状強化繊維束側面に熱可塑性樹脂の流体を当て円錐状流路内で乱流を積極的に発生させている。これは強化繊維束の配列を一部乱してマトリックス樹脂を流入させることを意図していると考えられるが、この思想を強化繊維シートに適用すると、強化繊維シートが変形し、プリプレグの品位が低下するばかりか、FRPの力学特性が低下してしまうと考えられる。
で は The method of Patent Document 2 can only produce strands or rovings, and cannot be applied to the production of sheet prepregs that are the subject of the present invention. Further, in Patent Literature 1, in order to improve the impregnation efficiency, a fluid of a thermoplastic resin is applied to the strand or the side surface of the roving-like reinforcing fiber bundle to generate turbulent flow positively in the conical flow path. This is thought to be intended to partially disturb the arrangement of the reinforcing fiber bundle and allow the matrix resin to flow in.However, when this concept is applied to the reinforcing fiber sheet, the reinforcing fiber sheet is deformed, and the quality of the prepreg is reduced. It is thought that not only does the FRP decrease, but also the mechanical properties of the FRP decrease.
また、特許文献3の技術を適用した場合には、ウエブガイドでの擦過により毛羽が発生し、強化繊維シートが走行困難になると考えられる。また、特許文献2の技術は樹脂の塗工であり、含浸は意図されていない。
In addition, when the technique of Patent Document 3 is applied, it is considered that fluff is generated by rubbing with the web guide, and the running of the reinforcing fiber sheet becomes difficult. Further, the technique of Patent Document 2 is coating of a resin, and impregnation is not intended.
また、特許文献4の方法では連続生産時に液溜り部に毛羽が滞留し易く、引き抜き部で毛羽が詰まり易い。特に、帯状強化繊維束を高速で連続走行させると、毛羽が詰まる頻度が非常に高まるため、非常に遅い速度でしか生産ができず、生産性が上がらない問題点があった。また、横型引き抜き方式の場合、ダイ部は液漏れ防止のため密閉する必要があり、連続生産中に毛羽を回収することも十分ではない。さらに、横型引き抜き方式においては、強化繊維シートの内部にマトリックス樹脂が含浸する際、帯状強化繊維束の内部に残留していた気泡は、浮力により強化繊維束の配向方向と直交する方向(帯状強化繊維束の厚み方向)に排出されるため、含浸してくるマトリックス樹脂を押しのけるようにして気泡の排出が進む。そのため、気泡の移動が液によって阻害される上に、マトリックス樹脂の含浸も気泡によって阻害されるため、含浸効率が悪いという問題点があった。更に、気泡をベントから排気することも提案されているが、ダイ出口付近のみであり、その効果は限定的と考えられる。
で は In addition, in the method of Patent Document 4, fluff is likely to stay in the liquid pool during continuous production, and fluff is likely to be clogged in the withdrawn portion. In particular, when the band-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle is continuously run at a high speed, the frequency of clogging of the fluff is extremely increased, so that production can be performed only at a very low speed, and there is a problem that productivity is not improved. Further, in the case of the horizontal drawing method, it is necessary to seal the die portion to prevent liquid leakage, and it is not sufficient to collect fluff during continuous production. Furthermore, in the horizontal drawing method, when the matrix resin is impregnated inside the reinforcing fiber sheet, the air bubbles remaining inside the band-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle are buoyant to a direction orthogonal to the orientation direction of the reinforcing fiber bundle (band-shaped reinforcing fiber). Since the gas is discharged in the direction of the thickness of the fiber bundle (the thickness direction of the fiber bundle), the discharge of the bubbles proceeds as if the impregnated matrix resin is pushed away. Therefore, there is a problem that impregnation efficiency is poor because the movement of bubbles is inhibited by the liquid and the impregnation of the matrix resin is also inhibited by the bubbles. Further, it has been proposed to exhaust air bubbles from the vent, but only in the vicinity of the die outlet, and the effect is considered to be limited.
また、特許文献5記載の方法では、マニホールド上部に樹脂で満たされていないノズル部が設けられており、ノズルはストランドやロービング状物で最適化することができるが、強化繊維シートのような平面形状には対応が難しく、強化繊維シートがここを通過する際、毛羽が発生し、それがマニホールドに持ち込まれるとダイで詰まり易いと考えられる。
Further, in the method described in Patent Document 5, a nozzle portion not filled with resin is provided on the upper portion of the manifold, and the nozzle can be optimized with a strand or a roving-like material. It is difficult to cope with the shape, and when the reinforcing fiber sheet passes therethrough, fluff is generated, and when it is brought into the manifold, it is considered that it is likely to be clogged with a die.
また、特許文献6記載のキスロールによる方法では、該文献記載程度の製造速度が遅い場合にはあまり問題にならないが、製造速度をより高速化し、マトリックス樹脂が低粘度の場合には、樹脂飛散が多くなり装置周りを汚してしまい、工程安定性が低下したり、清掃のための装置停機により、製造効率が低下してしまう問題が発生する可能性があった。さらに、本質的にキスロール上での強化繊維束の幅変動が大きく、特に製造速度を高速化した場合にはこれが顕著になり、マトリックス樹脂の付与量やトウプリプレグ幅の変動が大きくなる可能性が考えられる。
In the method using a kiss roll described in Patent Document 6, there is not much problem when the production speed is as low as described in the document. However, when the production speed is further increased and the matrix resin has a low viscosity, resin scattering occurs. There is a possibility that the area around the apparatus becomes dirty, the process stability is reduced, and the production efficiency is reduced due to the stoppage of the apparatus for cleaning. Furthermore, the width variation of the reinforcing fiber bundle on the kiss roll is large in nature, especially when the production speed is increased, and the fluctuation of the applied amount of the matrix resin and the width of the tow prepreg may become large. Conceivable.
さらに、特許文献7に記載の塗布方法では、エアーによる塗布量調整の際に、周囲への塗液飛散により工程を汚染してしまい、清掃のための装置停機により、製造効率が低下してしまう問題が発生する可能性がある。またマトリックス樹脂の塗布へ適応すると、マトリックス樹脂の付与量やトウプリプレグ幅の変動が大きくなる可能性が考えられる。
Furthermore, in the coating method described in Patent Document 7, when the coating amount is adjusted by air, the coating liquid is scattered to the surroundings, thereby contaminating the process, and the device is stopped for cleaning, thereby lowering the manufacturing efficiency. Problems can occur. In addition, when applied to the application of a matrix resin, it is conceivable that the applied amount of the matrix resin and the fluctuation of the width of the tow prepreg become large.
このように、細幅の強化繊維テープを用いた塗液含有強化繊維テープの効率的な製造方法は未だ確立されておらず、またテープ幅精度を向上し得る塗液付与方法も確立されていなかった。
Thus, an efficient method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape using a narrow reinforcing fiber tape has not yet been established, and a coating liquid applying method capable of improving tape width accuracy has not been established. Was.
本発明の課題は、塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法に関して、毛羽発生を抑制し、かつ毛羽が詰まることなく連続生産が可能であり、さらに強化繊維テープに塗液を効率よく含浸させ、生産速度の高速化が可能な、塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法を提供することにある。
An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, which suppresses the generation of fluff and enables continuous production without clogging of the fluff. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape that can increase the speed.
前記の課題を解決する本発明の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法は、塗液が貯留された塗布部の内部に、テープ幅が3~30mmの強化繊維テープを通過させて塗液を強化繊維テープに付与する塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法であって、前記塗布部は互いに連通された液溜り部と狭窄部を備え、前記液溜り部は強化繊維テープの走行方向に沿って断面積が連続的に減少する部分を有し、前記狭窄部はスリット状の断面を有し、かつ液溜り部上面よりも小さい断面積を有し、狭窄部から引き出された塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅変動係数(CV)が5%以下である塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法である。
The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to the present invention that solves the above-mentioned problems is characterized in that the coating liquid is reinforced by passing a reinforcing fiber tape having a tape width of 3 to 30 mm into an application section in which the coating liquid is stored. A method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape to be applied to a fiber tape, wherein the application section includes a liquid pool section and a narrowed section which are communicated with each other, and the liquid pool section is cut along a running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape. The narrow portion has a slit-shaped cross section, and has a cross-sectional area smaller than the upper surface of the liquid reservoir portion, and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape pulled out from the narrow portion has an area having a continuously decreasing area. Is a method for producing a coating-solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape having a width variation coefficient (CV) of 5% or less.
また、本発明の塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージの製造方法は、前記塗液含有強化繊維テープをトラバースさせて、あるいは円盤状に巻き取る塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージの製造方法である。
The method for manufacturing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package in which the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is traversed or wound into a disk shape.
本発明の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法によれば、毛羽による詰まりを大幅に抑制、防止できる。また、高い幅精度で塗液含有強化繊維テープが得られることで、プリプレグへの適用等の用途における設計の自由度や加工精度の向上が期待できる。さらに、強化繊維テープを連続で走行させることが可能となり生産性が向上し、折れなどがない品位の高い塗液含有強化繊維テープが得ることができる。
According to the method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape of the present invention, clogging due to fluff can be significantly suppressed and prevented. Further, since the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be obtained with high width accuracy, it is expected that the degree of freedom in design and the processing accuracy in applications such as application to prepregs are improved. Further, the reinforcing fiber tape can be run continuously, thereby improving the productivity and obtaining a high-quality coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape free from breakage or the like.
本発明の望ましい実施形態について、図面に基づいて説明する。なお、以下の説明は発明の実施形態を例示するものであり、本発明はこれに限定して解釈されるものではなく、本発明の目的・効果を逸脱しない範囲で種々の変更が可能である。
望 ま し い Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Note that the following description exemplifies embodiments of the present invention, and the present invention is not construed as being limited thereto, and various modifications can be made without departing from the objects and effects of the present invention. .
<塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法の概略>
まず、図1a~dにより本発明の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法の概略を述べる。図1aは本発明の一実施形態に係る塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法および装置を示す概略断面図である。塗工装置100には、強化繊維テープ1aを実質的に鉛直方向下向きZに走行させる走行機構である搬送ロール13、14と、搬送ロール13、14の間に設けられ、塗液2が溜められた塗布部20が具備されている。また、塗工装置100の前後には、強化繊維1を巻き出すクリール11と、巻き出された強化繊維1を一方向に配列した強化繊維テープ1a(図1では紙面奥行き方向に配列)を得る配列装置12と塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの巻取り装置15を備えることができ、また、図示していないが塗工装置100には塗液の供給装置が具備されている。さらに、必要に応じ、離型テープ3を供給する供給装置16を備える。なお、本発明において、塗液含有強化繊維テープとは、塗液が強化繊維テープに付与されたものを言い、塗液は表面に存在していてもよいし、塗液の一部、あるいは全部が強化繊維テープ内部に含浸されていてもよい。また図1aには塗工装置が鉛直方向に走行している機構を示しているが、後述の通り、図1bのように水平方向に走行してもよい。 <Outline of the method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape>
First, an outline of a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 1a is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method and an apparatus for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to an embodiment of the present invention. Thecoating device 100 is provided between the transport rolls 13 and 14, which are transport mechanisms for transporting the reinforcing fiber tape 1a substantially vertically downward Z, and stores the coating liquid 2 therein. Coating section 20 is provided. In addition, before and after the coating apparatus 100, a creel 11 for unwinding the reinforcing fibers 1 and a reinforcing fiber tape 1a in which the unwound reinforcing fibers 1 are arranged in one direction (in FIG. 1, arranged in the depth direction of the paper) are obtained. An arrangement device 12 and a winding device 15 for the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b can be provided, and the coating device 100 is provided with a coating liquid supply device (not shown). Further, a supply device 16 for supplying the release tape 3 is provided as needed. In the present invention, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape refers to a coating liquid applied to a reinforcing fiber tape, and the coating liquid may be present on the surface, or a part or all of the coating liquid. May be impregnated inside the reinforcing fiber tape. Although FIG. 1A shows a mechanism in which the coating apparatus travels in the vertical direction, it may travel in a horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 1B, as described later.
まず、図1a~dにより本発明の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法の概略を述べる。図1aは本発明の一実施形態に係る塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法および装置を示す概略断面図である。塗工装置100には、強化繊維テープ1aを実質的に鉛直方向下向きZに走行させる走行機構である搬送ロール13、14と、搬送ロール13、14の間に設けられ、塗液2が溜められた塗布部20が具備されている。また、塗工装置100の前後には、強化繊維1を巻き出すクリール11と、巻き出された強化繊維1を一方向に配列した強化繊維テープ1a(図1では紙面奥行き方向に配列)を得る配列装置12と塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの巻取り装置15を備えることができ、また、図示していないが塗工装置100には塗液の供給装置が具備されている。さらに、必要に応じ、離型テープ3を供給する供給装置16を備える。なお、本発明において、塗液含有強化繊維テープとは、塗液が強化繊維テープに付与されたものを言い、塗液は表面に存在していてもよいし、塗液の一部、あるいは全部が強化繊維テープ内部に含浸されていてもよい。また図1aには塗工装置が鉛直方向に走行している機構を示しているが、後述の通り、図1bのように水平方向に走行してもよい。 <Outline of the method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape>
First, an outline of a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 1a is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a method and an apparatus for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to an embodiment of the present invention. The
また、図1cは図1aの塗工装置100の前の工程に焼成工程を有している塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法の概略図である。本発明の製造方法においては、強化繊維テープとして炭素繊維テープを用い、最高到達温度が1000~3000℃となる焼成工程11から塗液が付与される工程までが連続的であってもよい。なお、ここでいう「連続的」とは、炭素繊維が焼成されてからテープ状に整えられて強化繊維テープとされ、また、塗液が該強化繊維テープに付与されるまでの間で炭素繊維の切断工程を有しないことをいう。すなわち、炭素繊維が製造される線速度と塗布部において塗液が付与される線速度と塗液含有強化繊維テープが巻き取られる時の線速度は原則的に等しくなる。ここで、塗液が付与される前に、後述する表面処理工程、サイジング工程、乾燥工程や炭素繊維テープの平滑化装置や拡幅装置を経ることができる。炭素繊維は焼成工程11を出て塗工装置100に導かれる。塗工装置100には、図1aと同様に、炭素繊維からなる強化繊維テープ1aを塗工装置100の内部へ導く搬送ロール13、14と、搬送ロール13、14の間に設けられ、塗液2が溜められた塗布部20が具備されている。また、図1aと同様に、塗工装置100の後には、巻取り装置15を備えることができ、また、図示していないが塗工装置100には塗液の供給装置が具備されている。さらに、必要に応じ、図1aと同様に、離型テープ3を供給する供給装置16を備える。また図1cには塗工装置が鉛直方向に走行している機構を示しているが、後述のとおり、図1dのように強化繊維テープは水平方向に走行させてもよい。なお、焼成された炭素繊維をテープ状に整える際には、焼成工程の出口において炭素繊維の走行経路が整然と配列されていれば特別の装置を用いなくとも得ることができるので、図1c、図1dには焼成された炭素繊維をテープ状に整える装置の図示はされていない。もちろん、炭素繊維をテープ状に整えるにあたり、ガイドやロールなどの繊維の配列を整える機構を用いることもできる。
{Circle around (1)} FIG. 1c is a schematic view of a method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape having a baking step in a step before the coating apparatus 100 of FIG. 1a. In the production method of the present invention, a carbon fiber tape may be used as the reinforcing fiber tape, and the steps from the firing step 11 at which the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C. to the step of applying the coating liquid may be continuous. The term "continuous" as used herein means that the carbon fiber is baked and then reinforced into a tape to form a reinforcing fiber tape, and the carbon fiber is applied until the coating liquid is applied to the reinforcing fiber tape. No cutting step. That is, the linear velocity at which the carbon fiber is produced, the linear velocity at which the coating liquid is applied in the coating section, and the linear velocity when the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is wound up are basically equal. Here, before the coating liquid is applied, the coating liquid may be subjected to a surface treatment step, a sizing step, a drying step, a carbon fiber tape smoothing device and a widening device, which will be described later. The carbon fibers exit the firing step 11 and are guided to the coating apparatus 100. In the coating apparatus 100, as in FIG. 1A, transport rolls 13 and 14 for guiding the reinforcing fiber tape 1a made of carbon fiber to the inside of the coating apparatus 100 are provided between the transport rolls 13 and 14, and the coating liquid is provided. 2 is provided with an application section 20 in which 2 is stored. 1a, a winding device 15 can be provided after the coating device 100, and the coating device 100 is provided with a coating liquid supply device (not shown). Further, a supply device 16 for supplying the release tape 3 is provided as needed, as in FIG. 1A. Although FIG. 1c shows a mechanism in which the coating device travels in the vertical direction, the reinforcing fiber tape may travel in the horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 1d, as described later. When the fired carbon fibers are arranged in a tape shape, if the running paths of the carbon fibers are arranged neatly at the exit of the firing step, it can be obtained without using any special device. 1d does not show a device for preparing the fired carbon fiber into a tape shape. Of course, in order to arrange the carbon fibers into a tape shape, a mechanism for adjusting the arrangement of the fibers, such as a guide or a roll, may be used.
<強化繊維テープ>
ここで、強化繊維1としては、炭素繊維、ガラス繊維、金属繊維、金属酸化物繊維、金属窒化物繊維、有機繊維(アラミド繊維、ポリベンゾオキサゾール繊維、ポリビニルアルコール繊維、ポリエチレン繊維など)などを例示することができるが、炭素繊維を用いることが、FRPの力学特性、軽量性の観点から好ましい。 <Reinforcing fiber tape>
Here, examples of the reinforcingfiber 1 include carbon fiber, glass fiber, metal fiber, metal oxide fiber, metal nitride fiber, organic fiber (aramid fiber, polybenzoxazole fiber, polyvinyl alcohol fiber, polyethylene fiber, etc.). However, it is preferable to use carbon fibers from the viewpoint of the mechanical properties and light weight of the FRP.
ここで、強化繊維1としては、炭素繊維、ガラス繊維、金属繊維、金属酸化物繊維、金属窒化物繊維、有機繊維(アラミド繊維、ポリベンゾオキサゾール繊維、ポリビニルアルコール繊維、ポリエチレン繊維など)などを例示することができるが、炭素繊維を用いることが、FRPの力学特性、軽量性の観点から好ましい。 <Reinforcing fiber tape>
Here, examples of the reinforcing
強化繊維テープとしては、複数本の強化繊維を一方向に面上で配列させた一方向材(UD基材)や、強化繊維を多軸で配列させる、またはランダム配置してテープ化した強化繊維ファブリックが挙げられる。
As a reinforcing fiber tape, a unidirectional material (UD base material) in which a plurality of reinforcing fibers are arranged on a surface in one direction, a reinforcing fiber in which reinforcing fibers are arranged in a multiaxial manner, or a tape which is randomly arranged and formed into a tape. Fabric.
UD基材を形成する方法は公知の方法を用いることができ、特に制限は無いが、単繊維をあらかじめ配列させた強化繊維束を形成し、この強化繊維束を更に配列させて強化繊維テープを形成させることが、工程効率化、配列均一化の観点から好ましい。例えば炭素繊維では、テープ状の強化繊維束である「トウ」がボビンに巻かれているが、ここから引き出されたテープ状の強化繊維束を1糸条で用いる、あるいはこれらを複数糸条配列させて強化繊維テープを得ることができる。また、クリールにかけられたボビンから引き出された強化繊維束を整然と並べ、強化繊維テープ中で強化繊維束の望ましくない重なりや折りたたみ、強化繊維束間の隙間を無くするための強化繊維配列機構を有することが好ましい。強化繊維配列機構としては公知のローラーやくし型配列装置などを用いることができる。また、予め配列した強化繊維テープを複数枚重ねることも強化繊維間の隙間を減じる観点から有用である。なお、クリールには強化繊維を引き出す際に張力制御機構が付与されていることが好ましい。張力制御機構としては、公知のものを使用可能であるが、ブレーキ機構などが挙げられる。また、糸道ガイドの調整などによっても張力を制御することができる。本発明では、所望の強化繊維テープの幅となるように、強化繊維束を配列させることができる。
The method for forming the UD base material can be a known method, and is not particularly limited. A reinforcing fiber bundle in which single fibers are arranged in advance is formed, and the reinforcing fiber bundle is further arranged to form a reinforcing fiber tape. Forming is preferable from the viewpoint of process efficiency and uniform array. For example, in carbon fiber, a tape-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle "tow" is wound around a bobbin, and a tape-shaped reinforcing fiber bundle drawn from this is used as one yarn, or these are arranged in a plurality of yarns. Thus, a reinforcing fiber tape can be obtained. It also has a reinforcing fiber arrangement mechanism for neatly arranging reinforcing fiber bundles drawn from creeled bobbins, eliminating undesirable overlapping and folding of reinforcing fiber bundles in reinforcing fiber tape, and gaps between reinforcing fiber bundles. Is preferred. As the reinforcing fiber arranging mechanism, a known roller or comb-type arranging device can be used. It is also useful to stack a plurality of pre-arranged reinforcing fiber tapes from the viewpoint of reducing the gap between the reinforcing fibers. The creel is preferably provided with a tension control mechanism when drawing out the reinforcing fibers. As the tension control mechanism, a known mechanism can be used, and a brake mechanism or the like can be used. The tension can also be controlled by adjusting the thread guide. In the present invention, the reinforcing fiber bundles can be arranged to have a desired reinforcing fiber tape width.
一方、強化繊維ファブリックの具体例としては、織物や編物などの他、強化繊維を2次元で多軸配置したものや、不織布やマット、紙など強化繊維をランダム配向させたものを挙げることができる。この場合、強化繊維はバインダー付与、交絡、溶着、融着などの方法を利用してテープ化することもできる。織物としては、平織、ツイル、サテンの基本織組織の他、ノンクリンプ織物やバイアス構造、絡み織、多軸織物、多重織物などを用いることができる。バイアス構造とUD基材を組み合わせた織物は、UD構造により塗布・含浸工程での引っ張りでの織物の変形を抑制するだけでなく、バイアス構造による擬似等方性も併せ持っており、好ましい形態である。また、多重織物では織物上面/下面、また織物内部の構造・特性をそれぞれ設計できる利点がある。編物では塗布・含浸工程での形状安定性を考慮すると経編が好ましいが、筒状編み物であるブレードを用いることもできる。強化繊維ファブリックをテープ化する場合には、最初から所望の幅となるように強化繊維ファブリックを作製してもよいし、強化繊維ファブリックを形成後、所望の幅となるようにカットすることもできる。
On the other hand, specific examples of the reinforcing fiber fabric include, in addition to woven fabric and knitted fabric, those in which reinforcing fibers are two-dimensionally arranged in a multiaxial manner, and those in which reinforcing fibers such as nonwoven fabric, mat, and paper are randomly oriented. . In this case, the reinforcing fibers can be formed into a tape by using a method such as binder application, entanglement, welding, or fusion. As the woven fabric, a non-crimp woven fabric, a bias structure, an entangled woven fabric, a multiaxial woven fabric, a multiple woven fabric, or the like can be used in addition to the plain woven fabric, twill fabric, and satin woven fabric. The woven fabric combining the bias structure and the UD substrate not only suppresses the deformation of the woven fabric due to the tension in the coating / impregnation process due to the UD structure, but also has the pseudo-isotropy due to the bias structure, which is a preferable form. . In addition, the multi-layer fabric has an advantage that the structure / characteristics of the fabric upper / lower surface and the inside of the fabric can be individually designed. In the case of a knitted fabric, warp knitting is preferred in consideration of the shape stability in the coating / impregnation step, but a blade which is a tubular knitted fabric may be used. When the reinforcing fiber fabric is formed into a tape, the reinforcing fiber fabric may be prepared so as to have a desired width from the beginning, or the reinforcing fiber fabric may be cut to have a desired width after forming the reinforcing fiber fabric. .
これらの中で、FRPの力学特性を優先させる場合には、UD基材を用いることが好ましく、UD基材は、強化繊維を一方向にテープ状に配列させる既知の方法により作製することができる。
Among these, when giving priority to the mechanical properties of FRP, it is preferable to use a UD substrate, and the UD substrate can be produced by a known method in which reinforcing fibers are arranged in a tape shape in one direction. .
<塗液含有強化繊維テープの使用方法について>
近年では、プリプレグの積層工程を効率化するため、プリプレグテープを自動積層していくAFP(Automated Fiber Placement)と呼ばれる装置が航空機用途などで広く用いられるようになってきており、これに適合した幅とするためには、テープ幅は3~30mm(3mm以上かつ30mm以下)とすることが重要である。また、圧力容器などでは、従来からフィラメントワイディングと呼ばれる製造方法が用いられており、この時には強化繊維束1糸条(トウ)に、樹脂槽中でマトリックス樹脂を付与し、そのまま圧力容器ライナーにこれを巻きつけている。この用途に用いる場合では、強化繊維テープ幅は1糸条のトウと同程度(通常は6~12mm程度)となるが、場合によっては拡幅処理を施すことで、1糸条であっても幅30mmまで広くすることも可能である。幅広の強化繊維テープとすると、塗液含有強化繊維テープを積層した時に、テープ間の隙間、すなわち強化繊維が無い部分が発生し難く、好ましい。 <How to use reinforced fiber tape containing coating liquid>
In recent years, in order to increase the efficiency of the prepreg laminating process, an apparatus called AFP (Automated Fiber Placement) for automatically laminating prepreg tapes has been widely used in aircraft applications and the like. It is important that the tape width be 3 to 30 mm (3 mm or more and 30 mm or less). Further, in a pressure vessel or the like, a manufacturing method called filament winding is conventionally used. At this time, a matrix resin is applied to one thread (tow) of a reinforcing fiber bundle in a resin tank, and the fiber is directly applied to a pressure vessel liner. This is wrapped around. When used for this purpose, the width of the reinforcing fiber tape is about the same as the tow of one yarn (usually about 6 to 12 mm). It can be as wide as 30 mm. A wide reinforcing fiber tape is preferable because, when the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes are laminated, a gap between the tapes, that is, a portion where no reinforcing fibers are present, hardly occurs.
近年では、プリプレグの積層工程を効率化するため、プリプレグテープを自動積層していくAFP(Automated Fiber Placement)と呼ばれる装置が航空機用途などで広く用いられるようになってきており、これに適合した幅とするためには、テープ幅は3~30mm(3mm以上かつ30mm以下)とすることが重要である。また、圧力容器などでは、従来からフィラメントワイディングと呼ばれる製造方法が用いられており、この時には強化繊維束1糸条(トウ)に、樹脂槽中でマトリックス樹脂を付与し、そのまま圧力容器ライナーにこれを巻きつけている。この用途に用いる場合では、強化繊維テープ幅は1糸条のトウと同程度(通常は6~12mm程度)となるが、場合によっては拡幅処理を施すことで、1糸条であっても幅30mmまで広くすることも可能である。幅広の強化繊維テープとすると、塗液含有強化繊維テープを積層した時に、テープ間の隙間、すなわち強化繊維が無い部分が発生し難く、好ましい。 <How to use reinforced fiber tape containing coating liquid>
In recent years, in order to increase the efficiency of the prepreg laminating process, an apparatus called AFP (Automated Fiber Placement) for automatically laminating prepreg tapes has been widely used in aircraft applications and the like. It is important that the tape width be 3 to 30 mm (3 mm or more and 30 mm or less). Further, in a pressure vessel or the like, a manufacturing method called filament winding is conventionally used. At this time, a matrix resin is applied to one thread (tow) of a reinforcing fiber bundle in a resin tank, and the fiber is directly applied to a pressure vessel liner. This is wrapped around. When used for this purpose, the width of the reinforcing fiber tape is about the same as the tow of one yarn (usually about 6 to 12 mm). It can be as wide as 30 mm. A wide reinforcing fiber tape is preferable because, when the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes are laminated, a gap between the tapes, that is, a portion where no reinforcing fibers are present, hardly occurs.
<炭素繊維テープ>
本発明における炭素繊維テープは、強化繊維である炭素繊維をテープ状としたもので、炭素繊維1糸束から形成されてもよいし、複数の炭素繊維糸条から形成されてもよい。 <Carbon fiber tape>
The carbon fiber tape in the present invention is a tape made of carbon fibers, which are reinforcing fibers, and may be formed from one bundle of carbon fibers or a plurality of carbon fiber threads.
本発明における炭素繊維テープは、強化繊維である炭素繊維をテープ状としたもので、炭素繊維1糸束から形成されてもよいし、複数の炭素繊維糸条から形成されてもよい。 <Carbon fiber tape>
The carbon fiber tape in the present invention is a tape made of carbon fibers, which are reinforcing fibers, and may be formed from one bundle of carbon fibers or a plurality of carbon fiber threads.
炭素繊維としては、アクリル系,ピッチ系,セルロース系などの各種繊維を前駆体として公知の方法で得られた、いわゆる炭化糸,黒鉛糸,またこれらを表面酸化処理したものや、これらにサイジング処理したものが含まれる。
As the carbon fibers, so-called carbonized yarns, graphite yarns obtained by known methods using various fibers such as acrylic, pitch-based, and cellulose-based fibers as precursors, surface-oxidized fibers thereof, and sizing treatments thereof Included.
炭素繊維の中でも、ポリアクリロニトリル系炭素繊維の製造方法を例にして説明する。炭素繊維の前駆体繊維を得るための紡糸方法としては、湿式、乾式および乾湿式等の紡糸方法を用いることができる。
Among carbon fibers, a method for producing a polyacrylonitrile-based carbon fiber will be described as an example. As a spinning method for obtaining a precursor fiber of carbon fiber, a spinning method such as a wet type, a dry type, and a dry-wet type can be used.
湿式紡糸方法において、紡糸原液には、ポリアクリロニトリルのホモポリマーあるいは共重合体を溶剤に溶解した溶液を用いることができる。溶剤としてはジメチルスルホキシド、ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミドなどの有機溶剤や、硝酸、ロダン酸ソーダ、塩化亜鉛、チオシアン酸ナトリウムなどの無機化合物の水溶液を使用する。
In the wet spinning method, a solution in which a polyacrylonitrile homopolymer or copolymer is dissolved in a solvent can be used as the spinning solution. As the solvent, an organic solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, and dimethylacetamide, and an aqueous solution of an inorganic compound such as nitric acid, sodium rhodanate, zinc chloride, and sodium thiocyanate are used.
上記の紡糸原液を口金に通して紡糸し、紡糸浴中に吐出して凝固させる。紡糸浴としては、紡糸原液の溶剤として使用した溶剤の水溶液を用いることができる。紡糸浴中で凝固した繊維を、水洗および、延伸して前駆体繊維を得る。得られた前駆体繊維に焼成工程として耐炎化処理と炭化処理を行い、必要によってはさらに黒鉛化処理を実施することにより炭素繊維を得る。焼成工程における加熱温度は最高到達温度1000~3000℃において実施する。
The above spinning solution is spun through a spinneret, discharged into a spinning bath and solidified. As the spinning bath, an aqueous solution of the solvent used as a solvent for the spinning solution can be used. The fiber coagulated in the spin bath is washed with water and drawn to obtain a precursor fiber. The obtained precursor fiber is subjected to a flame-proofing treatment and a carbonization treatment as a firing step, and if necessary, further subjected to a graphitization treatment to obtain a carbon fiber. The heating temperature in the firing step is set at a maximum temperature of 1000 to 3000 ° C.
炭素繊維テープは、前駆体繊維をその断面形状を扁平な形状、例えば長楕円形、に成形し、焼成して得ることや、得られた炭素繊維糸束をその断面形状を扁平な形状に成形して得ることや複数の炭素繊維糸条を並べてテープ状の形状として得ることなどの方法で得ることができる。
The carbon fiber tape can be obtained by forming the precursor fiber into a flat cross-sectional shape, for example, an oblong shape, and baking, or forming the obtained carbon fiber yarn bundle into a flat cross-sectional shape. Or a method of arranging a plurality of carbon fiber threads to obtain a tape-like shape.
<炭素繊維テープの表面処理>
炭素繊維テープは炭素繊維単糸ごとに、マトリックス樹脂との接着性を向上させるために、必要に応じて、酸化処理が施され、酸素含有官能基が表面に導入される。酸化処理方法としては、気相酸化、液相酸化および液相電解酸化が用いられる。生産性が高く、均一処理ができるという観点から、液相電解酸化が一般的に用いられる。 <Surface treatment of carbon fiber tape>
The carbon fiber tape is subjected to an oxidizing treatment as necessary to improve the adhesiveness with the matrix resin for each carbon fiber single yarn, and an oxygen-containing functional group is introduced into the surface. As the oxidation treatment method, gas phase oxidation, liquid phase oxidation and liquid phase electrolytic oxidation are used. Liquid phase electrolytic oxidation is generally used from the viewpoint of high productivity and uniform processing.
炭素繊維テープは炭素繊維単糸ごとに、マトリックス樹脂との接着性を向上させるために、必要に応じて、酸化処理が施され、酸素含有官能基が表面に導入される。酸化処理方法としては、気相酸化、液相酸化および液相電解酸化が用いられる。生産性が高く、均一処理ができるという観点から、液相電解酸化が一般的に用いられる。 <Surface treatment of carbon fiber tape>
The carbon fiber tape is subjected to an oxidizing treatment as necessary to improve the adhesiveness with the matrix resin for each carbon fiber single yarn, and an oxygen-containing functional group is introduced into the surface. As the oxidation treatment method, gas phase oxidation, liquid phase oxidation and liquid phase electrolytic oxidation are used. Liquid phase electrolytic oxidation is generally used from the viewpoint of high productivity and uniform processing.
液相電解酸化で用いられる電解液としては、酸性電解液およびアルカリ性電解液が挙げられる。酸性電解液としては、例えば、硫酸、硝酸、塩酸、燐酸、ホウ酸、および炭酸等の無機酸;酢酸、酪酸、シュウ酸、アクリル酸、およびマレイン酸等の有機酸;または硫酸アンモニウムや硫酸水素アンモニウム等の塩が挙げられる。アルカリ性電解液としては、具体的には、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カルシウムおよび水酸化バリウム等の水酸化物の水溶液;炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸バリウムおよび炭酸アンモニウム等の炭酸塩の水溶液;炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、炭酸水素マグネシウム、炭酸水素カルシウム、炭酸水素バリウムおよび炭酸水素アンモニウム等の炭酸水素塩の水溶液;アンモニア、水酸化テトラアルキルアンモニウムおよびヒドラジンの水溶液等が挙げられる。
(4) Examples of the electrolytic solution used in the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation include an acidic electrolytic solution and an alkaline electrolytic solution. Examples of the acidic electrolyte include inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, boric acid, and carbonic acid; organic acids such as acetic acid, butyric acid, oxalic acid, acrylic acid, and maleic acid; or ammonium sulfate and ammonium hydrogen sulfate And the like. Specific examples of the alkaline electrolyte include aqueous solutions of hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide and barium hydroxide; sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, calcium carbonate; Aqueous solution of carbonate such as barium carbonate and ammonium carbonate; Aqueous solution of hydrogen carbonate such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium bicarbonate, barium bicarbonate and ammonium bicarbonate; Ammonia, tetraalkylammonium hydroxide And an aqueous solution of hydrazine.
マトリックス樹脂と炭素繊維表面の酸素含有官能基との共有結合形成が促進され、接着性がさらに向上するという観点から、炭素繊維テープをアルカリ性電解液で電解酸化処理した後、または炭素繊維テープを酸性水溶液中で電解酸化処理し、続いてアルカリ性水溶液で洗浄した後、マトリックス樹脂を塗布することがある。
From the viewpoint that the covalent bond formation between the matrix resin and the oxygen-containing functional group on the carbon fiber surface is promoted and the adhesiveness is further improved, the carbon fiber tape is subjected to electrolytic oxidation treatment with an alkaline electrolyte, or the carbon fiber tape is acidified. After performing electrolytic oxidation treatment in an aqueous solution and subsequently washing with an alkaline aqueous solution, a matrix resin may be applied.
洗浄に用いられるアルカリ性水溶液としては、具体的には水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、水酸化マグネシウム、水酸化カルシウムおよび水酸化バリウム等の水酸化物の水溶液;炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸マグネシウム、炭酸カルシウム、炭酸バリウムおよび炭酸アンモニウム等の炭酸塩の水溶液;炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸水素カリウム、炭酸水素マグネシウム、炭酸水素カルシウム、炭酸水素バリウムおよび炭酸水素アンモニウム等の炭酸水素塩の水溶液;アンモニア、水酸化テトラアルキルアンモニウムおよびヒドラジンの水溶液等が挙げられる。炭素繊維テープをアルカリ性水溶液で洗浄する方法としては、例えば、ディップ法とスプレー法を用いることができる。
Specific examples of the alkaline aqueous solution used for washing include aqueous solutions of hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, and barium hydroxide; sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, magnesium carbonate, and carbonate. Aqueous solution of carbonate such as calcium, barium carbonate and ammonium carbonate; Aqueous solution of hydrogen carbonate such as sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium bicarbonate, barium bicarbonate and ammonium bicarbonate; Aqueous solutions of alkyl ammonium and hydrazine are included. As a method of cleaning the carbon fiber tape with an alkaline aqueous solution, for example, a dipping method and a spraying method can be used.
炭素繊維テープを液相電解酸化処理またはアルカリ性水溶液で洗浄した後、水洗および乾燥することがある。
After washing the carbon fiber tape with a liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment or an alkaline aqueous solution, it may be washed with water and dried.
<サイジング工程>
得られた炭素繊維テープに集束性を付与するために、炭素繊維テープにサイジング処理をすることもできる。サイジング剤の付与方法は特に限定されないが、後述する塗工装置100を用いることで、塗布量の精度良く、またテープ内部までサイジング剤を炭素繊維テープに塗布できるため、好ましい。また塗工装置100を用いる場合、図1aの通り鉛直方向に炭素繊維テープを走行させても良いし、図1bのように水平方向に炭素繊維テープを走行させてもよい。 <Sizing process>
A sizing treatment can also be performed on the carbon fiber tape in order to impart convergence to the obtained carbon fiber tape. The method of applying the sizing agent is not particularly limited, but using acoating device 100 described later is preferable because the sizing agent can be applied to the carbon fiber tape with high accuracy of the application amount and inside the tape. When the coating apparatus 100 is used, the carbon fiber tape may run in the vertical direction as shown in FIG. 1A, or may run in the horizontal direction as shown in FIG. 1B.
得られた炭素繊維テープに集束性を付与するために、炭素繊維テープにサイジング処理をすることもできる。サイジング剤の付与方法は特に限定されないが、後述する塗工装置100を用いることで、塗布量の精度良く、またテープ内部までサイジング剤を炭素繊維テープに塗布できるため、好ましい。また塗工装置100を用いる場合、図1aの通り鉛直方向に炭素繊維テープを走行させても良いし、図1bのように水平方向に炭素繊維テープを走行させてもよい。 <Sizing process>
A sizing treatment can also be performed on the carbon fiber tape in order to impart convergence to the obtained carbon fiber tape. The method of applying the sizing agent is not particularly limited, but using a
サイジング剤としては、水溶液もしくは水分散液,または有機溶剤溶液として用いられるものであって、炭素繊維テープに集束性を与え、耐屈曲性や耐擦過性を向上させ、かつ該炭素繊維テープを複合材料の補強繊維として使用した場合に良好な複合材料特性が得られるサイジング剤であればよい。
The sizing agent is used as an aqueous solution or aqueous dispersion, or an organic solvent solution. The sizing agent imparts convergence to the carbon fiber tape, improves bending resistance and abrasion resistance, and forms a composite of the carbon fiber tape. Any sizing agent can be used as long as it provides good composite material properties when used as a reinforcing fiber of the material.
水溶液および/または水分散液として用いられるサイジング剤には、例えばポリアルキレンオキサイドおよびその誘導体、ポリビニルピロリドンおよびその誘導体、ポリビニルアルコールなどの水溶性樹脂、あるいは各種界面活性剤を添加することによって水分散性となるエポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂など公知の各種樹脂が挙げられる。
The sizing agent used as an aqueous solution and / or aqueous dispersion may be added to a water-soluble resin such as polyalkylene oxide and its derivatives, polyvinylpyrrolidone and its derivatives, polyvinyl alcohol, and the like, or water-dispersible by adding various surfactants. And various known resins such as an epoxy resin and an unsaturated polyester resin.
また、有機溶剤溶液として用いられるサイジング剤には、例えばグリシジルエーテル型、グリシジルエステル型、グリシジルアミン型、脂肪族エポキサイド型などのエポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂など公知の各種樹脂が挙げられる。
The sizing agent used as the organic solvent solution includes, for example, various known resins such as glycidyl ether type, glycidyl ester type, glycidylamine type, aliphatic epoxide type epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, polyamide resin, and polyimide resin. Is mentioned.
有機溶剤としては、上記樹脂を安定に溶解させるものであればよく、例えば、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレンなどの芳香族炭化水素類、アセトン、メチルエチルケトンなどのケトン類、四塩化炭素、トリクレン、クロロホルムなどのハロゲン化炭化水素類、あるいはセロソルブなどの変性エーテル類などが挙げられるが、特に、上記の樹脂に限定されるものではない。沸点、工業的な取扱いの良さで適宜選択すれば良い。なお、有機溶媒系サイジング剤は2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。
Any organic solvent may be used as long as it can stably dissolve the resin.Examples include aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, and xylene, acetone, ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, carbon tetrachloride, tricrene, and chloroform. Examples thereof include halogenated hydrocarbons and modified ethers such as cellosolve, but are not particularly limited to the above resins. What is necessary is just to select suitably according to a boiling point and industrial good handling. The organic solvent sizing agent may be used as a mixture of two or more kinds.
具体的には、(A)エポキシ樹脂、(B)不飽和二塩基酸とビスフェノ-ル類のアルキレンオキシド付加物との縮合物および(C)フェノ-ル類のアルキレンオキシド付加物とからなるサイジング剤が挙げられ、さらに具体的に挙げれば、(A)のエポキシ樹脂として用いられるものとしては、グリシジル型エポキシ樹脂、非グリシジル系(過酢酸系)エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。グリシジル型エポキシ樹脂としてはビスフェノ-ル型のもの、たとえばエピクロルヒドリンとビスフェノ-ルA、ビスフェノ-ルF,2,2’-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ブタンなどのビスフェノ-ル類との縮合によって得られるものなどがあり、フェノ-ル系のもの、たとえばノボラック型フェノ-ル樹脂にエピクロルヒドリンを作用させたものなどがあり、エステル系のもの、たとえばメタクリル酸グリシジルエステルとエチレン性二重結合含有単量体(たとえばアクリロニトリル、スチレン、酢酸ビニル、塩化ビニル)との共重合物などがあげられる。また、非グリシジル系エポキシ樹脂としては 環状樹脂族エポキシ樹脂、エポキシ化ブタジエン、エポキシ化グリセライド、エポキシ化大豆油などがあげられる。
Specifically, the sizing comprises (A) an epoxy resin, (B) a condensate of an unsaturated dibasic acid and an alkylene oxide adduct of a bisphenol, and (C) an alkylene oxide adduct of a phenol. More specifically, examples of the epoxy resin used in (A) include a glycidyl type epoxy resin and a non-glycidyl (peracetic acid) epoxy resin. The glycidyl type epoxy resin is a bisphenol type epoxy resin, for example, obtained by condensing epichlorohydrin with a bisphenol such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F, 2,2'-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) butane. Phenol-based resins, for example, novolak-type phenolic resin treated with epichlorohydrin, and ester-based resins, such as glycidyl methacrylate and ethylenic double bond-containing monomer. Copolymer (eg, acrylonitrile, styrene, vinyl acetate, vinyl chloride). Examples of the non-glycidyl epoxy resin include a cyclic resin epoxy resin, epoxidized butadiene, epoxidized glyceride, and epoxidized soybean oil.
(B)の縮合物において不飽和二塩基酸としてはフマル酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸、イタコン酸などがあげられ、ビスフェノ-ル類のアルキレンオキシド付加物としては(A)の項で述べたビスフェノ-ル類のアルキレンオキシド(エチレンオキシド(EC)、プロピレンオキシド(PO)、ブチレンオキシド(BO)など)付加物(2種以上のアルキレンオキシド付加物の場合はランダムまたはブロック付加物)があげられる。
Examples of the unsaturated dibasic acid in the condensate of (B) include fumaric acid, maleic acid, citraconic acid, and itaconic acid. As the alkylene oxide adducts of bisphenols, the bisphenols described in (A) above can be used. -Alkylene oxide (ethylene oxide (EC), propylene oxide (PO), butylene oxide (BO), etc.) adducts (in the case of two or more alkylene oxide adducts, random or block adducts).
(C)成分としては単環フェノ-ル(芳香環1個有するフェノ-ル)たとえば、フェノ-ル、アルキル基を1個または複数有するフェノ-ル、多価フェノ-ルおよび多環フェノ-ル(芳香環を2個以上有するフェノ-ル)、たとえばフェニルフェノ-ル、クミルフェノ-ル、ベンジルフェノ-ル、ハイドロキノンモノフェニルエ-テル、ナフト-ル、ビスフェノ-ル、単環フェノ-ルなどとスチレン類(スチレン、α-メチルスチレンなど)との反応生成物(スチレン化フェノ-ル類という)から選ばれるフェノ-ル類のアルキレンオキシド(たとえばEO、PO、BO)付加物(2種以上のアルキレンオキシド付加物の場合はブロックまたはランダム付加物があげられる。
As the component (C), monocyclic phenol (phenol having one aromatic ring) such as phenol, phenol having one or more alkyl groups, polyvalent phenol and polycyclic phenol (Phenols having two or more aromatic rings) such as phenylphenol, cumylphenol, benzylphenol, hydroquinone monophenylether, naphthol, bisphenol, and monocyclic phenol. Addition products of alkylene oxides (eg, EO, PO, BO) of phenols selected from reaction products (referred to as styrenated phenols) with styrenes (styrene, α-methylstyrene, etc.) In the case of an alkylene oxide adduct, a block or random adduct is used.
サイジング剤の水溶液、水分散液あるいは有機溶媒溶液はサイジング剤の特性に応じて従来公知の方法で調合すればよい。また、炭素繊維テープはサイジング剤含有液を塗布した場合、熱処理し、サイジング剤含有液に含まれる溶媒を除去および乾燥することにより得ることができる。
The aqueous solution, aqueous dispersion, or organic solvent solution of the sizing agent may be prepared by a conventionally known method according to the characteristics of the sizing agent. In addition, when a sizing agent-containing liquid is applied, the carbon fiber tape can be obtained by heat treatment, removing the solvent contained in the sizing agent-containing liquid, and drying.
このように、本発明の製造方法は炭素繊維テープにサイジング剤を付与するための方法として用いることができる。また、サイジング剤が付与された炭素繊維テープに、後述するように、樹脂を塗工するための方法としても用いることができる。
As described above, the production method of the present invention can be used as a method for applying a sizing agent to a carbon fiber tape. Further, it can be used as a method for applying a resin to a carbon fiber tape to which a sizing agent has been applied, as described later.
<強化繊維の張力制御>
本発明の製造方法においては、クリールに架けられた強化繊維を均一に引き出し、強化繊維テープ、ひいては塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を向上させるために、強化繊維をクリールから引き出す時の張力を制御することが好ましい。このためには、糸条を引き揃えてニップし、駆動装置により後工程の設備と速度差を持たせて張力を制御する方法や特開2005-248360号公報記載のように方向転換ガイドロールを駆動させる方法、特開2004-162055号公報記載のようにパウダーブレーキを連結したロールを用いる方法などを挙げることができる。また、強化繊維ボビンを架けるスピンドル部分にブレーキ機構を備えているクリールを用いることもできる。ブレーキ機構としては、バンドブレーキや、電磁式などがある。電磁式としては永久磁石を用いてなる磁力式トルク制御設備をスピンドル軸に設ける方法などがある。電磁式ブレーキ機構としては、例えば特開2012-184076号公報などに記載されているものを例示できる。さらにダンサロールを介して張力制御を行うこともできる。これらのうち、電磁式ブレーキ機構を備えたクリールを用いることが、張力制御の精密性、製造装置のコンパクト化の観点から好ましい。 <Tension control of reinforcing fiber>
In the manufacturing method of the present invention, in order to uniformly pull out the reinforcing fibers stretched over the creel, and to improve the width accuracy of the reinforcing fiber tape, and eventually the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape, the tension at the time of pulling out the reinforcing fibers from the creel is increased. It is preferable to control. For this purpose, the yarns are aligned and nipped, and a driving device is used to control the tension by providing a speed difference with the equipment in a later process. Alternatively, as described in JP-A-2005-248360, a direction changing guide roll is used. A driving method, a method using a roll connected with a powder brake as described in JP-A-2004-162055, and the like can be given. In addition, a creel having a brake mechanism in a spindle portion on which a reinforcing fiber bobbin is hung can be used. Examples of the brake mechanism include a band brake and an electromagnetic type. As the electromagnetic method, there is a method of providing magnetic torque control equipment using permanent magnets on a spindle shaft. Examples of the electromagnetic brake mechanism include those described in, for example, JP-A-2012-184076. Further, tension control can be performed via a dancer roll. Of these, it is preferable to use a creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism from the viewpoint of precision of tension control and downsizing of the manufacturing apparatus.
本発明の製造方法においては、クリールに架けられた強化繊維を均一に引き出し、強化繊維テープ、ひいては塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を向上させるために、強化繊維をクリールから引き出す時の張力を制御することが好ましい。このためには、糸条を引き揃えてニップし、駆動装置により後工程の設備と速度差を持たせて張力を制御する方法や特開2005-248360号公報記載のように方向転換ガイドロールを駆動させる方法、特開2004-162055号公報記載のようにパウダーブレーキを連結したロールを用いる方法などを挙げることができる。また、強化繊維ボビンを架けるスピンドル部分にブレーキ機構を備えているクリールを用いることもできる。ブレーキ機構としては、バンドブレーキや、電磁式などがある。電磁式としては永久磁石を用いてなる磁力式トルク制御設備をスピンドル軸に設ける方法などがある。電磁式ブレーキ機構としては、例えば特開2012-184076号公報などに記載されているものを例示できる。さらにダンサロールを介して張力制御を行うこともできる。これらのうち、電磁式ブレーキ機構を備えたクリールを用いることが、張力制御の精密性、製造装置のコンパクト化の観点から好ましい。 <Tension control of reinforcing fiber>
In the manufacturing method of the present invention, in order to uniformly pull out the reinforcing fibers stretched over the creel, and to improve the width accuracy of the reinforcing fiber tape, and eventually the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape, the tension at the time of pulling out the reinforcing fibers from the creel is increased. It is preferable to control. For this purpose, the yarns are aligned and nipped, and a driving device is used to control the tension by providing a speed difference with the equipment in a later process. Alternatively, as described in JP-A-2005-248360, a direction changing guide roll is used. A driving method, a method using a roll connected with a powder brake as described in JP-A-2004-162055, and the like can be given. In addition, a creel having a brake mechanism in a spindle portion on which a reinforcing fiber bobbin is hung can be used. Examples of the brake mechanism include a band brake and an electromagnetic type. As the electromagnetic method, there is a method of providing magnetic torque control equipment using permanent magnets on a spindle shaft. Examples of the electromagnetic brake mechanism include those described in, for example, JP-A-2012-184076. Further, tension control can be performed via a dancer roll. Of these, it is preferable to use a creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism from the viewpoint of precision of tension control and downsizing of the manufacturing apparatus.
<強化繊維テープの平滑化>
本発明においては、強化繊維テープ表面の平滑性を高くすることで、塗布部での塗布量の均一性を向上させることができる。このため、強化繊維テープを平滑化処理した後、液溜り部に導くことが好ましい。平滑化処理法は特に制限は無いが、対向ロールなどで物理的に押しつける方法や空気流を用いて強化繊維を動かす方法などを例示できる。物理的に押しつける方法は簡便かつ、強化繊維の配列を乱しにくいため好ましい。より具体的にはカレンダー加工などを用いることができる。空気流を用いる方法は擦過が起こりにくいだけでなく、強化繊維テープを拡幅する効果もあり好ましい。 <Smoothing of reinforcing fiber tape>
In the present invention, by increasing the smoothness of the surface of the reinforcing fiber tape, the uniformity of the application amount in the application section can be improved. For this reason, it is preferable to guide the reinforcing fiber tape to the liquid pool after smoothing the reinforcing fiber tape. The method of smoothing is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of physically pressing with a facing roll or the like, and a method of moving a reinforcing fiber using an air flow. The physical pressing method is preferred because it is simple and does not easily disturb the arrangement of the reinforcing fibers. More specifically, calendering or the like can be used. The method using an air flow is preferable because it not only causes less abrasion but also has the effect of widening the reinforcing fiber tape.
本発明においては、強化繊維テープ表面の平滑性を高くすることで、塗布部での塗布量の均一性を向上させることができる。このため、強化繊維テープを平滑化処理した後、液溜り部に導くことが好ましい。平滑化処理法は特に制限は無いが、対向ロールなどで物理的に押しつける方法や空気流を用いて強化繊維を動かす方法などを例示できる。物理的に押しつける方法は簡便かつ、強化繊維の配列を乱しにくいため好ましい。より具体的にはカレンダー加工などを用いることができる。空気流を用いる方法は擦過が起こりにくいだけでなく、強化繊維テープを拡幅する効果もあり好ましい。 <Smoothing of reinforcing fiber tape>
In the present invention, by increasing the smoothness of the surface of the reinforcing fiber tape, the uniformity of the application amount in the application section can be improved. For this reason, it is preferable to guide the reinforcing fiber tape to the liquid pool after smoothing the reinforcing fiber tape. The method of smoothing is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of physically pressing with a facing roll or the like, and a method of moving a reinforcing fiber using an air flow. The physical pressing method is preferred because it is simple and does not easily disturb the arrangement of the reinforcing fibers. More specifically, calendering or the like can be used. The method using an air flow is preferable because it not only causes less abrasion but also has the effect of widening the reinforcing fiber tape.
<強化繊維テープの拡幅>
また、本発明において、強化繊維テープを拡幅処理した後、塗布部に導くことも、広い塗液含有強化繊維テープを効率的に製造できる観点から好ましい。テープ幅が広いとプリプレグテープ積層時のカバー面積が大きくなり、積層時の隙間を抑制できるメリットがあると考えられる。拡幅処理方法は特に制限は無いが、機械的に振動を付与する方法、空気流により強化繊維束を拡げる方法などを例示できる。機械的に振動を付与する方法としては、例えば特開2015-22799号公報記載のように、振動するロールに強化繊維シートを接触させる方法がある。振動方向としては、強化繊維テープの進行方向をX軸とすると、Y軸方向(水平方向)、Z軸方向(垂直方向)の振動を与えることが好ましく、水平方向振動ロールと垂直方向振動ロールを組み合わせて用いることも好ましい。また振動ロール表面は複数の突起を設けておくと、ロールでの強化繊維の擦過を抑制でき、好ましい。空気流を用いる方法としては、例えば、SEN-I GAKKAISHI,vol.64,P-262-267(2008).記載の方法を用いることができる。 <Widening of reinforcing fiber tape>
In the present invention, it is also preferable to guide the reinforcing fiber tape to the application section after the reinforcing fiber tape has been subjected to the widening process, from the viewpoint of efficiently producing a wide coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. If the tape width is large, it is considered that there is an advantage that the cover area at the time of laminating the prepreg tape is large and the gap at the time of lamination is suppressed. There is no particular limitation on the widening processing method, and examples thereof include a method of mechanically applying vibration and a method of expanding the reinforcing fiber bundle by an air flow. As a method of mechanically applying vibration, there is a method of bringing a reinforcing fiber sheet into contact with a vibrating roll as described in, for example, JP-A-2015-22799. As the vibration direction, when the traveling direction of the reinforcing fiber tape is the X axis, it is preferable to apply vibrations in the Y axis direction (horizontal direction) and the Z axis direction (vertical direction). It is also preferable to use them in combination. It is preferable that a plurality of projections are provided on the surface of the vibrating roll, because the abrasion of the reinforcing fibers by the roll can be suppressed. As a method using an air flow, see, for example, SEN-I GAKKAISHI, vol. 64, P-262-267 (2008). The described method can be used.
また、本発明において、強化繊維テープを拡幅処理した後、塗布部に導くことも、広い塗液含有強化繊維テープを効率的に製造できる観点から好ましい。テープ幅が広いとプリプレグテープ積層時のカバー面積が大きくなり、積層時の隙間を抑制できるメリットがあると考えられる。拡幅処理方法は特に制限は無いが、機械的に振動を付与する方法、空気流により強化繊維束を拡げる方法などを例示できる。機械的に振動を付与する方法としては、例えば特開2015-22799号公報記載のように、振動するロールに強化繊維シートを接触させる方法がある。振動方向としては、強化繊維テープの進行方向をX軸とすると、Y軸方向(水平方向)、Z軸方向(垂直方向)の振動を与えることが好ましく、水平方向振動ロールと垂直方向振動ロールを組み合わせて用いることも好ましい。また振動ロール表面は複数の突起を設けておくと、ロールでの強化繊維の擦過を抑制でき、好ましい。空気流を用いる方法としては、例えば、SEN-I GAKKAISHI,vol.64,P-262-267(2008).記載の方法を用いることができる。 <Widening of reinforcing fiber tape>
In the present invention, it is also preferable to guide the reinforcing fiber tape to the application section after the reinforcing fiber tape has been subjected to the widening process, from the viewpoint of efficiently producing a wide coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. If the tape width is large, it is considered that there is an advantage that the cover area at the time of laminating the prepreg tape is large and the gap at the time of lamination is suppressed. There is no particular limitation on the widening processing method, and examples thereof include a method of mechanically applying vibration and a method of expanding the reinforcing fiber bundle by an air flow. As a method of mechanically applying vibration, there is a method of bringing a reinforcing fiber sheet into contact with a vibrating roll as described in, for example, JP-A-2015-22799. As the vibration direction, when the traveling direction of the reinforcing fiber tape is the X axis, it is preferable to apply vibrations in the Y axis direction (horizontal direction) and the Z axis direction (vertical direction). It is also preferable to use them in combination. It is preferable that a plurality of projections are provided on the surface of the vibrating roll, because the abrasion of the reinforcing fibers by the roll can be suppressed. As a method using an air flow, see, for example, SEN-I GAKKAISHI, vol. 64, P-262-267 (2008). The described method can be used.
<強化繊維テープの予熱>
また、本発明において、塗液温度を室温より高く設定する場合には、強化繊維テープを加熱した後、液溜り部に導くと、テープの温度低下を抑制し、塗液の粘度均一性を向上させられるため好ましい。強化繊維テープは塗液温度近傍まで加熱されることが好ましいが、このための加熱手段としては、空気加熱、赤外線加熱、遠赤外線加熱、レーザー加熱、接触加熱、熱媒加熱(スチームなど)など多様な手段を用いることができる。中でも赤外線加熱は装置が簡便であり、また強化繊維テープを直接加熱できるため、走行速度が速くても所望の温度まで効率よく加熱が可能であり、好ましい。 <Preheating of reinforcing fiber tape>
Further, in the present invention, when the coating liquid temperature is set higher than room temperature, the reinforcing fiber tape is heated and then guided to the liquid pool, thereby suppressing the temperature drop of the tape and improving the viscosity uniformity of the coating liquid. This is preferred because The reinforcing fiber tape is preferably heated to a temperature close to the temperature of the coating liquid, and various heating means for this purpose include air heating, infrared heating, far-infrared heating, laser heating, contact heating, and heating medium heating (such as steam). Means can be used. Above all, infrared heating is preferable because the apparatus is simple and the reinforcing fiber tape can be directly heated, so that it can be efficiently heated to a desired temperature even at a high running speed.
また、本発明において、塗液温度を室温より高く設定する場合には、強化繊維テープを加熱した後、液溜り部に導くと、テープの温度低下を抑制し、塗液の粘度均一性を向上させられるため好ましい。強化繊維テープは塗液温度近傍まで加熱されることが好ましいが、このための加熱手段としては、空気加熱、赤外線加熱、遠赤外線加熱、レーザー加熱、接触加熱、熱媒加熱(スチームなど)など多様な手段を用いることができる。中でも赤外線加熱は装置が簡便であり、また強化繊維テープを直接加熱できるため、走行速度が速くても所望の温度まで効率よく加熱が可能であり、好ましい。 <Preheating of reinforcing fiber tape>
Further, in the present invention, when the coating liquid temperature is set higher than room temperature, the reinforcing fiber tape is heated and then guided to the liquid pool, thereby suppressing the temperature drop of the tape and improving the viscosity uniformity of the coating liquid. This is preferred because The reinforcing fiber tape is preferably heated to a temperature close to the temperature of the coating liquid, and various heating means for this purpose include air heating, infrared heating, far-infrared heating, laser heating, contact heating, and heating medium heating (such as steam). Means can be used. Above all, infrared heating is preferable because the apparatus is simple and the reinforcing fiber tape can be directly heated, so that it can be efficiently heated to a desired temperature even at a high running speed.
<塗液>
本発明で用いる塗液は付与する目的に応じ適宜選択することができる。塗液としては、前述の通りサイジング剤や表面改質剤など集束性や機能性を付与する剤を含む液体の他、プリプレグテープとするためのマトリックス樹脂などを例示することができる。 <Coating liquid>
The coating liquid used in the present invention can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose to be applied. Examples of the coating liquid include a liquid containing a sizing agent and a surface modifying agent, such as a sizing agent and a surface imparting agent, which impart convergence and functionality, and a matrix resin for forming a prepreg tape.
本発明で用いる塗液は付与する目的に応じ適宜選択することができる。塗液としては、前述の通りサイジング剤や表面改質剤など集束性や機能性を付与する剤を含む液体の他、プリプレグテープとするためのマトリックス樹脂などを例示することができる。 <Coating liquid>
The coating liquid used in the present invention can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose to be applied. Examples of the coating liquid include a liquid containing a sizing agent and a surface modifying agent, such as a sizing agent and a surface imparting agent, which impart convergence and functionality, and a matrix resin for forming a prepreg tape.
本発明で用いるマトリックス樹脂は、後述する各種樹脂や粒子、硬化剤、更に各種添加剤を含む、樹脂組成物として用いることができる。本発明をプリプレグテープの製造に適用する場合には、強化繊維テープに塗液であるマトリックス樹脂が含浸した状態となり、そのままプリプレグテープとして積層、成形してFRPからなる部材を得ることができる。含浸度は、塗布部の設計や、塗布以降の追含浸により制御することができる。マトリックス樹脂としては、用途に応じ適宜選択可能であるが、熱可塑性樹脂や熱硬化性樹脂を用いることが一般的である。マトリックス樹脂は、加熱し溶融させた溶融樹脂でも室温でマトリックス樹脂のものでも良い。また、溶媒を用いて溶液やワニス化したものでも良い。なお、本発明をプリプレグテープの製造に用いる場合には、塗液含有強化繊維テープをプリプレグテープと言い換える場合がある。
マ ト リ ッ ク ス The matrix resin used in the present invention can be used as a resin composition containing various resins, particles, curing agents, and various additives described below. When the present invention is applied to the production of a prepreg tape, the reinforcing fiber tape is impregnated with a matrix resin as a coating liquid, and the prepreg tape can be directly laminated and molded to obtain a member made of FRP. The degree of impregnation can be controlled by the design of the application section and the additional impregnation after application. The matrix resin can be appropriately selected depending on the application, but it is common to use a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin. The matrix resin may be a molten resin heated and melted or a matrix resin at room temperature. Further, a solution or a varnish formed using a solvent may be used. When the present invention is used for manufacturing a prepreg tape, the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape may be referred to as a prepreg tape in some cases.
マトリックス樹脂としては、熱可塑性樹脂や熱硬化性樹脂、光硬化性樹脂などFRPに一般的に使用されるものを用いることができる。また、これらは室温で液体であればそのまま用いても良いし、室温で固体や粘稠液体であれば、加温して低粘度化する、あるいは溶融し融液として用いても良いし、溶媒に溶解し溶液やワニス化して用いても良い。
As the matrix resin, a resin generally used for FRP such as a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, and a photocurable resin can be used. Further, these may be used as they are if they are liquids at room temperature, or may be used as solids or viscous liquids at room temperature to reduce the viscosity by heating, or may be used as a melt by melting, or a solvent. May be used as a solution or varnish.
熱可塑性樹脂としては、主鎖に、炭素・炭素結合、アミド結合、イミド結合、エステル結合、エーテル結合、カーボネート結合、ウレタン結合、尿素結合、チオエーテル結合、スルホン結合、イミダゾール結合、カルボニル結合から選ばれる結合を有するポリマーを用いることができる。具体的には、ポリアクリレート、ポリオレフィン、ポリアミド(PA)、アラミド、ポリエステル、ポリカーボネート(PC)、ポリフェニレンスルフィド(PPS)、ポリベンゾイミダゾール(PBI)、ポリイミド(PI)、ポリエーテルイミド(PEI)、ポリスルホン(PSU)、ポリエーテルスルホン(PES)、ポリエーテルケトン(PEK)、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン(PEEK)、ポリエーテルケトンケトン(PEKK)、ポリアリールエーテルケトン(PAEK)、ポリアミドイミド(PAI)などを例示できる。航空機用途などの耐熱性が要求される分野では、PPS、PES、PI、PEI、PSU、PEEK、PEKK、PAEKなどが好適である。一方、産業用途や自動車用途などでは、成形効率を上げるため、ポリプロピレン(PP)などのポリオレフィンやPA、ポリエステル、PPSなどが好適である。これらはポリマーでも良いし、低粘度、低温塗布のため、オリゴマーやモノマーを用いても良い。もちろん、これらは目的に応じ、共重合されていても良いし、各種を混合しポリマーブレンドやポリマーアロイとして用いることもできる。
The thermoplastic resin is selected from a carbon-carbon bond, an amide bond, an imide bond, an ester bond, an ether bond, a carbonate bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond, a thioether bond, a sulfone bond, an imidazole bond, and a carbonyl bond in the main chain. A polymer having a bond can be used. Specifically, polyacrylate, polyolefin, polyamide (PA), aramid, polyester, polycarbonate (PC), polyphenylene sulfide (PPS), polybenzimidazole (PBI), polyimide (PI), polyetherimide (PEI), polysulfone (PSU), polyether sulfone (PES), polyether ketone (PEK), polyether ether ketone (PEEK), polyether ketone ketone (PEKK), polyaryl ether ketone (PAEK), polyamide imide (PAI), etc. it can. In fields requiring heat resistance such as aircraft applications, PPS, PES, PI, PEI, PSU, PEEK, PEKK, PAEK, and the like are suitable. On the other hand, for industrial applications and automotive applications, polyolefins such as polypropylene (PP), PA, polyester, PPS, and the like are preferable in order to increase molding efficiency. These may be polymers or oligomers or monomers for low viscosity and low temperature coating. Of course, these may be copolymerized depending on the purpose, or they may be mixed and used as a polymer blend or a polymer alloy.
熱硬化性樹脂としては、エポキシ樹脂、マレイミド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、アセチレン末端を有する樹脂、ビニル末端を有する樹脂、アリル末端を有する樹脂、ナジック酸末端を有する樹脂、シアン酸エステル末端を有する樹脂があげられる。これらは、一般に硬化剤や硬化触媒と組合せて用いることができる。また、適宜、これらの熱硬化性樹脂を混合して用いることも可能である。
Examples of the thermosetting resin include an epoxy resin, a maleimide resin, a polyimide resin, a resin having an acetylene terminal, a resin having a vinyl terminal, a resin having an allyl terminal, a resin having a nadic acid terminal, and a resin having a cyanate ester terminal. Can be These can be generally used in combination with a curing agent or a curing catalyst. In addition, these thermosetting resins can be appropriately used in combination.
本発明に適した熱硬化性樹脂として、耐熱性、耐薬品性、力学特性に優れていることからエポキシ樹脂が好適に用いられる。特に、アミン類、フェノール類、炭素・炭素二重結合を有する化合物を前駆体とするエポキシ樹脂が好ましい。具体的には、アミン類を前駆体とするエポキシ樹脂として、テトラグリシジルジアミノジフェニルメタン、トリグリシジル-p-アミノフェノール、トリグリシジル-m-アミノフェノール、トリグリシジルアミノクレゾールの各種異性体、フェノール類を前駆体とするエポキシ樹脂として、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、炭素・炭素二重結合を有する化合物を前駆体とするエポキシ樹脂としては脂環式エポキシ樹脂等があげられるが、これに限定されない。またこれらのエポキシ樹脂をブロモ化したブロモ化エポキシ樹脂も用いられる。テトラグリシジルジアミノジフェニルメタンに代表される芳香族アミンを前駆体とするエポキシ樹脂は耐熱性が良好で強化繊維との接着性が良好なため本発明に最も適している。
エ ポ キ シ As a thermosetting resin suitable for the present invention, an epoxy resin is preferably used because of its excellent heat resistance, chemical resistance, and mechanical properties. In particular, an epoxy resin using an amine, a phenol, or a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond as a precursor is preferable. Specifically, as an epoxy resin having an amine as a precursor, various isomers of tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane, triglycidyl-p-aminophenol, triglycidyl-m-aminophenol, and triglycidylaminocresol, and phenols are used as precursors. Bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, phenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, a compound having a carbon-carbon double bond as a precursor Examples of the epoxy resin include, but are not limited to, alicyclic epoxy resins. Brominated epoxy resins obtained by brominating these epoxy resins are also used. An epoxy resin having an aromatic amine represented by tetraglycidyldiaminodiphenylmethane as a precursor has a good heat resistance and a good adhesion to a reinforcing fiber, and is most suitable for the present invention.
熱硬化性樹脂は硬化剤と組合せて、好ましく用いられる。例えばエポキシ樹脂の場合には、硬化剤はエポキシ基と反応しうる活性基を有する化合物であればこれを用いることができる。好ましくは、アミノ基、酸無水物基、アジド基を有する化合物が適している。具体的には、ジシアンジアミド、ジアミノジフェニルスルホンの各種異性体、アミノ安息香酸エステル類が適している。具体的に説明すると、ジシアンジアミドはプリプレグの保存性に優れるため好んで用いられる。またジアミノジフェニルスルホンの各種異性体は、耐熱性の良好な硬化物を与えるため本発明には最も適している。アミノ安息香酸エステル類としては、トリメチレングリコールジ-p-アミノベンゾエートやネオペンチルグリコールジ-p-アミノベンゾエートが好んで用いられ、ジアミノジフェニルスルホンに比較して、耐熱性に劣るものの、引張強度に優れるため、用途に応じて選択して用いられる。また、もちろん必要に応じ硬化触媒を用いることも可能である。また、マトリックス樹脂のポットライフを向上させる意味から、硬化剤や硬化触媒と錯体形成可能な錯化剤を併用することも可能である。
Thermosetting resin is preferably used in combination with a curing agent. For example, in the case of an epoxy resin, the curing agent may be a compound having an active group capable of reacting with an epoxy group. Preferably, a compound having an amino group, an acid anhydride group, or an azide group is suitable. Specifically, dicyandiamide, various isomers of diaminodiphenylsulfone, and aminobenzoic acid esters are suitable. More specifically, dicyandiamide is preferably used because of its excellent prepreg preservability. Further, various isomers of diaminodiphenyl sulfone are most suitable for the present invention because they give cured products having good heat resistance. As the aminobenzoic acid esters, trimethylene glycol di-p-aminobenzoate and neopentyl glycol di-p-aminobenzoate are preferably used. Although the heat resistance is lower than that of diaminodiphenyl sulfone, the tensile strength is lower. Because it is excellent, it is selected and used according to the application. It is also possible to use a curing catalyst if necessary. From the viewpoint of improving the pot life of the matrix resin, it is also possible to use a complexing agent capable of forming a complex with a curing agent or a curing catalyst.
また本発明では、熱硬化性樹脂に熱可塑性樹脂を混合して用いることも好適である。熱硬化性樹脂と熱可塑性樹脂の混合物は、熱硬化性樹脂を単独で用いた場合より良好な結果を与える。これは、熱硬化性樹脂が、一般に脆い欠点を有しながらオートクレーブによる低圧成型が可能であるのに対して、熱可塑性樹脂が、一般に強靭である利点を有しながらオートクレーブによる低圧成型が困難であるという二律背反した特性を示すため、これらを混合して用いることで物性と成形性のバランスをとることができるためである。混合して用いる場合は、プリプレグテープを硬化させてなるFRPの力学特性の観点から熱硬化性樹脂を50質量%より多く含むことが好ましい。
In the present invention, it is also preferable to use a thermoplastic resin mixed with a thermosetting resin. A mixture of a thermosetting resin and a thermoplastic resin gives better results than using the thermosetting resin alone. This is because the thermosetting resin is generally capable of low pressure molding by an autoclave while having a brittle defect, whereas the thermoplastic resin is generally difficult to perform low pressure molding by an autoclave while having the advantage of being tough. This is because they exhibit a trade-off characteristic, that is, they can be used in combination to balance physical properties and moldability. When mixed and used, it is preferable to contain the thermosetting resin in an amount of more than 50% by mass from the viewpoint of the mechanical properties of the FRP obtained by curing the prepreg tape.
<ポリマー粒子>
また、本発明では、無機粒子や有機粒子を塗液やマトリックス樹脂に含有させることができる。無機粒子は特に制限されないが、例えば、導電性、伝熱性、チクソトロピー性などを付与するために、カーボン系粒子や窒化ホウ素粒子、二酸化チタン粒子、二酸化珪素粒子などを好適に用いることができる。有機粒子も特に制限されないが、特に、ポリマー粒子を用いると、得られるFRPの靱性や耐衝撃性、制振性などを向上させることができ、好ましい。この時、ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度(Tg)または融点(Tm)はマトリックス樹脂温度よりも20℃以上高くすると、マトリックス樹脂中でポリマー粒子の形態を保持し易く、好ましい。ポリマー粒子のTgは温度変調DSCを用い、以下の条件で測定することができる。温度変調DSC装置としては、TA Instrments社製 Q1000などが好適であり、窒素雰囲気下、高純度インジウムで校正して用いることができる。測定条件は、昇温速度は2℃/分、温度変調条件は周期60秒、振幅1℃とすることができる。これで得られた全熱流から可逆成分を分離し、階段状シグナルの中点の温度をTgとすることができる。 <Polymer particles>
Further, in the present invention, inorganic particles and organic particles can be contained in the coating liquid and the matrix resin. Although the inorganic particles are not particularly limited, for example, carbon-based particles, boron nitride particles, titanium dioxide particles, silicon dioxide particles, and the like can be suitably used to impart conductivity, heat conductivity, thixotropy, and the like. Although the organic particles are not particularly limited, the use of polymer particles is particularly preferable because the toughness, impact resistance, and vibration damping properties of the obtained FRP can be improved. At this time, it is preferable that the glass transition temperature (Tg) or the melting point (Tm) of the polymer particles be higher than the matrix resin temperature by 20 ° C. or more, because the shape of the polymer particles can be easily maintained in the matrix resin. The Tg of the polymer particles can be measured using a temperature-modulated DSC under the following conditions. As the temperature modulation DSC device, Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments or the like is suitable, and it can be used after being calibrated with high-purity indium in a nitrogen atmosphere. The measurement conditions are as follows: the temperature rise rate is 2 ° C./min, and the temperature modulation condition is a cycle of 60 seconds and an amplitude of 1 ° C. The reversible component is separated from the total heat flow obtained in this way, and the temperature at the middle point of the step signal can be set to Tg.
また、本発明では、無機粒子や有機粒子を塗液やマトリックス樹脂に含有させることができる。無機粒子は特に制限されないが、例えば、導電性、伝熱性、チクソトロピー性などを付与するために、カーボン系粒子や窒化ホウ素粒子、二酸化チタン粒子、二酸化珪素粒子などを好適に用いることができる。有機粒子も特に制限されないが、特に、ポリマー粒子を用いると、得られるFRPの靱性や耐衝撃性、制振性などを向上させることができ、好ましい。この時、ポリマー粒子のガラス転移温度(Tg)または融点(Tm)はマトリックス樹脂温度よりも20℃以上高くすると、マトリックス樹脂中でポリマー粒子の形態を保持し易く、好ましい。ポリマー粒子のTgは温度変調DSCを用い、以下の条件で測定することができる。温度変調DSC装置としては、TA Instrments社製 Q1000などが好適であり、窒素雰囲気下、高純度インジウムで校正して用いることができる。測定条件は、昇温速度は2℃/分、温度変調条件は周期60秒、振幅1℃とすることができる。これで得られた全熱流から可逆成分を分離し、階段状シグナルの中点の温度をTgとすることができる。 <Polymer particles>
Further, in the present invention, inorganic particles and organic particles can be contained in the coating liquid and the matrix resin. Although the inorganic particles are not particularly limited, for example, carbon-based particles, boron nitride particles, titanium dioxide particles, silicon dioxide particles, and the like can be suitably used to impart conductivity, heat conductivity, thixotropy, and the like. Although the organic particles are not particularly limited, the use of polymer particles is particularly preferable because the toughness, impact resistance, and vibration damping properties of the obtained FRP can be improved. At this time, it is preferable that the glass transition temperature (Tg) or the melting point (Tm) of the polymer particles be higher than the matrix resin temperature by 20 ° C. or more, because the shape of the polymer particles can be easily maintained in the matrix resin. The Tg of the polymer particles can be measured using a temperature-modulated DSC under the following conditions. As the temperature modulation DSC device, Q1000 manufactured by TA Instruments or the like is suitable, and it can be used after being calibrated with high-purity indium in a nitrogen atmosphere. The measurement conditions are as follows: the temperature rise rate is 2 ° C./min, and the temperature modulation condition is a cycle of 60 seconds and an amplitude of 1 ° C. The reversible component is separated from the total heat flow obtained in this way, and the temperature at the middle point of the step signal can be set to Tg.
また、Tmは通常のDSCで昇温速度10℃/分で測定し、融解に相当するピーク状シグナルのピークトップ温度をTmとすることができる。
T Further, Tm is measured by a normal DSC at a heating rate of 10 ° C / min, and the peak top temperature of a peak-like signal corresponding to melting can be defined as Tm.
また、ポリマー粒子としては、マトリックス樹脂に溶けないことが好ましく、このようなポリマー粒子としては、例えば、WO2009/142231パンフレット記載などを参照し、適切なものを用いることができる。より、具体的には、ポリアミドやポリイミドを好ましく用いることができ、優れた靭性のため耐衝撃性を大きく向上できる、ポリアミドは最も好ましい。ポリアミドとしてはポリアミド12、ポリアミド11、ポリアミド6、ポリアミド66やポリアミド6/12共重合体、特開平01-104624号公報の実施例1記載のエポキシ化合物にてセミIPN(高分子相互侵入網目構造)化されたポリアミド(セミIPNポリアミド)などを好適に用いることができる。この熱可塑性樹脂粒子の形状としては、球状粒子でも非球状粒子でも、また多孔質粒子でもよいが、球状の方が樹脂の流動特性を低下させないため、本発明の製造法では特に好ましい。また、球状であれば応力集中の起点がなく、高い耐衝撃性を与えるという点でも好ましい態様である。
Further, it is preferable that the polymer particles do not dissolve in the matrix resin. As such polymer particles, for example, appropriate ones can be used with reference to the description in WO2009 / 142231 pamphlet and the like. More specifically, polyamide or polyimide can be preferably used, and polyamide, which can greatly improve impact resistance due to excellent toughness, is most preferable. Polyamides such as polyamide 12, polyamide 11, polyamide 6, polyamide 66, polyamide 6/12 copolymer, and the epoxy compound described in Example 1 of JP-A-01-104624 are semi-IPN (polymer interpenetrating network structure). Polyamide (semi-IPN polyamide) or the like can be suitably used. The shape of the thermoplastic resin particles may be a spherical particle, a non-spherical particle, or a porous particle, but a spherical shape is particularly preferable in the production method of the present invention since the flow characteristics of the resin are not deteriorated. Further, a spherical shape is a preferable embodiment in that there is no starting point of stress concentration and high impact resistance is given.
ポリアミド粒子の市販品としては、SP-500、SP-10、TR-1、TR-2、842P-48、842P-80(以上、東レ(株)製)、“オルガソール(登録商標)”1002D、2001UD、2001EXD、2002D、3202D、3501D,3502D、(以上、アルケマ(株)製)、“グリルアミド(登録商標)”TR90(エムザベルケ(株)社製)、“TROGAMID(登録商標)”CX7323、CX9701、CX9704、(デグサ(株)社製)等を使用することができる。これらのポリアミド粒子は、単独で使用しても複数を併用してもよい。
Commercially available polyamide particles include SP-500, SP-10, TR-1, TR-2, 842P-48, 842P-80 (all manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc.) and "Orgasol (registered trademark)" 1002D. , 2001UD, 2001EXD, 2002D, 3202D, 3501D, 3502D (all manufactured by Arkema Co., Ltd.), "Grillamide (registered trademark)" TR90 (manufactured by Mazaverke Co., Ltd.), "TROGAMID (registered trademark)" CX7323, CX9701 , CX9704 (manufactured by Degussa Co., Ltd.) and the like can be used. These polyamide particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
また、FRPの耐熱性への要求が厳しくない時には、塗液のレオロジー特性を調整したりFRPの靭性や制振性を向上させる目的で、ポリウレタン系やゴム系、コアシェルゴム系などの粒子を用いることも可能である。
In addition, when the demand for heat resistance of FRP is not severe, polyurethane-based, rubber-based, and core-shell rubber-based particles are used for the purpose of adjusting the rheological properties of the coating liquid or improving the toughness and vibration damping properties of FRP. It is also possible.
FRPの強化繊維層間樹脂層を高靭性化するためには、ポリマー粒子を強化繊維層間樹脂層に留めておくことが好ましい。そのため、ポリマー粒子の数平均粒径は5~50μmの範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは7~40μmの範囲、さらに好ましくは10~30μmの範囲である。数平均粒径を5μm以上とすることで、粒子が強化繊維の束の中に侵入せず、得られる繊維強化複合材料の強化繊維層間樹脂層に留まることができる。数平均粒径を50μm以下とすることで、プリプレグテープ表面のマトリックス樹脂層の厚みを適正化し、ひいては得られるFRPにおいて、繊維質量含有率を適正化することができる。
In order to increase the toughness of the FRP interlayer resin layer, it is preferable to keep the polymer particles in the reinforcing fiber interlayer resin layer. Therefore, the number average particle size of the polymer particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 μm, more preferably in the range of 7 to 40 μm, and still more preferably in the range of 10 to 30 μm. When the number average particle diameter is 5 μm or more, the particles do not enter the bundle of the reinforcing fibers, and can remain in the reinforcing fiber interlayer resin layer of the obtained fiber-reinforced composite material. By setting the number average particle size to 50 μm or less, the thickness of the matrix resin layer on the surface of the prepreg tape can be optimized, and the fiber content in the obtained FRP can be optimized.
<塗液の粘弾性>
本発明で用いる塗液は、工程通過性・安定性の観点から最適な粘度を選択することが好ましい。具体的には、粘度を0.01~60Pa・sの範囲とすると、狭窄部出口での液垂れを抑制するとともに強化繊維シートの高速走行性、安定走行性を向上させることができ、好ましい。塗液粘度は2Pa・s以下とすると、強化繊維テープの走行速度を100m/分以上としても安定走行が可能であり、さらに塗液の飛散を抑制できるため、好ましい。塗液粘度は好ましくは0.9Pa・s以下である。 <Viscoelasticity of coating liquid>
It is preferable to select an optimum viscosity for the coating liquid used in the present invention from the viewpoint of processability and stability. Specifically, when the viscosity is in the range of 0.01 to 60 Pa · s, the dripping at the outlet of the constricted portion can be suppressed, and the high-speed running property and the stable running property of the reinforcing fiber sheet can be improved, which is preferable. When the coating liquid viscosity is 2 Pa · s or less, stable running is possible even when the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape is 100 m / min or more, and the scattering of the coating liquid can be suppressed, which is preferable. The coating liquid viscosity is preferably 0.9 Pa · s or less.
本発明で用いる塗液は、工程通過性・安定性の観点から最適な粘度を選択することが好ましい。具体的には、粘度を0.01~60Pa・sの範囲とすると、狭窄部出口での液垂れを抑制するとともに強化繊維シートの高速走行性、安定走行性を向上させることができ、好ましい。塗液粘度は2Pa・s以下とすると、強化繊維テープの走行速度を100m/分以上としても安定走行が可能であり、さらに塗液の飛散を抑制できるため、好ましい。塗液粘度は好ましくは0.9Pa・s以下である。 <Viscoelasticity of coating liquid>
It is preferable to select an optimum viscosity for the coating liquid used in the present invention from the viewpoint of processability and stability. Specifically, when the viscosity is in the range of 0.01 to 60 Pa · s, the dripping at the outlet of the constricted portion can be suppressed, and the high-speed running property and the stable running property of the reinforcing fiber sheet can be improved, which is preferable. When the coating liquid viscosity is 2 Pa · s or less, stable running is possible even when the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape is 100 m / min or more, and the scattering of the coating liquid can be suppressed, which is preferable. The coating liquid viscosity is preferably 0.9 Pa · s or less.
ここで、前記粘度とは、液溜り部で測定した塗液温度での塗液粘度を言うものであり、より具体的には、平行円盤型やコーン型などの粘弾性測定装置を用い、歪み速度3.14s-1で測定した、前記液溜り部で測定した塗液温度での粘度のことである。また、前記損失弾性率とは、前記した粘度測定と同様に測定することができ、液溜り部での塗液温度、歪み速度3.14s-1での損失弾性率である。
Here, the viscosity refers to the coating liquid viscosity at the coating liquid temperature measured in the liquid pool portion, more specifically, using a viscoelasticity measuring device such as a parallel disk type or cone type, distortion It is the viscosity at the coating liquid temperature measured at the liquid pool, measured at a speed of 3.14 s -1 . The loss elastic modulus can be measured in the same manner as the viscosity measurement described above, and is a loss temperature at a coating liquid temperature in the liquid reservoir and a strain rate of 3.14 s -1 .
また、室温付近である25℃での粘弾性を制御することで、塗液含有強化繊維テープの粘着性を低くすることが可能である。これにより、製造工程でのロールやガイド類に塗液含有強化繊維テープが貼りつくことが抑制され、工程安定化できるメリットもある。さらに、これにより、離型テープなどを併用せず直接、塗液含有強化繊維テープを巻き取ることが可能となるだけでなく、巻き取った塗液含有強化繊維テープの解舒性も良好となり、高速解舒が可能となる。これは、塗液含有強化繊維テープをプリプレグテープとした場合には、自動積層装置などでの高速積層が可能となり、好ましい。さらに、離型テープを併用しないため、プリプレグテープの巻き取りパッケージあたりの分量も多くなり、自動積層装置稼働時間を長くできるため長時間での積層効率が向上し、好ましい。これは航空機用AFPなどの自動積層装置のみならず、圧力タンク用などのトウプリプレグの巻き付け装置でも同様の効果が得られる。
Further, by controlling the viscoelasticity at 25 ° C., which is around room temperature, it is possible to reduce the adhesiveness of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Accordingly, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is prevented from sticking to rolls and guides in the manufacturing process, and there is an advantage that the process can be stabilized. Furthermore, this makes it possible not only to release the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape directly without using a release tape or the like, but also to improve the unwinding property of the wound coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, High speed unwinding becomes possible. This is preferable when a prepreg tape is used as the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, because high-speed lamination with an automatic laminating apparatus or the like becomes possible. Further, since the release tape is not used, the amount of the prepreg tape per winding package is increased, and the operation time of the automatic laminating apparatus can be extended, so that the laminating efficiency over a long time is improved, which is preferable. The same effect can be obtained not only in an automatic laminating apparatus such as an AFP for an aircraft, but also in a tow prepreg winding apparatus such as a pressure tank.
具体的には、25℃、歪み速度3.14s-1 で測定される粘度を10Pa・s以下、あるいは106Pa・s以上とすることが好ましい。
Specifically, the viscosity measured at 25 ° C. and a strain rate of 3.14 s −1 is preferably 10 Pa · s or less, or 10 6 Pa · s or more.
<鉛直方向下向きに強化繊維テープを走行させての塗布工程>
UD基材を例として、図1aを参照して塗布工程を説明すると、塗工装置100における塗液2を強化繊維テープ1aに付与する方法は、クリール11から巻き出された複数本の強化繊維1を、配列装置12によって一方向(紙面奥行き方向)に配列して強化繊維テープ1aを得た後、強化繊維テープ1aの両面に塗液2を付与するものである。これにより、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bを得ることができる。 <Applying process by running the reinforcing fiber tape vertically downward>
The application process will be described with reference to FIG. 1A by taking a UD base material as an example. The method of applying thecoating liquid 2 to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a in the coating apparatus 100 includes a method of applying a plurality of reinforcing fibers unwound from the creel 11. After the reinforcing fibers 1 are arranged in one direction (the depth direction of the paper surface) by the arranging device 12 to obtain the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, the coating liquid 2 is applied to both surfaces of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. Thereby, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b can be obtained.
UD基材を例として、図1aを参照して塗布工程を説明すると、塗工装置100における塗液2を強化繊維テープ1aに付与する方法は、クリール11から巻き出された複数本の強化繊維1を、配列装置12によって一方向(紙面奥行き方向)に配列して強化繊維テープ1aを得た後、強化繊維テープ1aの両面に塗液2を付与するものである。これにより、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bを得ることができる。 <Applying process by running the reinforcing fiber tape vertically downward>
The application process will be described with reference to FIG. 1A by taking a UD base material as an example. The method of applying the
次に図2a~図4により、強化繊維テープ1aへの塗液2の付与工程について詳述する。図2aは、図1における塗布部20を拡大した詳細横断面図である。塗布部20は、所定の隙間Dを開けて対向する壁面部材21a、21bを備え、壁面部材21a、21bの間には、鉛直方向下向きZ(すなわち強化繊維テープの走行方向)に断面積が連続的に減少する液溜り部22と、液溜り部22の下方(強化繊維シート1aの搬出側)に位置し、液溜り部22の上面(強化繊維テープ1aの導入側)の断面積よりも小さい断面積を有するスリット状の狭窄部23が形成されている。図2aにおいて、強化繊維テープ1aは、紙面の奥行き方向に配列されている。すなわち、強化繊維テープの幅方向が紙面の奥行き方向に一致している。
Next, the step of applying the coating liquid 2 to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. FIG. 2A is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20 in FIG. 1 in an enlarged manner. The coating unit 20 includes wall members 21a and 21b facing each other with a predetermined gap D therebetween, and a cross-sectional area between the wall members 21a and 21b is continuous in a vertically downward Z (that is, a running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape). The liquid reservoir 22 which is gradually reduced, is located below the liquid reservoir 22 (on the side where the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is carried out), and is smaller than the cross-sectional area of the upper surface of the liquid reservoir 22 (the side where the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is introduced). A slit-shaped constriction 23 having a cross-sectional area is formed. In FIG. 2A, the reinforcing fiber tapes 1a are arranged in the depth direction of the paper surface. That is, the width direction of the reinforcing fiber tape coincides with the depth direction of the paper surface.
塗布部20において、液溜り部22に導入された強化繊維テープ1aは、その周囲の塗液2を随伴しながら、鉛直方向下向きZに走行する。その際、液溜り部22の断面積は鉛直方向下向きZ(強化繊維シート1aの走行方向)に向かって減少するため、随伴する塗液2は徐々に圧縮され、液溜り部22の下部に向かうにつれて塗液2の圧力が増大する。液溜り部22の下部の圧力が高くなると、前記随伴液流がそれ以上は下部に流動し難くなり、壁面部材21a、21b方向に流れ、その後、壁面部材21a、21bに阻まれ、上方へ流れるようになる。結果、液溜り部22内では強化繊維テープ1aの平面と、壁面部材21a、21b壁面に沿った循環流Tを形成する。これにより、仮に強化繊維テープ1aが毛羽を液溜り部22に持ち込んだとしても毛羽は循環流Tに沿って運動し、液圧の大きな液溜り部22下部や狭窄部23に近づくことができない。さらに下で述べるとおり、気泡が毛羽に付着することにより毛羽が循環流Tから上方に移動し、液溜り部22の上部液面付近を通過する。そのため、毛羽が液溜り部22の下部および狭窄部23に詰まることが防止されるだけでなく、滞留する毛羽は液溜り部22の上部液面から容易に回収することも可能となる。さらに、強化繊維テープ1aを高速で走行させた場合、前記の液圧はさらに増大するため、毛羽の排除効果がより高くなる。その結果、強化繊維テープ1aにより高速で塗液脂2を付与することが可能となり、生産性が大きく向上する。
(4) In the application section 20, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a introduced into the liquid pool section 22 travels downward Z in the vertical direction while accompanying the surrounding coating liquid 2. At that time, since the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 decreases in the vertical downward direction Z (the running direction of the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a), the accompanying coating liquid 2 is gradually compressed and moves toward the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22. As the pressure increases, the pressure of the coating liquid 2 increases. When the pressure in the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 becomes higher, the accompanying liquid flow becomes more difficult to flow further downward, flows in the direction of the wall members 21a and 21b, and is then blocked by the wall members 21a and 21b and flows upward. Become like As a result, in the liquid reservoir 22, a circulating flow T is formed along the plane of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the wall surfaces of the wall members 21a and 21b. As a result, even if the reinforcing fiber tape 1a brings the fluff into the liquid reservoir 22, the fluff moves along the circulating flow T and cannot approach the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 or the narrowed portion 23 where the hydraulic pressure is large. As described further below, the air bubbles adhere to the fluff, and the fluff moves upward from the circulating flow T and passes near the upper liquid level of the liquid reservoir 22. Therefore, not only is it possible to prevent the fluff from clogging the lower portion of the liquid reservoir 22 and the narrowed portion 23, but also it is possible to easily collect the retained fluff from the upper liquid surface of the liquid reservoir 22. Furthermore, when the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is run at a high speed, the fluid pressure further increases, so that the effect of eliminating fluff becomes higher. As a result, the coating liquid 2 can be applied at a high speed by the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, and productivity is greatly improved.
また、前記の増大した液圧により、塗液2が強化繊維テープ1aの内部に含浸しやすくなる効果がある。これは、強化繊維束のような多孔質体にマトリックス樹脂が含浸される際、その含浸度がマトリックス樹脂の圧力で増大する性質(ダルシーの法則)に基づく。これについても、強化繊維テープ1aをより高速で走行させた場合、液圧がより増大することから、含浸効果をより高めることができる。なお、塗液2は強化繊維テープ1aの内部に残留する気泡と気/液置換で含浸されるが、気泡は前記の液圧と浮力により強化繊維テープ1aの内部の隙間を通って、繊維の配向方向(鉛直方向上向き)に排出される。このとき、気泡は含浸してくる塗液2を押しのけずに排出されるため、含浸を阻害しない効果もある。また、気泡の一部は強化繊維テープ1aの表面から面外方向(法線方向)に排出されるが、この気泡も前記の液圧と浮力により速やかに鉛直方向上向きに排除されるため、含浸効果の高い液溜り部22の下部に留まらず、効率よく気泡の排出が進む効果もある。これらの効果により、強化繊維テープ1aに塗液2を効率よく含浸させることが可能となり、その結果、塗液2が均一に含浸された高品質の塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bを得ることが可能となる。
(4) The increased liquid pressure has an effect that the coating liquid 2 is easily impregnated into the inside of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. This is based on the property (Darcy's law) that when a matrix material is impregnated into a porous body such as a reinforcing fiber bundle, the degree of impregnation increases with the pressure of the matrix resin. Also in this case, when the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is run at a higher speed, the hydraulic pressure is further increased, so that the impregnation effect can be further enhanced. The coating liquid 2 is impregnated with air bubbles / liquid replacement with the air bubbles remaining inside the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. The air bubbles pass through the gaps inside the reinforcing fiber tape 1a due to the above-mentioned liquid pressure and buoyancy, and the fibers are removed. It is discharged in the orientation direction (vertically upward). At this time, since the air bubbles are discharged without displacing the impregnated coating liquid 2, there is also an effect of not impairing the impregnation. Some of the air bubbles are discharged out of the surface (normal direction) from the surface of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. However, the air bubbles are also quickly eliminated upward in the vertical direction by the above-mentioned liquid pressure and buoyancy. There is also an effect that the discharge of air bubbles proceeds efficiently without staying at the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 having a high effect. Due to these effects, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be impregnated with the coating liquid 2 efficiently, and as a result, a high-quality coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b in which the coating liquid 2 is uniformly impregnated can be obtained. Becomes
さらに、前記の増大した液圧により、強化繊維テープ1aが隙間Dの中央に自動的に調心され、強化繊維テープ1aが液溜り部22や狭窄部23の壁面に直接擦過せず、ここでの毛羽発生を抑制する効果もある。これは、外乱などにより強化繊維テープ1aが隙間Dのどちらかに接近した場合、接近した側ではより狭い隙間に塗液2が押し込まれて圧縮されるため、接近した側で液圧がより増大し、強化繊維テープ1aを隙間Dの中央に押し戻すためである。
Further, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is automatically centered at the center of the gap D by the increased liquid pressure, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a does not directly rub against the wall of the liquid reservoir 22 or the narrowed portion 23. It also has the effect of suppressing the generation of fluff. This is because when the reinforcing fiber tape 1a approaches one of the gaps D due to a disturbance or the like, the coating liquid 2 is pushed into the narrower gap on the approaching side and compressed, so that the hydraulic pressure increases on the approaching side. Then, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is pushed back to the center of the gap D.
狭窄部23は、液溜り部22の上面よりも断面積が小さく設計される。図2aから理解されるとおり専ら強化繊維シートによる疑似平面の垂線方向の長さが小さい、すなわち部材間の間隔が狭い、ことで断面積は小さくなる。これは、前記のように狭窄部で液圧を高くすることで、含浸や自動調心効果を得るためである。また、狭窄部23の最上部の面の断面形状は、液溜り部22の最下部の面の断面形状と一致させることが、強化繊維テープ1aの走行性や塗液2の流れ制御の観点から好ましいが、必要に応じ狭窄部23の方を若干大きくしてもよい。
The constriction 23 is designed to have a smaller cross-sectional area than the upper surface of the liquid reservoir 22. As can be understood from FIG. 2a, the cross-sectional area is reduced because the length of the pseudo plane made of the reinforcing fiber sheet in the perpendicular direction is small, that is, the interval between the members is small. This is because the impregnation and the self-centering effect can be obtained by increasing the fluid pressure at the constricted portion as described above. The cross-sectional shape of the uppermost surface of the constricted portion 23 should be made to match the cross-sectional shape of the lowermost surface of the liquid reservoir 22, from the viewpoint of the running property of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the flow control of the coating liquid 2. Although preferred, the constriction 23 may be slightly larger if necessary.
ここで、図2aの塗布部20では、強化繊維テープ1aが完全に鉛直方向下向きZ(水平面から90度)に走行しているが、これに限定されず、前記の毛羽回収、気泡の排出効果が得られ、強化繊維テープ1aが安定して連続走行可能な範囲で、実質的に鉛直方向下向きであればよい。
Here, in the application section 20 in FIG. 2A, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs completely downward in the vertical direction Z (90 degrees from the horizontal plane), but the present invention is not limited to this. It is sufficient that the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is substantially vertically downward as long as the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be stably and continuously driven.
また、強化繊維テープ1aに付与される塗液2の総量は、狭窄部23の隙間Dで制御可能であり、例えば、強化繊維テープ1aに付与する塗液2の総量を多くしたい(目付けを大きくしたい)場合は、隙間Dが広くなるよう、壁面部材21a、21bを設置すればよい。
Further, the total amount of the coating liquid 2 applied to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be controlled by the gap D of the narrowed portion 23. For example, it is desired to increase the total amount of the coating liquid 2 applied to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a (to increase the basis weight). In this case, the wall members 21a and 21b may be installed so that the gap D is widened.
図1cには強化繊維テープ1aが炭素繊維からなり、焼成装置11aを付属した例を示している。この例にあっては、焼成工程と塗布工程が連続的に行われ、また、強化繊維テープ1aは鉛直方向下向きに走行している。
FIG. 1c shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is made of carbon fiber and the firing device 11a is attached. In this example, the firing step and the coating step are performed continuously, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs vertically downward.
また後述の通り、塗布部20では、強化繊維テープ1aが実質的に水平方向または傾斜方向に通過させること可能である。強化繊維テープ1aを鉛直下向き方向か、水平方向または傾斜方向に通過させるかは、例えば装置設置のスペースや前後の工程との関係によって決定できる。
As described later, in the application section 20, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be passed in a substantially horizontal or inclined direction. Whether the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is passed in the vertical downward direction, the horizontal direction, or the inclined direction can be determined depending on, for example, the space for installing the apparatus and the relationship with the preceding and following steps.
<水平方向または傾斜方向に強化繊維テープを走行させての塗布工程>
図1bを参照して強化繊維テープ1aが水平方向または傾斜方向に走行する際のマトリックス樹脂の塗布工程を説明すると、塗工装置100におけるマトリックス樹脂2を強化繊維シート1aに付与する方法は、クリール11から巻き出された複数本の強化繊維1を、配列装置12によって一方向(紙面奥行き方向)に配列して強化繊維テープ1aを得た後、塗布部20に水平方向または傾斜方向に通過させて、強化繊維シート1bの両面にマトリックス樹脂2を付与するものである。ここで、水平方向とは図1bにおけるX方向のことを言うものであり、傾斜方向とは図1bにおけるX方向とZ方向の中間の方位を言うものである。また、図1bのように塗布部20に対し、水平に強化繊維シート1aを導入すると、強化繊維シート1aの走行経路が直線化され、強化繊維シート1aの厚みに起因する強化繊維シート1aの乱れが発生し難く、好ましい。このときには強化繊維シート1aの塗布部20への導入部においてマトリックス樹脂2が漏れ出さない様なシール機構を有していることが好ましい。 <Application process in which the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the horizontal or inclined direction>
With reference to FIG. 1b, a description will be given of a process of applying a matrix resin when the reinforcingfiber tape 1a travels in a horizontal direction or an inclined direction. The method of applying the matrix resin 2 to the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a in the coating apparatus 100 is as follows. After arranging the plurality of reinforcing fibers 1 unwound from 11 in one direction (in the depth direction of the paper) by the arrangement device 12 to obtain the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, the reinforcing fiber 1 is passed through the application unit 20 in the horizontal or inclined direction. Thus, the matrix resin 2 is applied to both surfaces of the reinforcing fiber sheet 1b. Here, the horizontal direction refers to the X direction in FIG. 1B, and the tilt direction refers to an intermediate direction between the X direction and the Z direction in FIG. 1B. When the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is introduced horizontally to the application section 20 as shown in FIG. 1B, the running path of the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is linearized, and the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is disturbed due to the thickness of the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a. Is less likely to occur. At this time, it is preferable to have a sealing mechanism for preventing the matrix resin 2 from leaking out at the introduction portion of the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a into the application portion 20.
図1bを参照して強化繊維テープ1aが水平方向または傾斜方向に走行する際のマトリックス樹脂の塗布工程を説明すると、塗工装置100におけるマトリックス樹脂2を強化繊維シート1aに付与する方法は、クリール11から巻き出された複数本の強化繊維1を、配列装置12によって一方向(紙面奥行き方向)に配列して強化繊維テープ1aを得た後、塗布部20に水平方向または傾斜方向に通過させて、強化繊維シート1bの両面にマトリックス樹脂2を付与するものである。ここで、水平方向とは図1bにおけるX方向のことを言うものであり、傾斜方向とは図1bにおけるX方向とZ方向の中間の方位を言うものである。また、図1bのように塗布部20に対し、水平に強化繊維シート1aを導入すると、強化繊維シート1aの走行経路が直線化され、強化繊維シート1aの厚みに起因する強化繊維シート1aの乱れが発生し難く、好ましい。このときには強化繊維シート1aの塗布部20への導入部においてマトリックス樹脂2が漏れ出さない様なシール機構を有していることが好ましい。 <Application process in which the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the horizontal or inclined direction>
With reference to FIG. 1b, a description will be given of a process of applying a matrix resin when the reinforcing
図1dには強化繊維テープ1aが炭素繊維からなり、焼成装置11aを付属した例を示している。この例にあっては、焼成工程と塗布工程が連続的に行われ、また、強化繊維テープ1aは水平方向に走行している。
FIG. 1d shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is made of carbon fiber, and the firing device 11a is attached. In this example, the firing step and the coating step are performed continuously, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs in the horizontal direction.
次に図2b~2eにより、強化繊維テープ1bが水平方向または傾斜方向に走行する際の炭素繊維テープへの塗液2の付与工程について詳述する。図2bは、図1bにおける塗布部20を拡大した詳細横断面図である。塗布部20は、所定の隙間Dを開けて対向する壁面部材21aおよび21bを備え、壁面部材は強化繊維テープ1b導入側および出口側に一体となっている。上面の壁面部材21a、下面の壁面部材21bの間には、液溜り部22と、液溜り部22の出口側に位置し、液溜り部22の最大部よりも小さい断面積を有するスリット状の狭窄部23が形成されている。
Next, referring to FIGS. 2b to 2e, the step of applying the coating liquid 2 to the carbon fiber tape when the reinforcing fiber tape 1b runs in the horizontal direction or the inclined direction will be described in detail. FIG. 2b is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20 in FIG. 1b in an enlarged manner. The application section 20 includes wall members 21a and 21b facing each other with a predetermined gap D therebetween, and the wall members are integrated with the reinforcing fiber tape 1b introduction side and the exit side. Between the wall member 21a on the upper surface and the wall member 21b on the lower surface, a liquid reservoir 22 and a slit-shaped member which is located on the outlet side of the liquid reservoir 22 and has a smaller sectional area than the maximum portion of the liquid reservoir 22. A constriction 23 is formed.
塗布部20において、液溜り部22に導入された強化繊維テープは、その周囲の塗液2を随伴しながら、水平方向に走行する。その際、鉛直方向下向きに強化繊維テープを走行させるときと同様に、液溜り部22のうち、強化繊維テープの走行方向に向かって断面積が連続的に減少する領域22bにおいて、随伴される塗液2は徐々に圧縮され、液溜り部22の出口に向かうにつれて塗液2の圧力が増大する。液溜り部22の出口近傍の圧力が高くなると、前記随伴液流がそれ以上は出口方向には流動し難くなり、強化繊維テープの垂線方向に流れ、その後、壁面部材21a、壁面部材21bに阻まれ、強化繊維テープの走行方向と逆方向へ流れるようになる。結果、液溜り部22内では強化繊維テープの平面と、壁面部材21a、壁面部材21b壁面に沿った循環流Tを形成する。これにより、仮に強化繊維テープが毛羽を液溜り部22に持ち込んだとしても毛羽は循環流Tに沿って運動し、液圧の高い液溜り部22出口近傍や狭窄部23に近づくことができない。強化繊維テープの走行速度を大きくした場合、前記の液圧はさらに増大するため、毛羽が出口近傍や狭窄部23に近づくことができない効果がより高くなり、生産性が大きく向上する。
(5) In the application section 20, the reinforcing fiber tape introduced into the liquid pool section 22 travels in the horizontal direction while accompanying the surrounding coating liquid 2. At this time, in the same manner as when the reinforcing fiber tape runs downward in the vertical direction, the coating applied in the area 22b of the liquid reservoir 22 where the cross-sectional area continuously decreases in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape. The liquid 2 is gradually compressed, and the pressure of the coating liquid 2 increases toward the outlet of the liquid reservoir 22. When the pressure in the vicinity of the outlet of the liquid reservoir 22 increases, the accompanying liquid flow becomes more difficult to flow in the outlet direction, flows in the direction perpendicular to the reinforcing fiber tape, and is then blocked by the wall members 21a and 21b. Rarely, it flows in the direction opposite to the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape. As a result, in the liquid reservoir 22, a circulating flow T is formed along the plane of the reinforcing fiber tape and the wall surfaces of the wall members 21a and 21b. As a result, even if the reinforcing fiber tape brings the fluff into the liquid reservoir 22, the fluff moves along the circulating flow T and cannot approach the vicinity of the outlet of the liquid reservoir 22 having a high hydraulic pressure or the constriction 23. When the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape is increased, the above-mentioned hydraulic pressure further increases, so that the effect of preventing the fluff from approaching the vicinity of the outlet or the constricted portion 23 is further increased, and the productivity is greatly improved.
また、鉛直方向下向きに強化繊維テープを走行させる時と同様に、前記の増大した液圧により、塗液2が強化繊維テープの内部に含浸しやすくなる効果がある。これは、炭素繊維束のような多孔質体にマトリックス樹脂が含浸される際、その含浸度がマトリックス樹脂の圧力で増大する性質(ダルシーの法則)に基づく。これについても、強化繊維テープ1bをより高速で走行させた場合、液圧がより増大することから、含浸効果をより高めることができる。なお、塗液2は強化繊維テープの内部に残留する気泡と気/液置換で含浸されるが、気泡は前記循環流Tと浮力により、断面積が減少しない領域22aと断面積が連続的に減少する領域22bの境界近傍に多く集まるようになる。このため、この近傍に、塗液2から気泡を脱気するための脱気機構56を設置することが好ましい。
Also, as in the case of running the reinforcing fiber tape vertically downward, the increased liquid pressure has an effect that the coating liquid 2 is easily impregnated into the inside of the reinforcing fiber tape. This is based on the property (Darcy's law) that when a matrix resin is impregnated into a porous body such as a carbon fiber bundle, the degree of impregnation increases with the pressure of the matrix resin. Also in this case, when the reinforcing fiber tape 1b is run at a higher speed, the hydraulic pressure is further increased, so that the impregnation effect can be further enhanced. The coating liquid 2 is impregnated with bubbles remaining inside the reinforcing fiber tape by gas / liquid replacement, and the bubbles are continuously formed with the circulating flow T and the buoyancy so that the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced to the area 22a where the cross-sectional area is not reduced. A large amount comes near the boundary of the decreasing region 22b. For this reason, it is preferable to install a degassing mechanism 56 for degassing air bubbles from the coating liquid 2 near this.
さらに、鉛直方向下向きに強化繊維テープを走行させる時と同様に、前記の増大した液圧により、強化繊維テープが隙間Dの中央に自動的に調心され、強化繊維テープが液溜り部22や狭窄部23の壁面に直接擦過せず、ここでの毛羽発生を抑制する効果もある。これは、外乱などにより強化繊維テープが隙間Dのどちらかに接近した場合、接近した側ではより狭い隙間にマトリックス樹脂2が押し込まれて圧縮されるため、接近した側で液圧がより増大し、強化繊維テープを隙間Dの中央に押し戻すためである。
Further, in the same manner as when the reinforcing fiber tape runs downward in the vertical direction, the reinforcing fiber tape is automatically centered in the center of the gap D by the increased hydraulic pressure, and the reinforcing fiber tape is moved to the liquid pool 22 or It does not directly rub against the wall surface of the stenosis portion 23, and has an effect of suppressing the generation of fluff here. This is because when the reinforcing fiber tape approaches one of the gaps D due to disturbance or the like, the matrix resin 2 is pushed into the narrower gap on the approaching side and compressed, so that the hydraulic pressure further increases on the approaching side. This is for pushing the reinforcing fiber tape back to the center of the gap D.
狭窄部23は、液溜り部22の最大部よりも断面積が小さく設計される。図2bから理解されるとおり専ら強化繊維テープによる疑似平面の垂線方向の長さが小さい、すなわち部材間の間隔が狭い、ことで断面積は小さくなる。これは、前記のように狭窄部23で液圧を高くすることで、含浸や自動調心効果を得るためである。また、狭窄部23の入口部の断面形状は、これと接する液溜り部22の面の断面形状と一致させることが、強化繊維テープ1bの走行性やマトリックス樹脂2の流れ制御の観点から好ましいが、必要に応じ狭窄部23の方を若干大きくしてもよい。
The constriction 23 is designed to have a smaller cross-sectional area than the largest part of the liquid reservoir 22. As can be understood from FIG. 2b, the cross-sectional area is reduced because the length in the perpendicular direction of the quasi-plane made of the reinforcing fiber tape is small, that is, the interval between the members is small. This is because the impregnation and the self-centering effect can be obtained by increasing the hydraulic pressure in the constricted portion 23 as described above. In addition, it is preferable that the cross-sectional shape of the inlet portion of the constricted portion 23 be made to match the cross-sectional shape of the surface of the liquid reservoir 22 in contact with the narrowed portion 23, from the viewpoint of the running property of the reinforcing fiber tape 1b and the flow control of the matrix resin 2. Alternatively, the constriction 23 may be slightly larger if necessary.
ここで、図2bの塗布部20内では、強化繊維テープが完全に水平方向に走行しているが、これに限定されず、前記の毛羽回収、気泡の排出効果が得られ、炭素繊維シート1aが安定して連続走行可能な範囲で、塗布部20内で傾斜方向に走行してもよい。また、塗布部20を傾斜させることも可能である。
Here, in the application section 20 of FIG. 2B, the reinforcing fiber tape runs completely in the horizontal direction, but is not limited to this, and the above-described effects of collecting fluff and discharging bubbles can be obtained, and the carbon fiber sheet 1a can be obtained. However, the vehicle may travel in the inclined direction in the application section 20 within a range in which the vehicle can travel stably continuously. Further, the application section 20 can be inclined.
また、強化繊維テープに付与される塗液2の総量は、鉛直方向下向きに強化繊維テープを走行させる時と同様に、狭窄部23の隙間Dで制御可能であり、例えば、炭素繊維シート1aに付与する塗液2の総量を多くしたい(目付けを大きくしたい)場合は、隙間Dが広くなるよう調整すればよい。
Further, the total amount of the coating liquid 2 applied to the reinforcing fiber tape can be controlled by the gap D of the constricted portion 23 as in the case of running the reinforcing fiber tape vertically downward. When it is desired to increase the total amount of the coating liquid 2 to be applied (to increase the basis weight), the gap D may be adjusted to be wide.
図2bでは強化繊維テープ1枚を水平方向から塗布部に導入する場合を図示しているが、強化繊維テープの塗布部への導入はこれに限らず、必要に応じ、強化繊維テープを複数枚としてもよいし、導入方向も傾斜方向としてもよい。これを図2c~2eを用いて説明する。
FIG. 2B illustrates a case where one reinforcing fiber tape is introduced into the application section from the horizontal direction. However, introduction of the reinforcing fiber tape into the application section is not limited to this, and a plurality of reinforcing fiber tapes may be used as necessary. And the introduction direction may be the inclined direction. This will be described with reference to FIGS. 2c to 2e.
図2cには、1枚の強化繊維テープ1aが上から斜め下方向に走行し、開口部60から塗布部20に導入されている。そして、強化繊維テープ1aは方向転換部材61で走行方向を水平方向に変えられ、狭窄部23より引出されている。ここで、方向転換部材61は、少なくとも強化繊維テープ1aが接する面は曲面で構成されていることが好ましい。また、強化繊維テープ1aの巻き付きを防止する観点からは、方向転換部材61は固定されていることが好ましい。これらより、方向転換部61は曲面を有する固定バーであることが好ましく、その断面形状は円形、楕円形、鞍型などを例示することができる。また、方向転換部材61と強化繊維テープ1aが接する部分は曲面と平面が混在していても良いが、強化繊維テープ1aの接地開始部と終了部が曲面であると、毛羽の発生を抑制でき、好ましい。さらに、特に走行速度を高速化する場合には、強化繊維テープ1aと方向転換部材61との擦過を抑制する観点からは、回転可能なローラーとすることも可能である。
In FIG. 2C, one reinforcing fiber tape 1a runs obliquely downward from above, and is introduced into the coating unit 20 through the opening 60. Then, the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape 1 a is changed in the horizontal direction by the direction changing member 61, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1 a is pulled out from the narrowed portion 23. Here, it is preferable that at least the surface of the direction changing member 61 that is in contact with the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is formed as a curved surface. Further, from the viewpoint of preventing winding of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, the direction changing member 61 is preferably fixed. From these, it is preferable that the direction changing portion 61 is a fixed bar having a curved surface, and its cross-sectional shape can be exemplified by a circle, an ellipse, a saddle type, and the like. In addition, a curved surface and a flat surface may be mixed at a portion where the direction changing member 61 and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a are in contact with each other. However, if the ground start portion and the end portion of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a are curved surfaces, generation of fluff can be suppressed. ,preferable. Furthermore, when the traveling speed is particularly increased, a rotatable roller can be used from the viewpoint of suppressing abrasion between the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the direction changing member 61.
また、方向転換部材61には強化繊維テープ1aが押し付けられるため、強化繊維テープ1a内の気体と塗液2の置換により含浸が行われる場合もある。特に図2eに示すように、複数本の方向転換部材61に角度を付けて当接させることにより、より効率的に含浸を進めることができる。
Since the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is pressed against the direction changing member 61, the impregnation may be performed by replacing the coating liquid 2 with the gas in the reinforcing fiber tape 1a. In particular, as shown in FIG. 2E, impregnation can be promoted more efficiently by abutting the plurality of direction changing members 61 at an angle.
また、方向転換部材61の設置位置は、循環流Tの流れを阻害しない観点から、断面積が減少しない領域22aと断面積が連続的に減少する領域22bの境界位置から1cm以上、断面積が減少しない領域22a側とすることが好ましい。
In addition, from the viewpoint of not obstructing the flow of the circulation flow T, the installation position of the direction change member 61 is 1 cm or more from the boundary position between the region 22a where the cross-sectional area does not decrease and the region 22b where the cross-sectional area continuously decreases. It is preferable that the region 22a is not reduced.
図2dには、2枚の強化繊維テープ1aが上から斜め下方向に走行し、開口部60から塗布部20に導入されている。そして、2枚の強化繊維テープ1aはそれぞれ方向転換部材61で走行方向を水平方向に変えられ、2枚が積層された後、狭窄部23より引出されている。この時、2枚の強化繊維テープ1aの間にマトリックス樹脂2を含有して積層されるため、断面積が連続的に減少する領域22bや狭窄部23において、より含浸が進み易くなり、好ましい。
In FIG. 2D, two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a run obliquely downward from above and are introduced into the coating unit 20 through the opening 60. The running direction of each of the two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a is changed by the direction changing member 61 to the horizontal direction, and after the two sheets are stacked, they are pulled out from the narrowed portion 23. At this time, since the matrix resin 2 is contained and laminated between the two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a, the impregnation becomes easier in the region 22b and the constricted portion 23 where the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced, which is preferable.
図2eには、2枚の強化繊維テープ1aが上から斜め下方向に走行し、開口部60から塗布部20に導入されている。そして、2枚の強化繊維テープ1aはそれぞれ複数の方向転換部材61を通過する間に含浸が進められ、最終的に2枚が積層された後、狭窄部23より引出されている。この時、含浸を進めるための方向転換部材61の形状や個数を目的に応じ、種々選択することが可能である。また、方向転換部材61と強化繊維テープ1aの接触長や接触部両端と方向転換部材61の中心部が成す角度(wrap angle)も目的に応じ選択することができる。
E In FIG. 2e, two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a run obliquely downward from above and are introduced into the coating section 20 through the opening 60. Then, the impregnation of the two reinforcing fiber tapes 1a is advanced while passing through the plurality of direction changing members 61, and finally, the two sheets are pulled out from the constricted portion 23 after being laminated. At this time, the shape and number of the direction change members 61 for promoting the impregnation can be variously selected according to the purpose. In addition, the contact length between the direction changing member 61 and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a and the angle (wrap angle) formed between both ends of the contact portion and the center of the direction changing member 61 can be selected according to the purpose.
図2d、2eには強化繊維テープ1aが2枚の例を示したが、もちろん3枚以上の任意の枚数とすることができる。
2D and 2E show an example in which the number of the reinforcing fiber tapes 1a is two, but it is needless to say that any number of three or more reinforcing fiber tapes can be used.
図3は、塗布部20を、図2aのAの方向から見た下面図である。塗布部20には、強化繊維テープ1aの配列方向両端から塗液2が漏れるのを防ぐための側壁部材24a、24bが設けられており、壁面部材21a、21bと側壁部材24a、24bに囲われた空間に狭窄部23の出口25が形成されている。ここで、出口25はスリット状をしており、断面アスペクト比(図3のU/D)は塗液2を付与したい強化繊維テープ1aの形状に合わせて設定すればよい。
FIG. 3 is a bottom view of the application unit 20 viewed from the direction of A in FIG. 2A. The coating section 20 is provided with side wall members 24a, 24b for preventing the coating liquid 2 from leaking from both ends in the arrangement direction of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a, and is surrounded by the wall members 21a, 21b and the side wall members 24a, 24b. An outlet 25 of the constricted portion 23 is formed in the closed space. Here, the outlet 25 has a slit shape, and the sectional aspect ratio (U / D in FIG. 3) may be set according to the shape of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a to which the coating liquid 2 is to be applied.
図4aは塗布部20を、Bの方向から見た場合の塗布部内部の構造を説明する断面図である。なお、図を見やすくするため壁面部材21bは省略してあるほか、強化繊維テープ1aは強化繊維1を、隙間を開けて配列しているように描画しているが、実際には強化繊維1を隙間無く配列することが、プリプレグテープ(塗液含有強化繊維テープの一態様)の品位、また、それを成形したFRPの力学特性の観点から好ましい。
FIG. 4A is a cross-sectional view illustrating the structure inside the coating unit when the coating unit 20 is viewed from the direction B. In addition, the wall member 21b is omitted to make the drawing easy to see, and the reinforcing fiber tape 1a draws the reinforcing fibers 1 so as to be arranged with a gap therebetween. Arrangement without gaps is preferred from the viewpoint of the quality of the prepreg tape (one embodiment of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape) and the mechanical properties of the FRP formed from the prepreg tape.
図4bは隙間26での塗液2の流れを示している。隙間26が大きいと塗液2には、Rの向きに渦流れが発生する。この渦流れRは、液溜り部22の下部では外側に向かう流れ(Ra)となるため、強化繊維テープを引き裂いてしまう(割れが発生する)場合や強化繊維間の間隔を拡げてしまい、そのために塗液含有強化繊維テープとしたときに強化繊維の配列ムラを発生する可能性がある。一方、液溜り部22の上部では、内側に向かう流れ(Rb)となるため、強化繊維テープ1aが幅方向に圧縮され、その端部が折れてしまう場合がある。特許文献2(特許第3252278号公報)に代表されるような、一体物のシート状基材(特にフィルム)に塗液を両面塗布する装置ではこのような隙間26での渦流れが発生しても品質への影響が少ないため、注意がされていなかった。
FIG. 4 b shows the flow of the coating liquid 2 in the gap 26. If the gap 26 is large, a vortex flows in the coating liquid 2 in the direction of R. Since the vortex flow R becomes a flow (Ra) directed outward at the lower portion of the liquid pool 22, the reinforcing fiber tape may be torn (breakage) or the interval between the reinforcing fibers may be increased. When a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is used, there is a possibility that uneven arrangement of reinforcing fibers will occur. On the other hand, at the upper part of the liquid reservoir 22, the flow (Rb) flows inward, so that the reinforcing fiber tape 1a may be compressed in the width direction and the end thereof may be broken. In an apparatus represented by Patent Document 2 (Japanese Patent No. 3252278) for applying a coating liquid to both surfaces of an integral sheet-like base material (especially a film), a vortex flow in the gap 26 occurs. Also had little attention to quality.
そこで、本発明においては、隙間26を小さくする幅規制を行い、端部での渦流れの発生を抑制することが好ましい。具体的には、液溜り部22の幅L(mm)、すなわち、側板部材24aと24bの間隔L(mm)は、狭窄部23の直下で測定した強化繊維テープの幅W(mm)と以下の関係を満たすよう構成することが好ましい。
L≦1.1×W。 Therefore, in the present invention, it is preferable to restrict the width of thegap 26 so as to suppress the generation of the vortex at the end. Specifically, the width L (mm) of the liquid reservoir 22, that is, the distance L (mm) between the side plate members 24a and 24b is equal to or less than the width W (mm) of the reinforcing fiber tape measured immediately below the constriction 23. It is preferable to configure so as to satisfy the following relationship.
L ≦ 1.1 × W.
L≦1.1×W。 Therefore, in the present invention, it is preferable to restrict the width of the
L ≦ 1.1 × W.
これにより、端部での渦流れ発生が抑制され、強化繊維テープ1aの割れや端部折れを抑制でき、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの全幅(W)にわたって均一に強化繊維1が配列された、高品位で安定性の高い塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bを得ることができる。さらに、この技術をプリプレグテープに適用した場合には、プリプレグテープの品位、品質を向上させるのみならず、これを用いて得られるFRPの力学特性や品質を向上させることができる。
As a result, generation of vortex flow at the ends is suppressed, cracks and breaks in the ends of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a can be suppressed, and the reinforcing fibers 1 are arranged uniformly over the entire width (W) of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b. Thus, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b having high quality and high stability can be obtained. Furthermore, when this technique is applied to a prepreg tape, not only can the quality and quality of the prepreg tape be improved, but also the mechanical properties and quality of the FRP obtained using the prepreg tape can be improved.
また、Lの下限は、0.9×W以上となるよう調整することが、好ましい。このように、側板部材24aと24bの間隔Lを制御することは、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの幅方向の寸法精度を向上させる観点からも好ましい。
Further, it is preferable to adjust the lower limit of L to be 0.9 × W or more. Controlling the distance L between the side plate members 24a and 24b in this manner is also preferable from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional accuracy in the width direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b.
なお、この幅規制は、液溜り部22下部の高い液圧による渦流れR発生を抑制する観点から、少なくとも液溜り部22の下部(図4aのGの位置)で行うことが好ましい。さらに、この幅規制はより好ましくは、液溜り部22の全域で行うと、渦流れRの発生をほぼ完全に抑制することができ、その結果、強化繊維テープの割れや端部折れをほぼ完全に抑制することが可能となる。
In addition, it is preferable that the width regulation is performed at least at the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 (the position G in FIG. 4A) from the viewpoint of suppressing the generation of the vortex R due to the high liquid pressure below the liquid reservoir 22. Further, more preferably, when this width regulation is performed over the entire area of the liquid pool 22, the generation of the vortex flow R can be almost completely suppressed, and as a result, cracks and end breaks of the reinforcing fiber tape can be almost completely prevented. Can be suppressed.
また、前記幅規制は、前記隙間26の渦流れ抑制の観点からは、液溜り部22だけでもよいが、狭窄部23も同様に行うと塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの側面に過剰な塗液2が付与されることを抑制する観点から好ましい。
In addition, from the viewpoint of suppressing the eddy flow in the gap 26, the width regulation may be performed only on the liquid pool portion 22, but when the constriction portion 23 is similarly performed, an excessive amount of the coating liquid is applied to the side surface of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing that 2 is given.
<幅規制機構>
前記では幅規制を側壁部材24a、24bが担う場合を示したが、図5aに示すように、側壁部材24a、24b間に幅規制機構27a、27bを設け、かかる機構で幅規制を行うこともできる。これにより、幅規制機構によって規制される幅を自在に変更可能とすることで一つの塗布部により、種々の幅の塗液含有強化繊維テープを製造できる観点から好ましい。ここで、狭窄部の直下における強化繊維テープの幅W(mm)と該幅規制機構下端において幅規制機構により規制される幅L2(mm)との関係はL2≦1.1×Wとすることが好ましい。また、L2の下限は、0.9×W以上となるよう調整することができる。このように、幅規制機構により規制される幅L2を制御することは、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの幅方向の寸法精度を向上させる観点からも好ましい。 <Width regulation mechanism>
In the above description, the case where the side wall members 24a and 24b play the width regulation is shown. However, as shown in FIG. 5A, width regulation mechanisms 27a and 27b are provided between the side wall members 24a and 24b, and the width regulation may be performed by such a mechanism. it can. This is preferable from the viewpoint that the width regulated by the width regulating mechanism can be freely changed so that a single application section can produce a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape having various widths. Here, the relationship between the width W (mm) of the reinforcing fiber tape immediately below the constriction and the width L2 (mm) regulated by the width regulating mechanism at the lower end of the width regulating mechanism is L2 ≦ 1.1 × W. Is preferred. Further, the lower limit of L2 can be adjusted to be 0.9 × W or more. Controlling the width L2 regulated by the width regulating mechanism in this manner is also preferable from the viewpoint of improving the dimensional accuracy in the width direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b.
前記では幅規制を側壁部材24a、24bが担う場合を示したが、図5aに示すように、側壁部材24a、24b間に幅規制機構27a、27bを設け、かかる機構で幅規制を行うこともできる。これにより、幅規制機構によって規制される幅を自在に変更可能とすることで一つの塗布部により、種々の幅の塗液含有強化繊維テープを製造できる観点から好ましい。ここで、狭窄部の直下における強化繊維テープの幅W(mm)と該幅規制機構下端において幅規制機構により規制される幅L2(mm)との関係はL2≦1.1×Wとすることが好ましい。また、L2の下限は、0.9×W以上となるよう調整することができる。このように、幅規制機構により規制される幅L2を制御することは、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの幅方向の寸法精度を向上させる観点からも好ましい。 <Width regulation mechanism>
In the above description, the case where the
幅規制機構の形状および材質に特に制限は無いが、板形状のブッシュであると簡便であり、好ましい。また、上部、すなわち液面に近い場所では壁面部材21a、21bとの間隔よりも小さい幅(図5a参照。「Z方向からみた図」中、幅規制機構の上下方向の長さを指す)を有することで、塗液の水平方向の流れを妨げないようにでき、好ましい。一方、幅規制機構の中間部から下部にかけては塗布部の内部形状に沿った形状とすることが液溜り部での塗液の滞留を抑制でき、塗液の劣化を抑制できることから好ましい。この意味から、幅規制機構は狭窄部23まで挿入されることが好ましい。図5aは、幅規制機構として板形状ブッシュの例を示しているが、ブッシュの中間より下部が液溜り部22のテーパー形状に沿い、狭窄部23まで挿入される例を示している。図5aにはL2が液面から出口まで一定の例を示しているが、幅規制機構の目的を達成する範囲で部位によって規制する幅を変更してもよい。幅規制機構は任意の方法で塗布部20に固定することができるが、板形状ブッシュの場合には、上下方向で複数の部位で固定することで、高液圧による板形状ブッシュの変形による規制幅の変動を抑制することができる。例えば、上部はステーを用い、下部は塗布部に差し込むようにすると、幅規制機構による幅の規制が容易であり、好ましい。
形状 The shape and material of the width regulating mechanism are not particularly limited, but a plate-shaped bush is simple and preferable. In the upper part, that is, in the place close to the liquid surface, the width smaller than the distance between the wall members 21a and 21b (see FIG. 5a; the vertical direction of the width regulating mechanism in the "view from the Z direction"). By having this, the flow of the coating liquid in the horizontal direction can be prevented, which is preferable. On the other hand, from the middle part to the lower part of the width regulating mechanism, it is preferable that the shape conforms to the internal shape of the application part, because the retention of the coating liquid in the liquid pool part can be suppressed and the deterioration of the coating liquid can be suppressed. In this sense, it is preferable that the width regulating mechanism is inserted up to the constriction 23. FIG. 5A shows an example of a plate-shaped bush as the width regulating mechanism, but shows an example in which the lower part from the middle of the bush follows the tapered shape of the liquid reservoir 22 and is inserted to the constriction 23. FIG. 5A shows an example in which L2 is constant from the liquid level to the outlet, but the width regulated by the portion may be changed within a range that achieves the purpose of the width regulating mechanism. The width regulating mechanism can be fixed to the application section 20 by an arbitrary method. In the case of a plate-shaped bush, by fixing the plate-shaped bush at a plurality of portions in the up-down direction, regulation by deformation of the plate-shaped bush due to high hydraulic pressure. Variation in width can be suppressed. For example, it is preferable to use a stay for the upper portion and to insert the lower portion into the application portion, since the width can be easily regulated by the width regulating mechanism.
<塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度>
前記したように、本発明では、塗布工程で種々の幅規制により強化繊維テープの走行安定性を向上可能であるが、同様にこれにより塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を向上することもできる。より具体的には、塗液含有強化繊維テープ幅の変動係数(CV)は5%以下とする。 <Width accuracy of coating fiber-containing reinforced fiber tape>
As described above, in the present invention, the running stability of the reinforcing fiber tape can be improved by various width restrictions in the application step, but similarly, the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be improved thereby. . More specifically, the variation coefficient (CV) of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape width is 5% or less.
前記したように、本発明では、塗布工程で種々の幅規制により強化繊維テープの走行安定性を向上可能であるが、同様にこれにより塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を向上することもできる。より具体的には、塗液含有強化繊維テープ幅の変動係数(CV)は5%以下とする。 <Width accuracy of coating fiber-containing reinforced fiber tape>
As described above, in the present invention, the running stability of the reinforcing fiber tape can be improved by various width restrictions in the application step, but similarly, the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be improved thereby. . More specifically, the variation coefficient (CV) of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape width is 5% or less.
なお、テープ幅の変動係数(CV)は以下のようにして求めることができる。まず、塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅(Wn)を、テープ長手方向に30点以上計測する。幅計測方法としては、得られた塗液含有強化繊維テープをオフラインでノギスなどを用いて離散的に計測しても良いし、塗布部下方でのテープ走行を動画撮影し、この中でテープ幅をノギスなどで計測することもできる。この時も離散的に計測となる。離散的に計測する場合には、測定点間距離はテープ長手方向に30cm以上離すものとする。また、光学式などの幅測定器を塗布部下方に設置し連続的に幅計測を行っても良い。幅測定器としては、たとえばキーエンス社製LS-7030などを例示することができる。連続的に計測する場合には、テープ長手方向に10m以上計測し、30点以上のデータ(Wn)を取得する。そしてこれらの計測値(Wn)からテープ幅の平均値(WA)、標準偏差(σW)を求め、(1)式より幅変動係数(CV)を求めることができる。
CV(%)=(σW/WA)×100(%) (1)。 The coefficient of variation (CV) of the tape width can be obtained as follows. First, a coating liquid containing reinforcing fibers tape width (W n), measures the longitudinal direction of thetape 30 or more points. As a width measuring method, the obtained coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape may be discretely measured using a caliper or the like off-line, or a moving image of the tape running below the coating section may be taken, and the tape width may be measured. Can be measured with a caliper or the like. Also at this time, measurement is performed discretely. In the case of discrete measurement, the distance between the measurement points is 30 cm or more in the longitudinal direction of the tape. Further, a width measuring device of an optical type or the like may be installed below the coating section to continuously measure the width. As the width measuring device, for example, LS-7030 manufactured by Keyence Corporation can be exemplified. In the case of continuous measurement, measurement is performed for 10 m or more in the longitudinal direction of the tape, and data (W n ) of 30 points or more is obtained. Then, the average value (W A ) and the standard deviation (σ W ) of the tape width are obtained from these measured values (W n ), and the width variation coefficient (CV) can be obtained from Expression (1).
CV (%) = (σ W / W A ) × 100 (%) (1).
CV(%)=(σW/WA)×100(%) (1)。 The coefficient of variation (CV) of the tape width can be obtained as follows. First, a coating liquid containing reinforcing fibers tape width (W n), measures the longitudinal direction of the
CV (%) = (σ W / W A ) × 100 (%) (1).
特許文献5のようなキスロールを用いる方法では、塗液を付与するロール上で強化繊維テープに幅規制が無いため、塗液のしみ込みにより強化繊維が幅方向に移動し易く、本質的に幅が変動し易いと考えられる。実際、特許文献5ではキスロールによる樹脂塗布後に幅規制ロールを作用させており、これは塗布部であるキスロール上での幅精度が不十分であることを示していると考えられる。一方、本発明では、前記したように液溜り部の幅Lを制御したり、幅規制機構を付加することで、塗布部でテープ幅を制御できるため、このような高度なテープ幅精度が得られるのである。特許文献5のようにマトリックス樹脂付与後に幅規制を行うと、幅規制部で余分なマトリックス樹脂が付着し、工程を不安定化したり清掃周期が短くなるなどの問題が発生する可能性が予測される。これに比べ、本発明のように塗布部で幅規制を行うと、幅規制後に付与する塗液(マトリックス樹脂など)の計量が行えるため、余分な塗液が工程下流を汚す可能性が低いこともメリットである。
In the method using a kiss roll as in Patent Literature 5, since the width of the reinforcing fiber tape is not regulated on the roll to which the coating liquid is applied, the reinforcing fibers easily move in the width direction due to the penetration of the coating liquid, and the width is essentially limited. Is likely to fluctuate. In fact, in Patent Document 5, the width regulating roll is operated after the application of the resin by the kiss roll, which is considered to indicate that the width accuracy on the kiss roll as the application portion is insufficient. On the other hand, in the present invention, as described above, the tape width can be controlled at the application portion by controlling the width L of the liquid pool portion or by adding a width regulating mechanism. It is done. If the width is regulated after the application of the matrix resin as in Patent Literature 5, it is predicted that there is a possibility that extra matrix resin will adhere to the width regulating portion, causing problems such as destabilizing the process and shortening the cleaning cycle. You. In contrast, when the width is regulated in the coating section as in the present invention, the coating liquid (such as a matrix resin) to be applied after the width restriction can be measured, so that there is a low possibility that the excess coating liquid will contaminate the downstream of the process. Is also an advantage.
<塗布直後冷却>
図5bに示すように、塗布工程に連続して冷却工程をおいて塗液含有強化繊維テープを冷却することも可能である。ここで、塗布工程と冷却工程が連続するとは、塗布工程を行う装置と冷却工程を行う装置との間に搬送ロール14などのその他の装置類を存在させないで各工程を行うことをいう。塗布直後にて塗液含有強化繊維テープを冷却することで、強化繊維テープに含浸された樹脂の粘度を大きくし、強化繊維テープ中の樹脂流動を抑制することで幅精度が良好な状態を維持することが可能である。塗布部20と冷却装置62間の距離は特に限定されないが、近いほど効果が高く、好ましくは500mm以下である。冷却装置の形態は特に限定されないが、例えば、液溜まり部の塗液よりも低い温度の空気を塗液含有強化繊維テープに当てる方法などがあげられる。 <Cooling immediately after application>
As shown in FIG. 5b, it is also possible to cool the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape in a cooling step following the coating step. Here, that the coating step and the cooling step are continuous means that each step is performed without any other devices such as thetransport roll 14 between the apparatus that performs the coating step and the apparatus that performs the cooling step. Cooling the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape immediately after application increases the viscosity of the resin impregnated in the reinforcing fiber tape and suppresses the resin flow in the reinforcing fiber tape to maintain a good width accuracy. It is possible to The distance between the application section 20 and the cooling device 62 is not particularly limited, but the effect is higher as the distance is shorter, and preferably 500 mm or less. Although the form of the cooling device is not particularly limited, for example, a method in which air having a lower temperature than the coating liquid in the liquid pool portion is applied to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be used.
図5bに示すように、塗布工程に連続して冷却工程をおいて塗液含有強化繊維テープを冷却することも可能である。ここで、塗布工程と冷却工程が連続するとは、塗布工程を行う装置と冷却工程を行う装置との間に搬送ロール14などのその他の装置類を存在させないで各工程を行うことをいう。塗布直後にて塗液含有強化繊維テープを冷却することで、強化繊維テープに含浸された樹脂の粘度を大きくし、強化繊維テープ中の樹脂流動を抑制することで幅精度が良好な状態を維持することが可能である。塗布部20と冷却装置62間の距離は特に限定されないが、近いほど効果が高く、好ましくは500mm以下である。冷却装置の形態は特に限定されないが、例えば、液溜まり部の塗液よりも低い温度の空気を塗液含有強化繊維テープに当てる方法などがあげられる。 <Cooling immediately after application>
As shown in FIG. 5b, it is also possible to cool the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape in a cooling step following the coating step. Here, that the coating step and the cooling step are continuous means that each step is performed without any other devices such as the
<液溜り部の形状>
前記で詳述したように、本発明においては、液溜り部22で強化繊維テープの走行方向に断面積が連続的に減少することで、強化繊維テープの走行方向に液圧を増大させることが重要であるが、ここで強化繊維テープの走行方向に断面積が連続的に減少するとは、走行方向に連続的に液圧を増大可能であれば、その形状には特に制限は無い。液溜り部の横断面図において、テーパー状(直線状)であったり、ラッパ状などのように曲線的な形態を示してもよい。また、断面積減少部は液溜り部全長にわたって連続してもよいし、本発明の目的、効果が得られる範囲であれば、一部に断面積が減少しない部分や逆に拡大する部分を含んでいてもよい。これらについて、以下に図6~9で例を挙げて詳述する。 <Shape of liquid pool>
As described in detail above, in the present invention, the liquid pressure can be increased in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape by continuously decreasing the cross-sectional area in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape in theliquid reservoir 22. It is important that the continuous reduction of the cross-sectional area in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape means that there is no particular limitation on the shape as long as the hydraulic pressure can be continuously increased in the running direction. In the cross-sectional view of the liquid reservoir, the liquid reservoir may have a curved shape such as a tapered shape (linear shape) or a trumpet shape. In addition, the cross-sectional area decreasing portion may be continuous over the entire length of the liquid pool portion, or may include a portion where the cross-sectional area does not decrease or a portion which expands conversely as long as the object and effects of the present invention can be obtained. You may go out. These will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS.
前記で詳述したように、本発明においては、液溜り部22で強化繊維テープの走行方向に断面積が連続的に減少することで、強化繊維テープの走行方向に液圧を増大させることが重要であるが、ここで強化繊維テープの走行方向に断面積が連続的に減少するとは、走行方向に連続的に液圧を増大可能であれば、その形状には特に制限は無い。液溜り部の横断面図において、テーパー状(直線状)であったり、ラッパ状などのように曲線的な形態を示してもよい。また、断面積減少部は液溜り部全長にわたって連続してもよいし、本発明の目的、効果が得られる範囲であれば、一部に断面積が減少しない部分や逆に拡大する部分を含んでいてもよい。これらについて、以下に図6~9で例を挙げて詳述する。 <Shape of liquid pool>
As described in detail above, in the present invention, the liquid pressure can be increased in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape by continuously decreasing the cross-sectional area in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape in the
図6は、図2とは別の実施形態の塗布部20bの詳細横断面図である。液溜り部22を構成する壁面部材21c、21dの形状が異なる以外は、図2の塗布部20と同じである。図6の塗布部20bのように、液溜り部22が、鉛直方向下向きZに断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aと、断面積が減少しない領域22bに分かれていてもよい。このとき、断面積が連続的に減少する鉛直方向高さHは10mm以上であることが好ましい。さらに好ましい断面積が連続的に減少する鉛直方向高さHは50mm以上である。これにより、強化繊維テープ1aによって随伴された塗液2が、液溜まり部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aで圧縮される距離が確保され、液溜り部22の下部で発生する液圧を十分に増大させることができる。その結果、液圧により毛羽が狭窄部23に詰まるのを防止し、また液圧により塗液2が強化繊維テープ1aに含浸する効果を得ることができる。
FIG. 6 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20b of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the coating unit 20 of FIG. 2 except that the shapes of the wall members 21c and 21d constituting the liquid pool 22 are different. As in the application part 20b of FIG. 6, the liquid reservoir 22 may be divided into a region 22a in which the cross-sectional area continuously decreases in the vertical direction Z downward, and a region 22b in which the cross-sectional area does not decrease. At this time, the vertical height H at which the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced is preferably 10 mm or more. The vertical height H at which the more preferable cross-sectional area is continuously reduced is 50 mm or more. As a result, the distance in which the coating liquid 2 entrained by the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is compressed in the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is secured, and the liquid generated at the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 is secured. The pressure can be increased sufficiently. As a result, it is possible to prevent the fluff from clogging the narrowed portion 23 due to the hydraulic pressure, and to obtain the effect of impregnating the reinforcing fiber tape 1a with the coating liquid 2 by the hydraulic pressure.
ここで、図2の塗布部20や図6の塗布部20bのように、液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aをテーパー状とする場合、テーパーの開き角度θは小さい方が好ましく、具体的には鋭角(90°以下)にすることが好ましい。これにより、液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22a(テーパー部)でマトリックス樹脂2の圧縮効果を高め、高い液圧を得やすくすることができる。
Here, when the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is tapered like the coating portion 20 in FIG. 2 or the coating portion 20b in FIG. 6, the opening angle θ of the taper is smaller. More specifically, it is preferable to form an acute angle (90 ° or less). Thereby, the compression effect of the matrix resin 2 can be enhanced in the region 22a (tapered portion) where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced, and a high liquid pressure can be easily obtained.
図7は、図6とは別の実施形態の塗布部20cの詳細横断面図である。液溜り部22を構成する壁面部材21e、21fの形状が2段テーパー状となっている以外は、図6の塗布部20bと同じである。このように、液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aを2段以上の多段テーパー部で構成してもよい。このとき、狭窄部23に最も近いテーパー部の開き角度θを鋭角にするのが、前記の圧縮効果を高める観点から好ましい。またこの場合も、液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aの高さHを10mm以上にすることが好ましい。さらに好ましい断面積が連続的に減少する鉛直方向高さHは50mm以上である。図7のように液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aを多段のテーパー部にすることで、液溜り部22に貯留できる塗液2の体積を維持しつつ、狭窄部23に最も近いテーパー部の角度θをより小さくすることができる。これにより液溜り部22の下部で発生する液圧がより高くなり、毛羽の排除効果や塗液2の含浸効果をさらに高めることが可能となる。
FIG. 7 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20c of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the application section 20b of FIG. 6 except that the shape of the wall members 21e and 21f constituting the liquid pool section 22 is a two-step tapered shape. As described above, the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced may be configured by a multi-stage taper portion of two or more stages. At this time, it is preferable to make the opening angle θ of the tapered portion closest to the constricted portion 23 an acute angle from the viewpoint of enhancing the compression effect. Also in this case, it is preferable that the height H of the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is 10 mm or more. The vertical height H at which the more preferable cross-sectional area is continuously reduced is 50 mm or more. As shown in FIG. 7, the area 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is formed as a multi-stage tapered portion, so that the volume of the coating liquid 2 that can be stored in the liquid reservoir 22 is maintained while the constriction portion 23 is maintained. Can be further reduced. As a result, the liquid pressure generated in the lower part of the liquid reservoir 22 is further increased, and the effect of removing fluff and the effect of impregnating the coating liquid 2 can be further enhanced.
図8は、図6とは別の実施形態の塗布部20dの詳細横断面図である。液溜り部22を構成する壁面部材21g、21hの形状が階段状となっている以外は、図6の塗布部20bと同じである。このように、液溜り部22の最下部に断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aがあれば、本発明の目的である液圧の増大効果は得られるため、液溜り部22の他の部分に断面積が断続的に減少する領域22cを含んでいてもよい。液溜り部22を図8のような形状にすることで、断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aの形状を維持しつつ、液溜り部22の奥行きBを拡大して貯留できる塗液2の体積を大きくすることができる。その結果、塗布部20dに塗液2を連続して供給できない場合でも、長時間、強化繊維テープ1aに塗液2を付与し続けることが可能となり、塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの生産性がより向上する。
FIG. 8 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application section 20d of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the application section 20b in FIG. 6 except that the shape of the wall members 21g and 21h constituting the liquid pool section 22 is stepped. As described above, if there is a region 22a in which the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced at the lowermost portion of the liquid reservoir 22, the effect of increasing the hydraulic pressure, which is the object of the present invention, can be obtained. May include a region 22c in which the cross-sectional area decreases intermittently. By forming the liquid reservoir 22 in a shape as shown in FIG. 8, the depth B of the liquid reservoir 22 can be increased and stored while maintaining the shape of the region 22 a where the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced. The volume can be increased. As a result, even when the coating liquid 2 cannot be continuously supplied to the coating section 20d, the coating liquid 2 can be continuously applied to the reinforcing fiber tape 1a for a long time, and the productivity of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b can be reduced. Better.
図9は、図6とは別の実施形態の塗布部20eの詳細横断面図である。液溜り部22を構成する壁面部材21i、21jの形状がラッパ状(曲線状)となっている以外は、図6の塗布部20bと同じである。図6の塗布部20bでは、液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aはテーパー状(直線状)だが、これに限定されず、例えば図9のようにラッパ状(曲線状)でもよい。ただし、液溜り部22の下部と、狭窄部23の上部は滑らかに接続することが好ましい。これは、液溜り部22の下部と、狭窄部23の上部の境界に段差があると、強化繊維シート1aが段差に引っ掛かり、この部分で毛羽が発生する懸念があるためである。また、このように液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域をラッパ状とする場合は、液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する領域22aの最下部における仮想接線の開き角度θを鋭角にするのが好ましい。
FIG. 9 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application unit 20e of another embodiment different from FIG. It is the same as the application section 20b in FIG. 6, except that the shape of the wall members 21i and 21j forming the liquid pool section 22 is a trumpet shape (curved shape). In the application section 20b of FIG. 6, the area 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid pool section 22 is continuously reduced is tapered (straight), but is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. May be. However, it is preferable that the lower part of the liquid pool part 22 and the upper part of the narrow part 23 are connected smoothly. This is because if there is a step at the boundary between the lower part of the liquid pool part 22 and the upper part of the narrow part 23, the reinforcing fiber sheet 1a is caught by the step, and there is a concern that fluff is generated at this part. When the region where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced is a trumpet-like shape, the opening of the virtual tangent line at the lowermost part of the region 22a where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 is continuously reduced. It is preferable that the angle θ be an acute angle.
なお、上記は滑らかに断面積が減少する例をあげて説明したが、本発明の目的を損なわない限り、本発明において液溜まり部の断面積は必ずしも滑らかに減少しなくともよい。
In the above description, an example in which the cross-sectional area is smoothly reduced has been described. However, in the present invention, the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir does not necessarily have to be smoothly reduced unless the object of the present invention is impaired.
図10は本発明とは別の実施形態の塗布部30の詳細横断面図である。本発明の実施形態とは異なり、図10の液溜り部32は鉛直方向下向きZに断面積が連続的に減少する領域を含まず、狭窄部23との境界33で断面積が不連続で急激に減少する構成である。このため、強化繊維テープ1aが詰まり易い。
FIG. 10 is a detailed cross-sectional view of the application unit 30 according to another embodiment different from the present invention. Unlike the embodiment of the present invention, the liquid reservoir 32 in FIG. 10 does not include a region where the cross-sectional area continuously decreases in the vertical downward direction Z, and the cross-sectional area at the boundary 33 with the constriction 23 is discontinuous and sharp. It is a structure which reduces to. For this reason, the reinforcing fiber tape 1a is easily clogged.
また、塗布部内で強化繊維テープを複数本のバーに接触させることで含浸効果を向上させることも可能である。図11にバー(35a、35bおよび35c)を3本用いた例を示しているが、バーは本数が大きいほど、強化繊維テープとバーの接触長が長いほど、接触角が大きいほど、含浸率を向上させることができる。図11の例では含浸率を90%以上とすることが可能である。なお、係る含浸効果の向上手段は複数種を組み合わせて用いても良い。
It is also possible to improve the impregnation effect by contacting the reinforcing fiber tape with a plurality of bars in the application section. FIG. 11 shows an example in which three bars (35a, 35b and 35c) are used. The larger the number of bars, the longer the contact length between the reinforcing fiber tape and the bar, the larger the contact angle, and the higher the impregnation ratio. Can be improved. In the example of FIG. 11, the impregnation rate can be 90% or more. The means for improving the impregnation effect may be used in combination of plural kinds.
<樹脂フィルム付与工程>
本発明では前記塗布工程から引き出された塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bにさらに樹脂フィルムを付与することもできる。図1で説明すると、供給装置16から離型テープ3の代わりに樹脂フィルムを供給し、搬送ロール14上で塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bに積層することができる。図1では、樹脂フィルムは1枚となるが、樹脂フィルムを塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの両面から付与することももちろん可能であるし、どちらかを離型フィルムとすることもできる。また、樹脂フィルムを2枚用いる場合には、同じ樹脂フィルムとしても良いし、異なる種類の樹脂フィルムとしても良い。また、樹脂フィルムは離型テープなどの支持体の上に塗工されたものでもよいし、支持体を含まないものでもよい。 <Resin film application step>
In the present invention, a resin film can be further provided to the coating liquid-containing reinforcingfiber tape 1b drawn from the coating step. Referring to FIG. 1, a resin film is supplied from the supply device 16 instead of the release tape 3, and the resin film can be laminated on the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1 b on the transport roll 14. In FIG. 1, the number of the resin film is one. However, it is of course possible to apply the resin film from both sides of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 1b, or one of them can be a release film. When two resin films are used, they may be the same resin film or different types of resin films. Further, the resin film may be a film coated on a support such as a release tape, or may be a film not containing the support.
本発明では前記塗布工程から引き出された塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bにさらに樹脂フィルムを付与することもできる。図1で説明すると、供給装置16から離型テープ3の代わりに樹脂フィルムを供給し、搬送ロール14上で塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bに積層することができる。図1では、樹脂フィルムは1枚となるが、樹脂フィルムを塗液含有強化繊維テープ1bの両面から付与することももちろん可能であるし、どちらかを離型フィルムとすることもできる。また、樹脂フィルムを2枚用いる場合には、同じ樹脂フィルムとしても良いし、異なる種類の樹脂フィルムとしても良い。また、樹脂フィルムは離型テープなどの支持体の上に塗工されたものでもよいし、支持体を含まないものでもよい。 <Resin film application step>
In the present invention, a resin film can be further provided to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing
本発明においては、樹脂フィルムに用いる樹脂には特に制限は無く、目的に応じて適宜選択できる。樹脂フィルムとする樹脂は、単独の樹脂でも良いし、異種ポリマーのブレンド物としたり、さまざまな成分のブレンド物である樹脂組成物とすることもできる。ここで用いる樹脂フィルムには、前記粒子を含むことができる。前記塗布工程で、塗液として粒子を含むマトリックス樹脂を用いると粘度が高くなり易く、強化繊維シートの高速走行時に塗布均一性が悪化する場合がある。このため、粒子を樹脂フィルム付与工程で付与すると、塗布工程での強化繊維テープの高速走行安定性が向上し、好ましい。この時、粒子を含有する樹脂フィルムとしては、マトリックス樹脂から成る樹脂フィルムとすることができる。このようにすることで、粒子を前記塗布工程とは別に付与しつつ、マトリックス樹脂も付与できるため効率的である。この時、粒子を含有するマトリックス樹脂のマトリックス樹脂としては、前記塗布工程で用いるマトリックス樹脂成分と同じとしても良いし、異なっていても良い。前記塗布工程における高速走行安定性や前記塗布部での貯留でのポットライフも考慮して、前記塗布工程で用いるマトリックス樹脂と樹脂フィルム化するマトリックス樹脂の成分を調整することができる。
に お い て In the present invention, the resin used for the resin film is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. The resin used as the resin film may be a single resin, a blend of different polymers, or a resin composition that is a blend of various components. The resin film used here can contain the particles. If a matrix resin containing particles is used as a coating liquid in the coating step, the viscosity tends to increase, and the coating uniformity may deteriorate during high-speed running of the reinforcing fiber sheet. For this reason, when particles are applied in the resin film applying step, the high-speed running stability of the reinforcing fiber tape in the application step is improved, which is preferable. At this time, the resin film containing particles may be a resin film made of a matrix resin. By doing so, the matrix resin can be applied while the particles are applied separately from the coating step, so that it is efficient. At this time, the matrix resin of the matrix resin containing particles may be the same as or different from the matrix resin component used in the coating step. The components of the matrix resin used in the coating step and the matrix resin to be formed into a resin film can be adjusted in consideration of the high-speed running stability in the coating step and the pot life in storage in the coating section.
また、マトリックス樹脂から、ある樹脂成分を取り出して、これを樹脂フィルム化することもできる。例えば、FRPでは、熱硬化性樹脂を主体とするマトリックス樹脂に熱可塑性樹脂をブレンドし樹脂靭性を向上させることができるが、この熱可塑性樹脂がマトリックス樹脂粘度を増加させる場合がある。このような場合、この熱可塑性樹脂を前記塗布工程で付与するマトリックス樹脂から除き、樹脂フィルムとして塗液含有強化繊維テープに付与することで、塗布安定性を向上させることができる。このような熱可塑性樹脂としては、PESやPEI、PIなどが用いられる場合が多い。また、このような熱可塑性樹脂フィルムは支持体を必要としない自己支持フィルムとできる場合もあり、支持体を省略できる観点から有用である。
Alternatively, a certain resin component can be taken out of the matrix resin and formed into a resin film. For example, in FRP, a thermoplastic resin can be blended with a matrix resin mainly composed of a thermosetting resin to improve the resin toughness, but this thermoplastic resin may increase the matrix resin viscosity. In such a case, application stability can be improved by removing the thermoplastic resin from the matrix resin applied in the application step and applying the thermoplastic resin as a resin film to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. PES, PEI, PI, and the like are often used as such a thermoplastic resin. In addition, such a thermoplastic resin film may be a self-supporting film that does not require a support in some cases, and is useful from the viewpoint that the support can be omitted.
樹脂フィルムの製造は公知の方法を用いることができ、例えば、ロールコーターやコンマコーター、ナイフコーター、ダイコーター、スプレーコーター等の各種公知のコーターを用い、フィルム形成することできる。また、必要に応じ離型シートなどの支持体上に樹脂を塗工し、フィルム形成することができる。
A resin film can be produced by a known method. For example, a film can be formed by using various known coaters such as a roll coater, a comma coater, a knife coater, a die coater, and a spray coater. Further, if necessary, a resin can be applied on a support such as a release sheet to form a film.
<走行機構>
強化繊維テープや塗液含有強化繊維テープを搬送するための走行機構としては、公知のローラー等を好適に用いることができる。本発明では強化繊維テープが鉛直下向きに搬送されるため、塗布部を挟んで上下にローラーを配置することが好ましい。 <Travel mechanism>
As a traveling mechanism for transporting the reinforcing fiber tape or the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, a known roller or the like can be suitably used. In the present invention, since the reinforcing fiber tape is transported vertically downward, it is preferable to arrange rollers vertically above and below the application section.
強化繊維テープや塗液含有強化繊維テープを搬送するための走行機構としては、公知のローラー等を好適に用いることができる。本発明では強化繊維テープが鉛直下向きに搬送されるため、塗布部を挟んで上下にローラーを配置することが好ましい。 <Travel mechanism>
As a traveling mechanism for transporting the reinforcing fiber tape or the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, a known roller or the like can be suitably used. In the present invention, since the reinforcing fiber tape is transported vertically downward, it is preferable to arrange rollers vertically above and below the application section.
また、本発明では、強化繊維の配列乱れや毛羽立ちを抑制するため、強化繊維テープの走行経路はなるべく直線状であることが好ましい。また、塗液含有強化繊維テープは離型テープとの積層体であるシート状一体物とすることが多いが、これの搬送工程において、屈曲部を有すると、内層と外層の周長差による皺が発生する場合が有るため、シート状一体物の走行経路もなるべく直線状であることが好ましい。この観点からは、シート状一体物の走行経路中では、ニップロールを用いる方が好ましい。
In the present invention, the running path of the reinforcing fiber tape is preferably as straight as possible in order to suppress the arrangement disorder and fluffing of the reinforcing fibers. Further, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is often a sheet-like integral body which is a laminate with a release tape, but in the conveying step of this, if there is a bent portion, wrinkles due to a difference in the circumferential length between the inner layer and the outer layer. In some cases, the traveling path of the sheet-shaped integrated object is preferably as straight as possible. From this viewpoint, it is preferable to use a nip roll in the traveling path of the sheet-like integrated object.
S字ロールとニップロールのどちらを用いるかは、製造条件や製造物の特性に応じ、適宜選択することが可能である。
Whether the S-shaped roll or the nip roll is used can be appropriately selected according to the manufacturing conditions and the characteristics of the product.
<高張力引き取り装置>
本発明では、塗布部から塗液含有強化繊維テープを引き出すための高張力引き取り装置を塗布部より工程下流に配置することが好ましい。これは、塗布部で、強化繊維テープと塗液の間で高い摩擦力、せん断応力が発生するため、それに打ち勝って塗液含有強化繊維テープを引き出すためには、工程下流で高い引き取り張力を発生させることが好ましいためである。高張力引き取り装置としては、ニップロールやS字ロールなどを用いることができるが、いずれもロールと塗液含有強化繊維テープの間の摩擦力を高めることで、スリップを防止し、安定した走行を可能とすることができる。このためには、摩擦係数の高い材料をロール表面に配したり、ニップ圧力やS字ロールへの塗液含有強化繊維テープの押し付け圧を高くすることが好ましい。スリップを防止する観点からは、S字ロールの方がロール径や接触長などで容易に摩擦力を制御でき、好ましい。 <High tension take-up device>
In the present invention, it is preferable that a high-tension take-off device for pulling out the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape from the application section is disposed downstream of the application section. This is because high frictional force and shear stress are generated between the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid in the application section, and a high take-up tension is generated downstream in the process in order to overcome this and pull out the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. This is because it is preferable to make them. A nip roll or S-shaped roll can be used as the high tension take-off device, but any of them can increase slipping force between the roll and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape to prevent slip and enable stable running. It can be. For this purpose, it is preferable to arrange a material having a high friction coefficient on the roll surface, or to increase the nip pressure or the pressing pressure of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape against the S-shaped roll. From the viewpoint of preventing the slip, the S-shaped roll is preferable because the frictional force can be easily controlled by the roll diameter and the contact length.
本発明では、塗布部から塗液含有強化繊維テープを引き出すための高張力引き取り装置を塗布部より工程下流に配置することが好ましい。これは、塗布部で、強化繊維テープと塗液の間で高い摩擦力、せん断応力が発生するため、それに打ち勝って塗液含有強化繊維テープを引き出すためには、工程下流で高い引き取り張力を発生させることが好ましいためである。高張力引き取り装置としては、ニップロールやS字ロールなどを用いることができるが、いずれもロールと塗液含有強化繊維テープの間の摩擦力を高めることで、スリップを防止し、安定した走行を可能とすることができる。このためには、摩擦係数の高い材料をロール表面に配したり、ニップ圧力やS字ロールへの塗液含有強化繊維テープの押し付け圧を高くすることが好ましい。スリップを防止する観点からは、S字ロールの方がロール径や接触長などで容易に摩擦力を制御でき、好ましい。 <High tension take-up device>
In the present invention, it is preferable that a high-tension take-off device for pulling out the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape from the application section is disposed downstream of the application section. This is because high frictional force and shear stress are generated between the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid in the application section, and a high take-up tension is generated downstream in the process in order to overcome this and pull out the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. This is because it is preferable to make them. A nip roll or S-shaped roll can be used as the high tension take-off device, but any of them can increase slipping force between the roll and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape to prevent slip and enable stable running. It can be. For this purpose, it is preferable to arrange a material having a high friction coefficient on the roll surface, or to increase the nip pressure or the pressing pressure of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape against the S-shaped roll. From the viewpoint of preventing the slip, the S-shaped roll is preferable because the frictional force can be easily controlled by the roll diameter and the contact length.
<離型テープ供給装置>
本発明を用いての塗液含有強化繊維テープやFRPの製造においては適宜、離型テープ供給装置を用いることができ、そのようなものとしては公知のものを使用することができるが、巻き出し張力を巻き出し速度にフィードバックできる機構を備えていることが離型テープの安定走行の観点から好ましい。 <Release tape supply device>
In the production of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape or FRP using the present invention, a release tape supply device can be used as appropriate, and such a known device can be used. It is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of feeding back the tension to the unwinding speed from the viewpoint of stable running of the release tape.
本発明を用いての塗液含有強化繊維テープやFRPの製造においては適宜、離型テープ供給装置を用いることができ、そのようなものとしては公知のものを使用することができるが、巻き出し張力を巻き出し速度にフィードバックできる機構を備えていることが離型テープの安定走行の観点から好ましい。 <Release tape supply device>
In the production of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape or FRP using the present invention, a release tape supply device can be used as appropriate, and such a known device can be used. It is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of feeding back the tension to the unwinding speed from the viewpoint of stable running of the release tape.
<追含浸>
所望の含浸度に調整するために、本発明にさらに塗布後に別途、含浸装置を用いて更に含浸度を高める手段を組み合わせることも可能である。ここでは、塗布部での含浸と区別するために、塗布後に追加で含浸することを追含浸、そのための装置を追含浸装置と称することとする。追含浸装置として用いられる装置には特に制限は無く、目的に応じて公知のものから適宜選択することができる。例えば、特開2011-132389号公報やWO2015/060299パンフレット記載のように、シート状炭素繊維束と樹脂の積層体を、熱板で予熱しシート状炭素繊維束上の樹脂を十分軟化させた後、やはり加熱されたニップロールで加圧する装置を用いることで含浸を進めることができる。予熱のための熱板温度やニップロール表面温度、ニップロールの線圧、ニップロールの直径・数は所望の含浸度になるように適宜選択することができる。また、WO2010/150022パンフレット記載のようなプリプレグシートがS字型に走行する“S-ラップロール”を用いることも可能である。本発明では“S-ラップロール”を単に“S字ロール”と称することとする。WO2010/150022パンフレット図1ではプリプレグシートがS字型に走行する例が記載されているが、含浸が可能であれば、U字型や、V型またはΛ型のようにシートとロールの接触長を調整してもよい。また、含浸圧を高め含浸度を上げる場合には、対向するコンタクトロールを付加することも可能である。さらにWO2015/076981パンフレット図4記載のように、“S-ラップロール”に対向してコンベヤーベルトを配することで含浸効率を向上させ、プリプレグの製造速度の高速化をはかることも可能である。また、WO2017/068159パンフレットや特開2016-203397号公報などに記載のように、含浸前にプリプレグに超音波を付与し、プリプレグを急速昇温することで、含浸効率を向上させることも可能である。また、特開2017-154330号公報記載のように、超音波発生装置で複数の“しごき刃”振動させる含浸装置を用いることも可能である。また、特開2013-22868号公報記載のようにプリプレグを折り畳んで含浸することも可能である。 <Addition impregnation>
In order to adjust the degree of impregnation to a desired degree, it is also possible to combine a means for further increasing the degree of impregnation using an impregnating apparatus separately after coating with the present invention. Here, in order to distinguish it from the impregnation in the application section, additional impregnation after application is referred to as additional impregnation, and an apparatus therefor is referred to as an additional impregnation apparatus. The device used as the additional impregnation device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known devices according to the purpose. For example, as described in JP-A-2011-132389 and WO2015 / 060299, a laminate of a sheet-like carbon fiber bundle and a resin is preheated by a hot plate to sufficiently soften the resin on the sheet-like carbon fiber bundle. The impregnation can also be advanced by using a device that presses with a heated nip roll. The temperature of the hot plate for preheating, the surface temperature of the nip roll, the linear pressure of the nip roll, and the diameter and number of the nip rolls can be appropriately selected so as to obtain a desired impregnation degree. It is also possible to use an "S-wrap roll" in which a prepreg sheet runs in an S-shape as described in WO 2010/150022 pamphlet. In the present invention, “S-wrap roll” is simply referred to as “S-shaped roll”. WO 2010/150022 Pamphlet FIG. 1 shows an example in which the prepreg sheet runs in an S-shape, but if impregnation is possible, the contact length between the sheet and the roll, such as a U-shape, V-shape or Λ-shape, is described. May be adjusted. When the impregnation pressure is increased to increase the degree of impregnation, it is also possible to add an opposing contact roll. Further, as shown in FIG. 4 of the pamphlet of WO2015 / 076981, it is possible to improve the impregnation efficiency and increase the production speed of the prepreg by arranging the conveyor belt opposite to the “S-wrap roll”. Further, as described in WO 2017/068159 pamphlet or JP-A-2016-20397, it is also possible to improve the impregnation efficiency by applying ultrasonic waves to the prepreg before the impregnation and rapidly raising the temperature of the prepreg. is there. Further, as described in JP-A-2017-154330, it is also possible to use an impregnation device that vibrates a plurality of "ironing blades" with an ultrasonic generator. It is also possible to fold and impregnate the prepreg as described in JP-A-2013-22868.
所望の含浸度に調整するために、本発明にさらに塗布後に別途、含浸装置を用いて更に含浸度を高める手段を組み合わせることも可能である。ここでは、塗布部での含浸と区別するために、塗布後に追加で含浸することを追含浸、そのための装置を追含浸装置と称することとする。追含浸装置として用いられる装置には特に制限は無く、目的に応じて公知のものから適宜選択することができる。例えば、特開2011-132389号公報やWO2015/060299パンフレット記載のように、シート状炭素繊維束と樹脂の積層体を、熱板で予熱しシート状炭素繊維束上の樹脂を十分軟化させた後、やはり加熱されたニップロールで加圧する装置を用いることで含浸を進めることができる。予熱のための熱板温度やニップロール表面温度、ニップロールの線圧、ニップロールの直径・数は所望の含浸度になるように適宜選択することができる。また、WO2010/150022パンフレット記載のようなプリプレグシートがS字型に走行する“S-ラップロール”を用いることも可能である。本発明では“S-ラップロール”を単に“S字ロール”と称することとする。WO2010/150022パンフレット図1ではプリプレグシートがS字型に走行する例が記載されているが、含浸が可能であれば、U字型や、V型またはΛ型のようにシートとロールの接触長を調整してもよい。また、含浸圧を高め含浸度を上げる場合には、対向するコンタクトロールを付加することも可能である。さらにWO2015/076981パンフレット図4記載のように、“S-ラップロール”に対向してコンベヤーベルトを配することで含浸効率を向上させ、プリプレグの製造速度の高速化をはかることも可能である。また、WO2017/068159パンフレットや特開2016-203397号公報などに記載のように、含浸前にプリプレグに超音波を付与し、プリプレグを急速昇温することで、含浸効率を向上させることも可能である。また、特開2017-154330号公報記載のように、超音波発生装置で複数の“しごき刃”振動させる含浸装置を用いることも可能である。また、特開2013-22868号公報記載のようにプリプレグを折り畳んで含浸することも可能である。 <Addition impregnation>
In order to adjust the degree of impregnation to a desired degree, it is also possible to combine a means for further increasing the degree of impregnation using an impregnating apparatus separately after coating with the present invention. Here, in order to distinguish it from the impregnation in the application section, additional impregnation after application is referred to as additional impregnation, and an apparatus therefor is referred to as an additional impregnation apparatus. The device used as the additional impregnation device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from known devices according to the purpose. For example, as described in JP-A-2011-132389 and WO2015 / 060299, a laminate of a sheet-like carbon fiber bundle and a resin is preheated by a hot plate to sufficiently soften the resin on the sheet-like carbon fiber bundle. The impregnation can also be advanced by using a device that presses with a heated nip roll. The temperature of the hot plate for preheating, the surface temperature of the nip roll, the linear pressure of the nip roll, and the diameter and number of the nip rolls can be appropriately selected so as to obtain a desired impregnation degree. It is also possible to use an "S-wrap roll" in which a prepreg sheet runs in an S-shape as described in WO 2010/150022 pamphlet. In the present invention, “S-wrap roll” is simply referred to as “S-shaped roll”. WO 2010/150022 Pamphlet FIG. 1 shows an example in which the prepreg sheet runs in an S-shape, but if impregnation is possible, the contact length between the sheet and the roll, such as a U-shape, V-shape or Λ-shape, is described. May be adjusted. When the impregnation pressure is increased to increase the degree of impregnation, it is also possible to add an opposing contact roll. Further, as shown in FIG. 4 of the pamphlet of WO2015 / 076981, it is possible to improve the impregnation efficiency and increase the production speed of the prepreg by arranging the conveyor belt opposite to the “S-wrap roll”. Further, as described in WO 2017/068159 pamphlet or JP-A-2016-20397, it is also possible to improve the impregnation efficiency by applying ultrasonic waves to the prepreg before the impregnation and rapidly raising the temperature of the prepreg. is there. Further, as described in JP-A-2017-154330, it is also possible to use an impregnation device that vibrates a plurality of "ironing blades" with an ultrasonic generator. It is also possible to fold and impregnate the prepreg as described in JP-A-2013-22868.
<簡易追含浸>
上記では、従来の追含浸装置を適用する例を示したが、塗布部直下では未だ塗液含有強化繊維テープの温度が高い場合があり、そのような場合には塗布部を出て後、あまり時間が経っていない段階で追含浸操作を加えると、塗液含有強化繊維テープを再昇温するための熱板などの加熱装置を省略あるいは簡略化し、含浸装置を大幅に簡略化・小型化することも可能である。このように塗布部直下に位置させる含浸装置を簡易追含浸装置と称することとする。簡易追含浸装置としては加熱ニップロールや加熱S字ロールを用いることができるが、通常の含浸装置に比較し、ロール径や設定圧力、塗液含有強化繊維テープとロールの接触長を減じることができ、装置を小型化できるだけでなく消費電力なども減じることができ、好ましい。 <Simple additional impregnation>
In the above, the example of applying the conventional additional impregnation apparatus was shown, but the temperature of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape may still be high immediately below the application section, and in such a case, after leaving the application section, it is not so much. If the additional impregnation operation is added before the time has passed, a heating device such as a hot plate for reheating the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is omitted or simplified, and the impregnation device is greatly simplified and downsized. It is also possible. Such an impregnating device located immediately below the coating section is referred to as a simple additional impregnating device. As a simple additional impregnating device, a heated nip roll or a heated S-shaped roll can be used, but the roll diameter, the set pressure, and the contact length between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the roll can be reduced as compared with a normal impregnating device. This is preferable because not only the size of the device can be reduced but also the power consumption and the like can be reduced.
上記では、従来の追含浸装置を適用する例を示したが、塗布部直下では未だ塗液含有強化繊維テープの温度が高い場合があり、そのような場合には塗布部を出て後、あまり時間が経っていない段階で追含浸操作を加えると、塗液含有強化繊維テープを再昇温するための熱板などの加熱装置を省略あるいは簡略化し、含浸装置を大幅に簡略化・小型化することも可能である。このように塗布部直下に位置させる含浸装置を簡易追含浸装置と称することとする。簡易追含浸装置としては加熱ニップロールや加熱S字ロールを用いることができるが、通常の含浸装置に比較し、ロール径や設定圧力、塗液含有強化繊維テープとロールの接触長を減じることができ、装置を小型化できるだけでなく消費電力なども減じることができ、好ましい。 <Simple additional impregnation>
In the above, the example of applying the conventional additional impregnation apparatus was shown, but the temperature of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape may still be high immediately below the application section, and in such a case, after leaving the application section, it is not so much. If the additional impregnation operation is added before the time has passed, a heating device such as a hot plate for reheating the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is omitted or simplified, and the impregnation device is greatly simplified and downsized. It is also possible. Such an impregnating device located immediately below the coating section is referred to as a simple additional impregnating device. As a simple additional impregnating device, a heated nip roll or a heated S-shaped roll can be used, but the roll diameter, the set pressure, and the contact length between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the roll can be reduced as compared with a normal impregnating device. This is preferable because not only the size of the device can be reduced but also the power consumption and the like can be reduced.
また、塗液含有強化繊維テープが簡易追含浸装置に入る前に、塗液含有強化繊維テープに離形テープを付与すると、塗液含有強化繊維テープの走行性が向上し好ましい。
離 Also, it is preferable that a release tape is applied to the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape before the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape enters the simple re-impregnation apparatus, because the running property of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is improved.
図13aには、追含浸装置を具備した塗液含有強化繊維テープ製造工程の一例を示している。塗布部430の直下に簡易追含浸装置453を備えている。ここでは、簡易追含浸装置453はニップロールの例を示しているが、ニップローラーは加熱機構を備えていることが好ましい。また、ニップロールの段数は目的により適宜選択可能であるが、工程簡略化の観点からは3段以下が好ましい(図13aでは2段の例を示している)。また、ニップローラーは駆動装置を備えていることが塗液含有強化繊維テープ搬送の張力制御が容易である観点から好ましい。ニップ圧力は所望の含浸度に合わせ、適宜調整可能である。
FIG. 13a shows an example of a process for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape equipped with a supplemental impregnation device. A simple additional impregnating device 453 is provided immediately below the application section 430. Here, the simple additional impregnation device 453 shows an example of a nip roll, but the nip roller preferably has a heating mechanism. Further, the number of nip roll stages can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but from the viewpoint of simplification of the process, three or less stages are preferable (FIG. 13a shows an example of two stages). In addition, it is preferable that the nip roller is provided with a driving device from the viewpoint of easily controlling the tension of the conveyance of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. The nip pressure can be appropriately adjusted according to the desired degree of impregnation.
また、ニップロール表面は塗液含有強化繊維テープが貼りつかないように適切な離型処理が施されていたり、塗液含有強化繊維テープとニップロールの間に離型テープを挿入したりすることが好ましい(簡略化のため図13aには描画していない)。塗液含有強化繊維テープとニップロールの間に離型シートを挿入する場合には、塗布部430側から挿入し、高張力引き取り装置444側のロールで離型テープを塗液含有強化繊維テープから引き離すことが好ましい。引き離された離型テープはそのまま巻き取ってもよいし、そのまま再度、塗布部430側から挿入するようサーキット走行させてもよい。
Further, it is preferable that the nip roll surface is subjected to an appropriate release treatment so that the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape does not stick, or a release tape is inserted between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the nip roll. (Not shown in FIG. 13a for simplicity). When the release sheet is inserted between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the nip roll, the release sheet is inserted from the application section 430 side, and the release tape is separated from the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape by the roll on the high tension take-up device 444 side. Is preferred. The separated release tape may be wound up as it is, or may be run again on the circuit so as to be inserted again from the application section 430 side.
また、追含浸装置としてはニップロールのほか、前記した“S-ラップロール”や固定バー等を用いることもできる。
追 In addition to the nip roll, the above-mentioned “S-wrap roll”, a fixed bar, or the like can be used as the additional impregnation device.
なお、図13aでは、簡易追含浸、マトリックス樹脂フィルム付与した後、そのまま追含浸装置450に導く例を記載している。
FIG. 13A shows an example in which the simple additional impregnation and the application of the matrix resin film are directly led to the additional impregnation device 450.
<巻取>
本発明では、塗液含有強化繊維テープを、トラバースさせて巻き取る、あるいは円盤状に巻き取ることで塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージを形成できるが、このための巻き取り装置(ワインダー)は、目的に合わせて公知のものを使用できる。 <Winding>
In the present invention, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package can be formed by traversing and winding the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, or by winding it into a disc shape. Known ones can be used according to the conditions.
本発明では、塗液含有強化繊維テープを、トラバースさせて巻き取る、あるいは円盤状に巻き取ることで塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージを形成できるが、このための巻き取り装置(ワインダー)は、目的に合わせて公知のものを使用できる。 <Winding>
In the present invention, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package can be formed by traversing and winding the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, or by winding it into a disc shape. Known ones can be used according to the conditions.
トラバースさせて巻き取る際のワインダーは、例えば特開平4-119123号公報、特開2008-37650号公報、特開2012-12224号公報などに例示されている。
また、特に100m/分以上の高速での巻き取りを行う場合には、ボビントラバース方式のワインダーを用いると、塗液含有強化繊維テープの糸道をストレート化できるため、塗液含有強化繊維テープの折れや捩れ、パッケージ端面での巻き乱れなどを抑制できるため、好ましい。ボビントラバース方式のワインダーとしては例えば特開2004-168466号公報などに例示されている。 Winders for traversing and winding are exemplified in, for example, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224.
In particular, when winding at a high speed of 100 m / min or more, using a bobbin traverse type winder makes it possible to straighten the yarn path of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. This is preferable because it can suppress bending, twisting, and turbulence at the package end face. A bobbin traverse type winder is exemplified in, for example, JP-A-2004-168466.
また、特に100m/分以上の高速での巻き取りを行う場合には、ボビントラバース方式のワインダーを用いると、塗液含有強化繊維テープの糸道をストレート化できるため、塗液含有強化繊維テープの折れや捩れ、パッケージ端面での巻き乱れなどを抑制できるため、好ましい。ボビントラバース方式のワインダーとしては例えば特開2004-168466号公報などに例示されている。 Winders for traversing and winding are exemplified in, for example, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224.
In particular, when winding at a high speed of 100 m / min or more, using a bobbin traverse type winder makes it possible to straighten the yarn path of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. This is preferable because it can suppress bending, twisting, and turbulence at the package end face. A bobbin traverse type winder is exemplified in, for example, JP-A-2004-168466.
円盤状に巻き取る時には、つば付ロールなどを用いたリール形状のワインダーを使用することができる。
リ ー ル When winding in a disk shape, a reel-shaped winder using a roll with a collar or the like can be used.
巻き取り条件は、特許文献5や特開2017-82209号公報などを参考に設定することができる。
The winding conditions can be set with reference to Patent Document 5, JP-A-2017-82209, and the like.
塗液含有強化繊維テープを巻き取った塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージは、スクエアエンド型などのボビン形状であるとラージパッケージ化に有利であり、塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造工程の生産性向上のみならず、後工程において塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージを載せかえる時間を削減できるため、後工程の生産性も向上できるため、好ましい。円盤状パッケージは糸道がストレートであるため、巻き取り、解舒工程の双方で塗液含浸強化繊維テープの折れや捩れ、テープの引っかかりなどが発生し難く好ましい。
The coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package wound with the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape has a bobbin shape such as a square end type, which is advantageous for large packaging, and improves the productivity of the manufacturing process of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Not only that, the time required to replace the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package in the post-process can be reduced, and the productivity in the post-process can be improved, which is preferable. Since the disk-shaped package has a straight yarn path, it is preferable because the coating liquid-impregnated reinforcing fiber tape hardly bends or twists, and the tape is hardly caught in both the winding and unwinding steps.
<プリプレグテープ>
本発明の製造方法で得られる塗液含有強化繊維テープはプリプレグテープとして用いる場合には、マトリックス樹脂の含浸率は10%以上であることが望ましい。マトリックス樹脂の含浸の様子は、採取したプリプレグテープを裂き、内部を目視することで含浸の有無を確認することができ、より定量的には例えば剥離法で評価することが可能である。剥離法によるマトリックス樹脂の含浸率は以下のようにして測定することができる。すなわち、採取したプリプレグテープを粘着テープで挟み、これを剥離し、マトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維とマトリックス樹脂が付着していない強化繊維を分離する。そして、投入した強化繊維テープ全体の質量に対するマトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維の質量の比率を剥離法によるマトリックス樹脂の含浸率とすることができる。また、含浸度が高いプリプレグテープでは、毛細管現象による吸水率により含浸度を評価することもできる。具体的には、特表2016-510077号公報に記載の方法にならい、プリプレグテープの下端5mmを水に5分間浸漬した時の質量変化から計算することができる。 <Prepreg tape>
When the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape obtained by the production method of the present invention is used as a prepreg tape, the impregnation ratio of the matrix resin is desirably 10% or more. The state of impregnation of the matrix resin can be confirmed by tearing the collected prepreg tape and visually observing the inside, and more quantitatively, for example, by a peeling method. The impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method can be measured as follows. That is, the collected prepreg tape is sandwiched between adhesive tapes, and the adhesive tape is peeled off to separate the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered from the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has not adhered. Then, the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered to the mass of the entire reinforcing fiber tape charged can be used as the impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method. In the case of a prepreg tape having a high degree of impregnation, the degree of impregnation can also be evaluated based on the water absorption due to capillary action. Specifically, it can be calculated from the mass change when the lower end 5 mm of the prepreg tape is immersed in water for 5 minutes according to the method described in JP-T-2016-510077.
本発明の製造方法で得られる塗液含有強化繊維テープはプリプレグテープとして用いる場合には、マトリックス樹脂の含浸率は10%以上であることが望ましい。マトリックス樹脂の含浸の様子は、採取したプリプレグテープを裂き、内部を目視することで含浸の有無を確認することができ、より定量的には例えば剥離法で評価することが可能である。剥離法によるマトリックス樹脂の含浸率は以下のようにして測定することができる。すなわち、採取したプリプレグテープを粘着テープで挟み、これを剥離し、マトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維とマトリックス樹脂が付着していない強化繊維を分離する。そして、投入した強化繊維テープ全体の質量に対するマトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維の質量の比率を剥離法によるマトリックス樹脂の含浸率とすることができる。また、含浸度が高いプリプレグテープでは、毛細管現象による吸水率により含浸度を評価することもできる。具体的には、特表2016-510077号公報に記載の方法にならい、プリプレグテープの下端5mmを水に5分間浸漬した時の質量変化から計算することができる。 <Prepreg tape>
When the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape obtained by the production method of the present invention is used as a prepreg tape, the impregnation ratio of the matrix resin is desirably 10% or more. The state of impregnation of the matrix resin can be confirmed by tearing the collected prepreg tape and visually observing the inside, and more quantitatively, for example, by a peeling method. The impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method can be measured as follows. That is, the collected prepreg tape is sandwiched between adhesive tapes, and the adhesive tape is peeled off to separate the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered from the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has not adhered. Then, the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered to the mass of the entire reinforcing fiber tape charged can be used as the impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method. In the case of a prepreg tape having a high degree of impregnation, the degree of impregnation can also be evaluated based on the water absorption due to capillary action. Specifically, it can be calculated from the mass change when the lower end 5 mm of the prepreg tape is immersed in water for 5 minutes according to the method described in JP-T-2016-510077.
<多ライン化>
図14には一例として、塗布部を5つ並列方向に連結した例を示している。この時、5枚の強化繊維テープ416は、それぞれ独立した5つの強化繊維予熱装置420、塗布部430を通過し、5枚の塗液含有強化繊維テープ471が得られるようにしても良いし、強化繊維予熱装置420、塗布部430は並列方向に一体化されていてもよい。この場合には、塗布部430中で幅規制機構、塗布部出口幅を独立に5つ備えればよい。 <Multiple lines>
FIG. 14 shows an example in which five application sections are connected in a parallel direction. At this time, the five reinforcingfiber tapes 416 may pass through the five independent reinforcing fiber preheating devices 420 and the application unit 430, respectively, to obtain five coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes 471, The reinforcing fiber preheating device 420 and the application unit 430 may be integrated in a parallel direction. In this case, the coating unit 430 may be provided with five independent width control mechanisms and five coating unit outlet widths.
図14には一例として、塗布部を5つ並列方向に連結した例を示している。この時、5枚の強化繊維テープ416は、それぞれ独立した5つの強化繊維予熱装置420、塗布部430を通過し、5枚の塗液含有強化繊維テープ471が得られるようにしても良いし、強化繊維予熱装置420、塗布部430は並列方向に一体化されていてもよい。この場合には、塗布部430中で幅規制機構、塗布部出口幅を独立に5つ備えればよい。 <Multiple lines>
FIG. 14 shows an example in which five application sections are connected in a parallel direction. At this time, the five reinforcing
また、図15記載のように、広幅の塗布部の入り口を所望のテープ幅が得られるように仕切り、幅を調整した塗布部に通すこともできる。さらに、図16、17記載のように塗布部を水平方向や鉛直方向にずらして配置することも可能である。
Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 15, the entrance of the wide application section can be partitioned so as to obtain a desired tape width, and can be passed through the application section whose width has been adjusted. Further, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 17, it is also possible to displace the application sections in a horizontal direction or a vertical direction.
<本発明の変形態様(バリエーション)および応用態様>
本発明においては、塗布部を複数個用い、更なる製造工程の効率化やの高機能化を図ることができる。 <Modifications and Variations of the Present Invention>
In the present invention, by using a plurality of coating sections, it is possible to further improve the efficiency of the manufacturing process and to enhance the functions.
本発明においては、塗布部を複数個用い、更なる製造工程の効率化やの高機能化を図ることができる。 <Modifications and Variations of the Present Invention>
In the present invention, by using a plurality of coating sections, it is possible to further improve the efficiency of the manufacturing process and to enhance the functions.
例えば、複数枚の塗液含有強化繊維テープを積層させるように複数の塗布部を配置することができる。図18には一例として、2つの塗布部を用いて塗液含有強化繊維テープの積層を行う態様の例を示している。第1の塗布部431と第2の塗布部432から引き出された2枚の塗液含有強化繊維テープ471は方向転換ロール445を経て、その下方の積層ロール447で離型テープや樹脂フィルム443とともに積層することも可能である。塗液含有強化繊維テープと方向転換ロール間に離型テープを位置させると、プリプレグがニップロールに貼りつくことを抑制し、走行を安定化することができ、好ましい。図18では、2つの方向転換ロール445に離型テープ446をサーキット走行させている装置を例示している。なお、方向転換ロールは、離型処理の施された方向転換ガイド等で代用することも可能である。図18では高張力引き取り装置444は塗液含有強化繊維テープ471の積層後に配置しているが、積層前に配置することももちろん可能である。
For example, a plurality of application sections can be arranged so that a plurality of coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes are laminated. FIG. 18 shows, by way of example, an embodiment in which the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is laminated using two application sections. The two coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tapes 471 pulled out from the first coating section 431 and the second coating section 432 pass through the direction change roll 445 and are stacked together with the release tape and the resin film 443 on the laminating roll 447 below. Stacking is also possible. When a release tape is positioned between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the direction change roll, it is possible to suppress the prepreg from sticking to the nip roll and to stabilize the running, which is preferable. FIG. 18 exemplifies a device in which the release tape 446 is caused to travel on a circuit by two directional change rolls 445. Note that the direction changing roll can be replaced with a direction changing guide or the like that has been subjected to release processing. In FIG. 18, the high tension take-off device 444 is arranged after the lamination of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471, but it is of course possible to arrange it before the lamination.
このような積層型の塗液含有強化繊維テープとすることで、塗液含有強化繊維テープをプリプレグテープとして用いる場合には、プリプレグ積層工程の効率化を図ることができ、例えば厚ものFRPを作製する場合に有効である。また、薄ものプリプレグテープを多層積層することで、FRPの靱性や耐衝撃性が向上することが期待でき、本製造方法を適用することで、薄もの多層積層プリプレグテープを効率的に得ることができる。さらに、異なる種類のプリプレグテープを容易に積層することで、機能性を付加したヘテロ結合プリプレグテープを容易に得ることができる。この場合、強化繊維の種類や繊度、フィラメント数、力学物性、繊維表面特性などを変更することが可能である。また、マトリックス樹脂も異なるものを用いることが可能である。例えば、厚みの異なるプリプレグテープや力学物性が異なるものを積層したヘテロ結合プリプレグテープとすることができる。また、第1の塗布部で力学物性の優れる樹脂を付与し、第2の塗布部でタック性に優れる樹脂を付与し、これらを積層することで力学物性とタック性を両立できるプリプレグテープを容易に得ることができる。また、逆に表面にタック性の無い樹脂を配置することも可能である。また、第1の塗布部で粒子なしの樹脂を付与し、第2の塗布部で粒子含有樹脂を付与することもできる。
By using such a laminated type coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, when the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is used as a prepreg tape, the efficiency of the prepreg laminating step can be improved, and for example, a thick FRP is produced. It is effective when you do. In addition, it is expected that the toughness and impact resistance of FRP will be improved by laminating thin prepreg tapes in multiple layers, and by applying this manufacturing method, thin multilayer prepreg tapes can be efficiently obtained. it can. Further, by easily laminating different types of prepreg tapes, a hetero-bonded prepreg tape having added functionality can be easily obtained. In this case, it is possible to change the type and fineness of the reinforcing fiber, the number of filaments, mechanical properties, fiber surface characteristics, and the like. Also, different matrix resins can be used. For example, a prepreg tape having a different thickness or a hetero-bonded prepreg tape obtained by laminating prepreg tapes having different mechanical properties can be used. In addition, a resin having excellent mechanical properties is provided in the first application section, and a resin having excellent tack properties is provided in the second application section. By laminating these, a prepreg tape capable of achieving both mechanical properties and tackiness can be easily obtained. Can be obtained. Conversely, it is also possible to arrange a resin having no tackiness on the surface. Alternatively, a resin without particles can be applied in the first application section, and a resin containing particles can be applied in the second application section.
また、別の様態としては、強化繊維テープの走行方向に対して塗布部を直列に複数個配置させることができる。図19には一例として、2つの塗布部を直列に配置させた例を示している。第1の塗布部431と第2の塗布部432の間には高張力引き取り装置448を配置させると強化繊維テープ416の走行を安定化させる観点から好ましいが、塗布条件、工程下流の引き取り条件によっては省略することも可能である。また、第1の塗布部から引き出した塗液含有強化繊維テープと高張力引き取り装置448間に離型テープを位置させると、塗液含有強化繊維テープがニップロールに貼りつくことを抑制し、走行を安定化することができ、好ましい。図19では、高張力引き取り装置448をニップロールとし、また、2つのロールに離型テープト446をサーキット走行させている装置を例示している。
As another mode, a plurality of application portions can be arranged in series in the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape. FIG. 19 shows an example in which two application sections are arranged in series. It is preferable to dispose a high tension take-up device 448 between the first application unit 431 and the second application unit 432 from the viewpoint of stabilizing the running of the reinforcing fiber tape 416, but depending on the application conditions and the take-down conditions in the downstream of the process. Can be omitted. Further, when the release tape is positioned between the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape drawn out from the first application section and the high tension take-up device 448, the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is prevented from sticking to the nip roll, and the running is suppressed. It can be stabilized and is preferable. FIG. 19 exemplifies a device in which the high tension take-up device 448 is a nip roll, and the release tape 446 is circuit-run on two rolls.
このような直列型の配置とすることで、塗液含有強化繊維テープの厚み方向に塗液種類を変えることができる。また、同じ種類の塗液であっても、塗布部によって塗布条件を変えることで、走行安定性や高速走行性などを向上することもできる。例えば、第1の塗布部で力学物性の優れるマトリックス樹脂を付与し、第2の塗布部でタック性に優れるマトリックス樹脂を付与し、これらを積層することで力学物性とタック性を両立できるプリプレグテープを容易に得ることができる。また、逆に表面にタック性の無いマトリックス樹脂を配置することも可能である。また、第1の塗布部で粒子なしの樹脂を付与し、第2の塗布部で粒子含有マトリックス樹脂を付与することもできる。
こ と By adopting such a series type arrangement, the type of coating liquid can be changed in the thickness direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Further, even with the same type of coating liquid, running stability, high-speed running performance, and the like can be improved by changing the application conditions depending on the application section. For example, a prepreg tape in which a matrix resin having excellent mechanical properties is provided in a first application section, and a matrix resin having excellent tack properties is provided in a second application section, and the mechanical properties and tack properties are compatible by laminating these. Can be easily obtained. Conversely, a matrix resin having no tackiness can be disposed on the surface. Alternatively, a resin without particles can be applied in the first application section, and a particle-containing matrix resin can be applied in the second application section.
以上のように、複数の塗布部を配置させる様態をいくつか示したが、塗布部の数に特に制限は無く、目的に応じ種々、適用することができる。また、これらの配置を複合させることももちろん可能である。更に、塗布部の各種サイズ・形状や塗布条件(温度など)も混合して用いることもできる。
い く つ か As described above, several modes for disposing a plurality of application sections have been described. However, the number of application sections is not particularly limited, and various applications can be applied according to purposes. Of course, these arrangements can be combined. Furthermore, various sizes and shapes of the application section and application conditions (temperature, etc.) can be mixed and used.
以上述べてきたように、本発明の製造方法は製造効率化・安定化のみならず、製品の高性能化・機能化も可能であり、拡張性にも優れた製造方法である。上では鉛直方向に強化繊維テープが走行している例をもって示したが、水平方向または傾斜方向に強化繊維テープを走行させ、塗液を塗布させた場合にも同じような簡易追含浸、多ライン化、変形態様をとることができる。
As described above, the manufacturing method of the present invention is not only capable of improving the efficiency and stabilization of the manufacturing, but also is capable of improving the performance and functioning of the product, and is a manufacturing method excellent in scalability. The above shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the vertical direction.However, when the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the horizontal or inclined direction and the coating liquid is applied, the same simple additional impregnation and multiple lines are performed. And modifications.
以上述べてきたように、本発明の製造方法は製造効率化・安定化のみならず、製品の高性能化・機能化も可能であり、拡張性にも優れた製造方法である。
As described above, the manufacturing method of the present invention is not only capable of improving the efficiency and stabilization of the manufacturing, but also is capable of improving the performance and functioning of the product, and is a manufacturing method excellent in scalability.
<塗液供給機構>
本発明において塗布部内に塗液は貯留されているが、塗工が進行するので塗液を適宜補給することが好ましい。塗液を塗布部に供給する機構には特に制限は無く、公知の装置を使用することができる。塗液は連続的に塗布部に供給することが、塗布部の上部液面を乱さず、強化繊維テープの走行を安定化でき、好ましい。例えば、塗液を貯留する槽から自重を駆動力として供給したり、ポンプなどを用いて連続的に供給することができる。ポンプとしては、ギヤポンプやチューブポンプ、圧力ポンプなど塗液脂の性質に応じ適宜使用することができる。また、塗液が室温で固体の場合には、貯留層上部にメルターを備えておくことが好ましい。また、連続押し出し機などを用いることもできる。また、塗液供給量は塗液の塗布部上部の液面がなるべく一定となるよう、塗布量に応じ連続供給できる機構を備えることが好ましい。このためには、例えば液面高さや塗布部重量などをモニタリングし、それを供給装置にフィードバックするような機構が考えられる。 <Coating liquid supply mechanism>
In the present invention, the coating liquid is stored in the coating section, but it is preferable to appropriately supply the coating liquid because the coating proceeds. The mechanism for supplying the coating liquid to the coating unit is not particularly limited, and a known device can be used. It is preferable that the coating liquid is continuously supplied to the coating section because the running of the reinforcing fiber tape can be stabilized without disturbing the upper liquid level of the coating section. For example, self-weight can be supplied as a driving force from a tank storing the coating liquid, or can be supplied continuously using a pump or the like. As the pump, a gear pump, a tube pump, a pressure pump, or the like can be used as appropriate according to the properties of the coating liquid. When the coating liquid is solid at room temperature, it is preferable to provide a melter above the reservoir. Further, a continuous extruder or the like can be used. Further, it is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of continuously supplying the coating liquid in accordance with the amount of the coating liquid so that the liquid level above the coating portion of the coating liquid is as constant as possible. For this purpose, for example, a mechanism that monitors the liquid level, the weight of the application section, and the like and feeds it back to the supply device is conceivable.
本発明において塗布部内に塗液は貯留されているが、塗工が進行するので塗液を適宜補給することが好ましい。塗液を塗布部に供給する機構には特に制限は無く、公知の装置を使用することができる。塗液は連続的に塗布部に供給することが、塗布部の上部液面を乱さず、強化繊維テープの走行を安定化でき、好ましい。例えば、塗液を貯留する槽から自重を駆動力として供給したり、ポンプなどを用いて連続的に供給することができる。ポンプとしては、ギヤポンプやチューブポンプ、圧力ポンプなど塗液脂の性質に応じ適宜使用することができる。また、塗液が室温で固体の場合には、貯留層上部にメルターを備えておくことが好ましい。また、連続押し出し機などを用いることもできる。また、塗液供給量は塗液の塗布部上部の液面がなるべく一定となるよう、塗布量に応じ連続供給できる機構を備えることが好ましい。このためには、例えば液面高さや塗布部重量などをモニタリングし、それを供給装置にフィードバックするような機構が考えられる。 <Coating liquid supply mechanism>
In the present invention, the coating liquid is stored in the coating section, but it is preferable to appropriately supply the coating liquid because the coating proceeds. The mechanism for supplying the coating liquid to the coating unit is not particularly limited, and a known device can be used. It is preferable that the coating liquid is continuously supplied to the coating section because the running of the reinforcing fiber tape can be stabilized without disturbing the upper liquid level of the coating section. For example, self-weight can be supplied as a driving force from a tank storing the coating liquid, or can be supplied continuously using a pump or the like. As the pump, a gear pump, a tube pump, a pressure pump, or the like can be used as appropriate according to the properties of the coating liquid. When the coating liquid is solid at room temperature, it is preferable to provide a melter above the reservoir. Further, a continuous extruder or the like can be used. Further, it is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of continuously supplying the coating liquid in accordance with the amount of the coating liquid so that the liquid level above the coating portion of the coating liquid is as constant as possible. For this purpose, for example, a mechanism that monitors the liquid level, the weight of the application section, and the like and feeds it back to the supply device is conceivable.
<オンラインモニタリング>
また、塗布量のモニタリングのために、塗布量をオンラインモニタリングできる機構を備えることが好ましい。オンラインモニタリング方法についても特に制限は無く、公知のものを使用可能である。例えば、厚みを計測する装置として、例えばベータ線計などを用いることができる。この場合は、強化繊維テープ厚みと塗液含有強化繊維シートの厚みを計測し、その差分を解析することで塗布量を見積もることが可能である。オンラインモニタリングされた塗布量は、直ぐに塗布部にフィードバックされ、塗布部の温度や狭窄部23の隙間D(図2参照)の調整に利用することができる。塗布量モニタリングは、もちろん欠点モニタリングとしても使用可能である。厚み計測位置としては、例えば図12a~図12cで言えば、方向転換ロール419近傍で強化繊維シート416の厚みを計測し、塗布部430から方向転換ロール441の間でプリプレグの厚みを計測することができる。また、赤外線、近赤外線、カメラ(画像解析)などを用いたオンライン欠点モニタリングを行うことも好ましい。 <Online monitoring>
Further, it is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of online monitoring of the application amount for monitoring the application amount. The online monitoring method is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. For example, as a device for measuring the thickness, for example, a beta-ray meter or the like can be used. In this case, the application amount can be estimated by measuring the thickness of the reinforcing fiber tape and the thickness of the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber sheet and analyzing the difference. The application amount monitored online is immediately fed back to the application unit, and can be used for adjusting the temperature of the application unit and the gap D (see FIG. 2) of theconstricted portion 23. Application amount monitoring can of course be used as defect monitoring. As for the thickness measurement position, for example, referring to FIGS. 12A to 12C, the thickness of the reinforcing fiber sheet 416 is measured in the vicinity of the direction change roll 419, and the thickness of the prepreg is measured between the application section 430 and the direction change roll 441. Can be. It is also preferable to perform online defect monitoring using infrared rays, near infrared rays, a camera (image analysis), or the like.
また、塗布量のモニタリングのために、塗布量をオンラインモニタリングできる機構を備えることが好ましい。オンラインモニタリング方法についても特に制限は無く、公知のものを使用可能である。例えば、厚みを計測する装置として、例えばベータ線計などを用いることができる。この場合は、強化繊維テープ厚みと塗液含有強化繊維シートの厚みを計測し、その差分を解析することで塗布量を見積もることが可能である。オンラインモニタリングされた塗布量は、直ぐに塗布部にフィードバックされ、塗布部の温度や狭窄部23の隙間D(図2参照)の調整に利用することができる。塗布量モニタリングは、もちろん欠点モニタリングとしても使用可能である。厚み計測位置としては、例えば図12a~図12cで言えば、方向転換ロール419近傍で強化繊維シート416の厚みを計測し、塗布部430から方向転換ロール441の間でプリプレグの厚みを計測することができる。また、赤外線、近赤外線、カメラ(画像解析)などを用いたオンライン欠点モニタリングを行うことも好ましい。 <Online monitoring>
Further, it is preferable to provide a mechanism capable of online monitoring of the application amount for monitoring the application amount. The online monitoring method is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used. For example, as a device for measuring the thickness, for example, a beta-ray meter or the like can be used. In this case, the application amount can be estimated by measuring the thickness of the reinforcing fiber tape and the thickness of the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber sheet and analyzing the difference. The application amount monitored online is immediately fed back to the application unit, and can be used for adjusting the temperature of the application unit and the gap D (see FIG. 2) of the
以下、本発明の具体例を更に詳細に説明する。
Hereinafter, specific examples of the present invention will be described in more detail.
図12aは本発明を用いたプリプレグの製造工程・装置の例の概略図である。複数個の強化繊維ボビン412はクリール411に掛けられているが、クリールに付与されたブレーキ機構により一定張力で強化繊維束414を引き出すことができる。ここで強化繊維を一定張力で引き出すことで、強化繊維テープの幅精度を向上することができる。そして、強化繊維を引き出す際の張力制御装置としては、スピンドル部分に電磁式ブレーキ機構を備えたクリールを用いることが、幅精度向上、装置全体をコンパクト化する観点から好ましい。引き出された複数本の強化繊維束414は強化繊維配列装置415により整然と配列され、強化繊維テープ416が形成される。強化繊維テープとして強化繊維束1糸条を用いる場合には、強化繊維配列装置414を用いないこともできる。なお、図12aでは強化繊維束は3糸条しか描画されていないが、実際には、1糸条~数百糸条とすることができる。その後、拡幅装置417、平滑化装置418を経て、方向転換ロール419を経て、鉛直下向きに搬送される。図12aでは、強化繊維配列装置415~方向転換ロール419まで強化繊維テープ416は装置間を直線状に搬送される。なお、拡幅装置417、平滑化装置418は、目的に応じ、適宜スキップすることもできるし、装置を配置しないこともできる。また、強化繊維配列装置415、拡幅装置417、平滑化装置418の配列順序は目的に応じ適宜変更することもできる。強化繊維テープ416は方向転換ロール419から鉛直下向きに走行し、強化繊維予熱装置420、塗布部430を経て方向転換ロール441に到達する。強化繊維テープを複数同時に製造する場合には、図14に示したように強化繊維テープと塗布部を1対1対応させてもよいし、図15のように広幅の塗布部の内部を仕切り、そこに強化繊維テープをそれぞれ通してもよい。また、複数の塗布部は図14のように並列させることもできるし、図16のように千鳥配置とすることもできる。また、図17のように上下に千鳥配置させることも可能である。さらに、塗布部430は本発明の目的を達成する範囲で任意の塗布部形状を採用することができる。例えば、図2a、図6~図9のような形状が挙げられる。また、必要に応じ図5aのようにブッシュを備えることもできる。さらに、図11のように、塗布部内にバーを備えることもできる。図12aでは、樹脂フィルム供給装置442から巻き出された樹脂フィルム443を方向転換ロール441上で塗液含有強化繊維テープ471の片面に積層し、更に引き続いて塗液含有強化繊維テープ471の別の片面に樹脂フィルムを積層することができる。ここで、樹脂フィルムは離型テープとの積層体であり、樹脂面を塗液含有強化繊維テープ表面に密着させることが好ましい。離型テープには離型紙や離型フィルムなどを用いることができる。樹脂フィルムや離型テープは必要に応じ付与すればよく、場合によっては、これらに関わる装置は省略可能である。これを高張力引取り装置444で引き取ることができる。また、塗布直後には図5bに示すように冷却装置を備えてもよい。図12aでは高張力引き取り装置444としてニップロールを描画している。なお、塗液が低粘度の場合や塗液含有強化繊維テープのライン数が少ない時には、高張力引取装置は省略可能である。その後、シート状一体物は熱板451と加熱ニップロール452を備えた追含浸装置450を経て、冷却装置461で冷却された後、引き取り装置462で引き取られ、上側の離型テープ446を剥がした後、ワインダー464で巻き取り、製品となるプリプレグテープ/離型テープからなるシート状一体物472を得ることができる。追含浸も必要に応じて施せばよく、場合によっては、追含浸機や冷却装置は省略可能である。方向転換ロール441からワインダー464までシート状一体物は基本直線状に搬送されるため、皺の発生を抑制することができる。ワインダーはトラバース巻き取り、円盤状巻き取りのもののいずれも使用可能であるが、トラバース巻き取りの際は、特開平4-119123号公報、特開2008-37650号公報、特開2012-12224号公報などに例示されるように、塗液含有強化繊維テープの折れや捩れ、パッケージ端面での乱れなどを抑制するためにガイド類やトラバース機構をテープに適合した設計のものを使用することができる。巻き取り速度を100m/分以上の高速とする場合には、ボビントラバース形式のワインダーを用いることが好ましいが、製造装置全体のレイアウト、コストなどを勘案して選択すればよい。なお、図12aでは、マトリックス樹脂供給装置、オンラインモニタリング装置の描画は省略してある。
FIG. 12a is a schematic view of an example of a prepreg manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention. Although the plurality of reinforcing fiber bobbins 412 are hung on the creel 411, the reinforcing fiber bundle 414 can be pulled out with a constant tension by a brake mechanism provided to the creel. Here, the width accuracy of the reinforcing fiber tape can be improved by drawing out the reinforcing fibers with a constant tension. It is preferable to use a creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism at the spindle portion as a tension control device for pulling out the reinforcing fibers from the viewpoint of improving width accuracy and reducing the size of the entire device. The plurality of pulled out reinforcing fiber bundles 414 are orderly arranged by the reinforcing fiber arrangement device 415, and the reinforcing fiber tape 416 is formed. When one reinforcing fiber bundle is used as the reinforcing fiber tape, the reinforcing fiber arrangement device 414 may not be used. In FIG. 12a, only three yarns are drawn on the reinforcing fiber bundle, but in practice, one to several hundred yarns can be used. Thereafter, the sheet is conveyed vertically downward through a widening device 417, a smoothing device 418, and a direction change roll 419. In FIG. 12 a, the reinforcing fiber tape 416 is conveyed linearly between the reinforcing fiber arranging device 415 and the turning roller 419 between the devices. Note that the widening device 417 and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately skipped or the devices can be omitted depending on the purpose. The arrangement order of the reinforcing fiber arrangement device 415, the widening device 417, and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately changed according to the purpose. The reinforcing fiber tape 416 travels vertically downward from the direction changing roll 419, and reaches the direction changing roll 441 via the reinforcing fiber preheating device 420 and the application unit 430. When a plurality of reinforcing fiber tapes are manufactured at the same time, the reinforcing fiber tape and the application section may be in one-to-one correspondence as shown in FIG. 14 or the inside of the wide application section is partitioned as shown in FIG. A reinforcing fiber tape may be passed therethrough. In addition, a plurality of application sections can be arranged in parallel as shown in FIG. 14, or can be arranged in a staggered manner as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 17, it is also possible to arrange them in a staggered manner vertically. Further, the application section 430 can employ any shape of the application section as long as the object of the present invention is achieved. For example, the shapes as shown in FIG. 2A and FIGS. If necessary, a bush can be provided as shown in FIG. 5A. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, a bar can be provided in the application section. In FIG. 12 a, the resin film 443 unwound from the resin film supply device 442 is laminated on one side of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 on the direction change roll 441, and subsequently another coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 is formed. A resin film can be laminated on one side. Here, the resin film is a laminate with a release tape, and the resin surface is preferably brought into close contact with the surface of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Release paper, release film, or the like can be used for the release tape. The resin film and the release tape may be provided as needed, and in some cases, devices relating to these may be omitted. This can be taken off by the high tension take-up device 444. Immediately after the application, a cooling device may be provided as shown in FIG. 5B. In FIG. 12A, a nip roll is drawn as the high tension take-up device 444. When the coating liquid has a low viscosity or when the number of lines of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is small, the high tension take-off device can be omitted. Thereafter, the sheet-shaped integrated material passes through an additional impregnating device 450 provided with a hot plate 451 and a heating nip roll 452, is cooled by a cooling device 461, is taken off by a take-off device 462, and peels off the upper release tape 446. Then, a sheet-like integrated body 472 composed of a prepreg tape / a release tape can be obtained as a product. Additional impregnation may be performed as needed, and in some cases, an additional impregnating machine or a cooling device may be omitted. Since the sheet-like integrated object is conveyed in a basic straight line from the direction changing roll 441 to the winder 464, generation of wrinkles can be suppressed. As the winder, either traverse winding or disk winding can be used, but in the case of traverse winding, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224 can be used. For example, in order to suppress breakage or twisting of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, turbulence at the package end face, or the like, a guide or a traverse mechanism designed for the tape can be used. When the winding speed is set to 100 m / min or more, it is preferable to use a bobbin traverse type winder, but it may be selected in consideration of the layout, cost, and the like of the entire manufacturing apparatus. In FIG. 12A, illustrations of the matrix resin supply device and the online monitoring device are omitted.
図12aでは鉛直方向に強化繊維テープを走行させて、塗布部430で塗布した例を示したが、図12bのように塗布部430を図1b、図2b~2eの様式とすることで、図12aと同様に強化繊維テープを水平方向または傾斜方向に走行し、塗布することが可能である。これは前記図18および以降に説明する図13aや図19~22に表された態様においても同様である。
FIG. 12A shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape runs in the vertical direction and is applied by the application unit 430. However, as shown in FIG. 12B, the application unit 430 has the form shown in FIGS. 1B and 2B to 2E. As in the case of 12a, the reinforcing fiber tape can be run in a horizontal direction or an inclined direction and applied. This is the same in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 and FIGS. 13A and 19 to 22 described later.
図12cは本発明を用いた強化繊維テープの製造工程・装置の例において、焼成装置411b以降を示した概略図である。表面処理装置412b、表面処理剤の乾燥装置413b、サイジング装置414b、サイジング剤の乾燥装置415bを経て、方向転換ロール419を経て、鉛直下向きに搬送される。図12cの例では、焼成装置411b~方向転換ロール419まで強化繊維テープ416は装置間を直線状に搬送される。なお、拡幅装置417、平滑化装置418は、目的に応じ、適宜スキップすることもできるし、装置を配置しないこともできる。また、拡幅装置417、平滑化装置418の配列順序は目的に応じ適宜変更することもできる。さらに必要とする特性に応じて、表面処理装置412b、表面処理剤の乾燥装置413b、サイジング装置414b、サイジング剤の乾燥装置415bを配置しないことができる。強化繊維テープ416は方向転換ロール419から鉛直下向きに走行し、強化繊維予熱装置420、塗布部430を経て方向転換ロール441に到達する。強化繊維テープを複数同時に供給する場合には、図14に示したように強化繊維テープと塗布部を1対1対応させてもよいし、図15のように広幅の塗布部の内部を仕切り、そこに強化繊維テープをそれぞれ通してもよい。また、複数の塗布部は図14のように並列させることもできるし、図16のように千鳥配置とすることもできる。また、図17のように上下に千鳥配置させることも可能である。さらに、塗布部430は本発明の目的を達成する範囲で任意の塗布部形状を採用することができる。例えば、図2a、図6~図9のような形状が挙げられる。また、必要に応じ図5aのようにブッシュを備えることもできる。さらに、図11のように、塗布部内にバーを備えることもできる。図12bでは、樹脂フィルム供給装置442から巻き出された樹脂フィルム443を方向転換ロール441上で塗液含有強化繊維テープ471の片面に積層し、更に引き続いて塗液含有強化繊維テープ471の別の片面に樹脂フィルムを積層することができる。ここで、樹脂フィルムは離型テープとの積層体であり、樹脂面を塗液含有強化繊維テープ表面に密着させることが好ましい。離型テープには離型紙や離型フィルムなどを用いることができる。樹脂フィルムや離型テープは必要に応じ付与すればよく、場合によっては、これらに関わる装置は省略可能である。これを高張力引取り装置444で引き取ることができる。また、塗布直後には図5bに示すように冷却装置を備えてもよい。図12bでは高張力引き取り装置444としてニップロールを描画している。なお、塗液が低粘度の場合や塗液含有強化繊維テープのライン数が少ない時には、高張力引取装置は省略可能である。その後、シート状一体物は熱板451と加熱ニップロール452を備えた追含浸装置450を経て、冷却装置461で冷却された後、引き取り装置462で引き取られ、上側の離型テープ446を剥がした後、ワインダー464で巻き取り、製品となるプリプレグ/離型シートからなるシート状一体物472を得ることができる。追含浸も必要に応じて施せばよく、場合によっては、追含浸機や冷却装置は省略可能である。方向転換ロール441からワインダー464までシート状一体物は基本直線状に搬送されるため、皺の発生を抑制することができる。ワインダーはトラバース巻き取り、円盤状巻き取りのもののいずれも使用可能であるが、トラバース巻き取りの際は、特開平4-119123号公報、特開2008-37650号公報、特開2012-12224号公報などに例示されるように、塗液含有強化繊維テープの折れや捩れ、パッケージ端面での乱れなどを抑制するためにガイド類やトラバース機構をテープに適合した設計のものを使用することができる。なお、図12bでは、マトリックス樹脂供給装置、オンラインモニタリング装置の描画は省略してある。
FIG. 12c is a schematic view showing a sintering device 411b and subsequent steps in an example of a process and an apparatus for manufacturing a reinforcing fiber tape using the present invention. After passing through the surface treatment device 412b, the surface treatment agent drying device 413b, the sizing device 414b, and the sizing agent drying device 415b, it is conveyed vertically downward via the direction change roll 419. In the example shown in FIG. 12C, the reinforcing fiber tape 416 is linearly conveyed from the baking device 411b to the direction change roll 419 between the devices. Note that the widening device 417 and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately skipped or the devices can be omitted depending on the purpose. Further, the arrangement order of the widening device 417 and the smoothing device 418 can be appropriately changed according to the purpose. Further, the surface treatment device 412b, the surface treatment agent drying device 413b, the sizing device 414b, and the sizing agent drying device 415b can be omitted depending on the required characteristics. The reinforcing fiber tape 416 travels vertically downward from the direction changing roll 419, and reaches the direction changing roll 441 via the reinforcing fiber preheating device 420 and the application unit 430. When a plurality of reinforcing fiber tapes are supplied at the same time, the reinforcing fiber tape and the application section may be in one-to-one correspondence as shown in FIG. 14, or the inside of the wide application section is partitioned as shown in FIG. A reinforcing fiber tape may be passed therethrough. In addition, a plurality of application sections can be arranged in parallel as shown in FIG. 14, or can be arranged in a staggered manner as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 17, it is also possible to arrange them in a staggered manner vertically. Further, the application section 430 can employ any shape of the application section as long as the object of the present invention is achieved. For example, the shapes as shown in FIG. 2A and FIGS. If necessary, a bush can be provided as shown in FIG. 5A. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, a bar can be provided in the application section. In FIG. 12 b, the resin film 443 unwound from the resin film supply device 442 is laminated on one side of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 on the direction changing roll 441, and subsequently, another coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 is formed. A resin film can be laminated on one side. Here, the resin film is a laminate with a release tape, and the resin surface is preferably brought into close contact with the surface of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. Release paper, release film, or the like can be used for the release tape. The resin film and the release tape may be provided as needed, and in some cases, devices relating to these may be omitted. This can be taken off by the high tension take-up device 444. Immediately after the application, a cooling device may be provided as shown in FIG. 5B. In FIG. 12b, a nip roll is drawn as the high tension take-up device 444. When the coating liquid has a low viscosity or when the number of lines of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is small, the high tension take-off device can be omitted. Thereafter, the sheet-shaped integrated material passes through an additional impregnating device 450 provided with a hot plate 451 and a heating nip roll 452, is cooled by a cooling device 461, is taken off by a take-off device 462, and peels off the upper release tape 446. Then, a sheet-like integrated body 472 composed of a prepreg / release sheet as a product can be obtained by winding with a winder 464. Additional impregnation may be performed as needed, and in some cases, an additional impregnating machine or a cooling device may be omitted. Since the sheet-like integrated object is conveyed in a basic straight line from the direction changing roll 441 to the winder 464, generation of wrinkles can be suppressed. As the winder, either traverse winding or disk winding can be used, but in the case of traverse winding, JP-A-4-119123, JP-A-2008-37650, and JP-A-2012-12224 can be used. For example, in order to suppress breakage or twisting of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, turbulence at the package end face, or the like, a guide or a traverse mechanism designed for the tape can be used. In FIG. 12B, illustrations of the matrix resin supply device and the online monitoring device are omitted.
図12cでは焼成工程に連続して鉛直方向に強化繊維テープを走行させて、塗布部430で塗布した例を示したが、図12dのように塗布部430を図1b、図2b~2eの様式とすることで、強化繊維テープを水平方向または傾斜方向に走行させて塗布することが可能である。これは前記図18および以降に説明する図13bや図19~22に表された態様においても同様である。
FIG. 12c shows an example in which the reinforcing fiber tape is run in the vertical direction following the baking process and is applied by the application unit 430. However, as shown in FIG. 12d, the application unit 430 is applied in the manner shown in FIGS. 1b and 2b to 2e. By doing so, it is possible to apply the reinforcing fiber tape by running it in the horizontal direction or the inclined direction. This is the same in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 13b and FIGS.
図13aおよび図13bは本発明を用いたプリプレグテープの製造工程・装置の別の例の概略図である。ここでは、簡易追含浸装置を用いた例を示している。図13aおよび図13bにおいては、簡易追含浸装置453は塗布部430の直下に設置されているため、プリプレグテープ471が高温状態で簡易追含浸装置453に導かれるため、含浸装置を簡略化・小型化できる。図13aおよび図13bでは、一例として加熱ニップロール454を描画しているが、目的によっては、もちろん小型の加熱S字ロールでも良い。簡易追含浸装置を用いるとプリプレグテープ製造装置全体を非常にコンパクトにすることができることもメリットである。特に、樹脂フィルム443を粒子含有の樹脂フィルムとする場合には、プリプレグテープの含浸度を上げておくと、次工程で樹脂フィルム中の粒子をプリプレグテープ表層に配置することができ、好ましい。
FIGS. 13a and 13b are schematic views of another example of a prepreg tape manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention. Here, an example using a simple additional impregnation device is shown. 13A and 13B, since the simple additional impregnating device 453 is installed immediately below the coating unit 430, the prepreg tape 471 is guided to the simple additional impregnating device 453 in a high temperature state. Can be 13A and 13B, the heating nip roll 454 is illustrated as an example, but a small heating S-shaped roll may be used depending on the purpose. The use of the simple additional impregnation apparatus is also advantageous in that the entire prepreg tape manufacturing apparatus can be made very compact. In particular, when the resin film 443 is a particle-containing resin film, it is preferable to increase the degree of impregnation of the prepreg tape because the particles in the resin film can be arranged on the prepreg tape surface layer in the next step.
図20は本発明を用いたプリプレグテープの製造工程・装置の別の例の概略図である。図19では、高張力引き取り装置として高張力引取りS字ロール449、追含浸装置として “S-ラップロール”型の加熱S字ロール455を2ロール-2セット(合計4個)用いた例を描画しているが、ロール数は目的に応じ、もちろん増減できる。また、図19では含浸効果を高めるためのコンタクトロール456も描画しているが、目的により省略することももちろん可能である。
FIG. 20 is a schematic view of another example of a prepreg tape manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention. FIG. 19 shows an example in which a high tension take-off S-shaped roll 449 is used as a high tension take-off device, and two S-2 roll-type heated S-shaped rolls 455 are used as the additional impregnation device (two rolls-two sets in total). Although the drawing is performed, the number of rolls can of course be increased or decreased according to the purpose. Further, in FIG. 19, a contact roll 456 for enhancing the impregnation effect is also drawn, but it is of course possible to omit it depending on the purpose.
図21は本発明を用いたプリプレグの製造工程・装置の別の例の概略図である。この例では“S-ラップロール”型の加熱S字ロールを高張力引き取り装置と兼用する例を示している。プリプレグ製造装置全体を非常にコンパクトにすることができるメリットがある。
FIG. 21 is a schematic view of another example of a prepreg manufacturing process / apparatus using the present invention. In this example, an example is shown in which a heated S-shaped roll of the "S-wrap roll" type is also used as a high tension take-up device. There is an advantage that the entire prepreg manufacturing apparatus can be made very compact.
以下例1~4に、強化繊維として炭素繊維を用いた強化繊維テープを用い、焼成装置を付属し、焼成工程と塗布工程が連続して行われる塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法により、塗液含有強化繊維テープを得る例を記載する。
In the following Examples 1 to 4, a reinforcing fiber tape using carbon fiber as a reinforcing fiber was used, a baking apparatus was attached, and a coating method was performed by a method of manufacturing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape in which a baking step and a coating step were performed continuously. An example of obtaining a liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape will be described.
<例1:鉛直下向き走行、マトリックス樹脂A、サイジング剤あり>
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図22b記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。ワインダーとしては円盤状に巻き取るリール型のものを用いることができる。なお、図22bでは、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。また図22bには、ワインダー464と塗布部430の間に方向転換ロール441を配しているが、方向転換ロール441を取り除き、塗布部430から出た塗液含有強化繊維テープ471を直接ワインダー464に巻き取っても良い。 <Example 1: Running vertically downward, with matrix resin A and sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 22B can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. As the winder, a reel-type winder that winds up in a disk shape can be used. In FIG. 22B, illustrations of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device are omitted. In FIG. 22B, thedirection change roll 441 is disposed between the winder 464 and the application section 430. However, the direction change roll 441 is removed, and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape 471 coming out of the application section 430 is directly wound into the winder 464. You may wind it up.
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図22b記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。ワインダーとしては円盤状に巻き取るリール型のものを用いることができる。なお、図22bでは、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。また図22bには、ワインダー464と塗布部430の間に方向転換ロール441を配しているが、方向転換ロール441を取り除き、塗布部430から出た塗液含有強化繊維テープ471を直接ワインダー464に巻き取っても良い。 <Example 1: Running vertically downward, with matrix resin A and sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 22B can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. As the winder, a reel-type winder that winds up in a disk shape can be used. In FIG. 22B, illustrations of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device are omitted. In FIG. 22B, the
塗布部はアクリル樹脂で作製し、内部の様子が観察できるようにすることができる。また、液溜り部での強化繊維テープの走行方向は鉛直下向き方向、液溜り部は2段テーパー状であるが、1段目テーパーは開き角度15~20°、テーパー長さ(すなわちH)は10~70mm、2段目テーパーは開き角度5~10°とすることができる。また、幅規制機構として、図5a記載のような塗布部内部形状に合わせた板状ブッシュを備えることができ、さらにこの板状ブッシュの設置位置自在に変更することでL2を適宜調整することができる。狭窄部の隙間Dは0.2mm程度とし、所望の目付に応じて調整可能である。また、狭窄部出口から塗液が漏れないように、狭窄部出口下面においてブッシュより外側は塞いで使用することができる。また塗布部出口に塗液含有強化繊維テープ幅を測定する測定器を設置することができる。例えば、キーエンス社製の光学式幅測定器(LS-7030)を設置し、プロセス上で連続的に塗液含有強化繊維テープ幅を測定し、データロガーに取り込んで、得られたデータから塗液含有強化繊維テープ幅のCV値を計算することができる。
The application part can be made of acrylic resin so that the inside can be observed. The running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape in the liquid reservoir is vertically downward, and the liquid reservoir has a two-step taper shape. The first-stage taper has an opening angle of 15 to 20 ° and the taper length (ie, H) is The opening angle of the second-stage taper can be set to 5 to 10 °. Further, as the width regulating mechanism, a plate-shaped bush adapted to the inner shape of the application portion as shown in FIG. 5A can be provided, and L2 can be appropriately adjusted by freely changing the installation position of the plate-shaped bush. it can. The gap D of the stenosis portion is about 0.2 mm, and can be adjusted according to a desired basis weight. In addition, in order to prevent the coating liquid from leaking from the outlet of the constricted portion, the outer side of the bush on the lower surface of the constricted portion outlet can be used while being closed. Further, a measuring instrument for measuring the width of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape can be provided at the outlet of the coating section. For example, an optical width measuring device (LS-7030) manufactured by Keyence Co., Ltd. is installed, and the width of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is continuously measured in the process, and is taken into a data logger. The CV value of the contained reinforcing fiber tape width can be calculated.
強化繊維テープについては次の(2)~(4)の工程を経た炭素繊維テープを用いることができる。すなわち(2)アクリロニトリルとイタコン酸からなる共重合体を紡糸後、最高到達温度が1000~3000℃となるよう焼成を実施する工程、(3)焼成後に炭酸水素アンモニウム水溶液を電解液として、液相電解酸化処理した後、液相電解酸化処理を施された炭素繊維を続いて水洗し、加熱空気中にて乾燥を実施する工程、(4)表面酸化処理後の炭素繊維テープにサイジング剤を付与し、加熱空気中にて乾燥を実施する工程。
炭素 As for the reinforcing fiber tape, a carbon fiber tape which has been subjected to the following steps (2) to (4) can be used. That is, (2) a step of spinning a copolymer of acrylonitrile and itaconic acid, and then performing calcination so that the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C., and (3) a liquid phase using an aqueous solution of ammonium hydrogen carbonate as an electrolyte after calcination. After the electrolytic oxidation treatment, the carbon fiber subjected to the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment is subsequently washed with water and dried in heated air, and (4) a sizing agent is applied to the carbon fiber tape after the surface oxidation treatment. And drying in heated air.
そして、マトリックス樹脂として、エポキシ樹脂(芳香族アミン型エポキシ樹脂+ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂の混合物)、硬化剤(ジシアンジミミド)、硬化助剤の混合物(マトリックス樹脂A)を用いて、塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製することができる。なお、これの粘度をTA Instruments社製ARES-G2を用いて、測定周波数0.5Hz、昇温速度1.5℃/分で測定したところ、40℃で0.6Pa・s、25℃で3Pa・sである。そのマトリックス樹脂を用いて、強化繊維テープおよび塗液含有強化繊維テープの走行速度を1~20m/minとして塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製することができる。
Then, using a mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine-type epoxy resin and a bisphenol-type epoxy resin), a curing agent (dicyandiimide), and a curing aid (matrix resin A) as a matrix resin, a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is used. Can be produced. The viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments, at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 0.6 Pa · s at 40 ° C. and 3 Pa at 25 ° C. -It is s. By using the matrix resin, the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is set to 1 to 20 m / min to prepare the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
また、連続走行性の評価は下記のように行うことができる。すなわち、強化繊維テープを30分間連続走行させ、毛羽詰まり・糸切れが無いものを「Good」、毛羽が詰まり糸切れしたものを「Bad」とする。また、毛羽詰まりの兆候を評価するため、60分間および120分間の連続走行後に塗布部を分解して目視で観察し、毛羽の有無を調べる。連続走行後に狭窄部の付近に毛羽が付着しているものを毛羽防止性「Poor」、連続走行後に狭窄部から遠い部分(断面積が減少しない領域と断面積が連続的に減少する領域の境界付近)に毛羽が付着しているものを毛羽防止性「Fair」、連続走行後に壁面部材の接液面に毛羽が付着していないものを毛羽防止性「Good」とする。また、走行速度10m/分で60分間連続走行させ、断面積が減少しない領域と断面積が連続的に減少する領域の境界の強化繊維テープに、強化繊維テープの割れ(縦スジ状にシート状強化繊維束が裂けている部分)や強化繊維テープの端部折れ(強化繊維束が重なっている部分)がなく均一に走行している時間を測定する。繊維束の割れ、および繊維束の端部折れがなく均一に走行している時間の割合が全走行時間の90%以上を占めるものを「Excellent」、50%以上90%未満のものを「Good」、10%以上50%未満のものを「Fair」、10%未満のものを「Poor」とする。
連 続 Evaluation of continuous running performance can be performed as follows. That is, the reinforcing fiber tape is allowed to run continuously for 30 minutes, and one having no fuzz clogging and thread breakage is referred to as “Good”, and one having fuzz clogged and thread breakage is referred to as “Bad”. In addition, in order to evaluate the signs of fuzz clogging, the coated portion is disassembled after continuous running for 60 minutes and 120 minutes and visually observed to check for fuzz. A fuzz attached to the vicinity of the constriction after continuous running is referred to as "poor", and a portion far from the constriction after continuous running (a boundary between a region where the cross-sectional area does not decrease and a region where the cross-sectional area decreases continuously). (Around) is referred to as a fuzz-preventing property “Fair”, and a case where no fuzz is adhered to the liquid contact surface of the wall member after continuous running is referred to as a fuzz-preventing property “Good”. Further, the vehicle was continuously run at a running speed of 10 m / min for 60 minutes, and the reinforcing fiber tape was cracked (a vertical streak-like sheet-like sheet) on the reinforcing fiber tape at the boundary between the area where the cross-sectional area did not decrease and the area where the cross-sectional area decreased continuously. The time during which the reinforcing fiber bundle travels uniformly without the tearing of the reinforcing fiber bundle) or the end portion of the reinforcing fiber tape (the portion where the reinforcing fiber bundle overlaps) is measured. "Excellent" means that the ratio of the time during which the fiber bundle is running uniformly without cracks and end breaks of the fiber bundle is 90% or more of the total running time, and "Good" means that the ratio is 50% or more and less than 90%. "10% or more and less than 50% is" Fair ", and less than 10% is" Poor ".
そして、塗布部の1段目テーパーは開き角度17°、2段目テーパーは開き角度7°とし、幅規制機構下端部の幅L2と塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅Wの関係L2-Wを0mmとして、Hを種々変更し走行速度10m/分での走行性を評価すると、H≧30mmでは毛羽・糸詰まりが無く(Good)、毛羽防止性もGoodである。30mm>H≧10mmでは毛羽・糸詰まりが無く(Good)、毛羽防止性はFairである。10mm>H≧0mmでは20m/分で走行可能であるが、毛羽防止性はPoorである。なお、塗布部として、図13に示す断面積が連続的に減少する部分の無いもの(H=0)を用いると、10m/分で走行開始後、すぐに強化繊維シートが詰まり、連続走行性が不良となる。
The first taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °, the second taper has an opening angle of 7 °, and the relationship L2-W between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is obtained. When the running property at a running speed of 10 m / min is evaluated by changing H variously as 0 mm, when H ≧ 30 mm, there is no fluff and yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz preventing property is Good. When 30 mm> H ≧ 10 mm, there is no fuzz or yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz prevention property is Fair. When 10 mm> H ≧ 0 mm, the vehicle can run at 20 m / min, but the fuzz prevention property is poor. In addition, when the coating portion shown in FIG. 13 having no portion where the cross-sectional area continuously decreases (H = 0) is used, the reinforcing fiber sheet is clogged immediately after running at 10 m / min, and the continuous running property is improved. Becomes defective.
次に、H=70mmとして、幅規制機構下端部の幅L2と塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅Wの関係L2/Wを種々変更して評価すると、1.1×W<L2(mm)は、強化繊維テープの割れはBad、強化繊維テープの端部折れBad、1.05×W<L2≦1.1×W(mm)では、強化繊維テープの割れはGood、強化繊維テープの端部折れGood、0.8×W≦L2(mm)では、強化繊維テープの割れはExcellent、強化繊維テープの端部折れExcellentである。
Next, assuming that H = 70 mm and variously changing the relationship L2 / W between the width L2 of the lower end portion of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, 1.1 × W <L2 (mm) is obtained. Cracking of reinforcing fiber tape is Bad, bending of end of reinforcing fiber tape Bad, 1.05 × W <L2 ≦ 1.1 × W (mm), cracking of reinforcing fiber tape is Good, end of reinforcing fiber tape In the case of bending Good, 0.8 × W ≦ L2 (mm), the crack of the reinforcing fiber tape is Excellent, and the end of the reinforcing fiber tape is Excellent.
これらよりL2/Wが小さく、Hが大きい方が塗液含有強化繊維テープの安定走行性が向上することが分かる。また剥離法による含浸率は、いずれも50~60%であり、塗布部で含浸が進んでいることがわかる。剥離法による含浸率は、採取した塗液含有強化繊維テープを粘着テープで挟み、これを剥離し、マトリックス樹脂が付着した炭素繊維とマトリックス樹脂が付着していない炭素繊維を分離し、投入した強化繊維テープ全体の質量に対するマトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維の質量の比率から計算する。
よ り It can be seen that the smaller the L2 / W and the larger the H, the more stable the running of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. In addition, the impregnation rates by the peeling method are all 50 to 60%, which indicates that the impregnation is progressing in the application part. The impregnation rate by the peeling method is as follows: The collected coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is sandwiched between adhesive tapes, peeled off, and the carbon fibers to which the matrix resin is attached and the carbon fibers to which the matrix resin is not attached are separated. It is calculated from the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin has adhered to the mass of the entire fiber tape.
また、前記のように採取した塗液含有強化繊維テープの長手方向の目付け均一性は、以下のように評価できる。塗液含有強化繊維テープを長手方向に100mmずつ合計1m切り出し、塗液含有強化繊維テープの質量、炭素繊維の質量をそれぞれ測定する。炭素繊維の質量は塗液含有強化繊維テープから樹脂を溶剤で溶出した残渣として測定する。これから、各値の平均値を算出し、その平均値とそれぞれの値を比較すると、炭素繊維、樹脂ともプラスマイナス2質量%の範囲に収まり、長手方向の目付け均一性に優れることが分かる。
Further, the uniformity of the coating weight in the longitudinal direction of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape collected as described above can be evaluated as follows. The coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is cut out in the longitudinal direction by 100 mm in a total length of 1 m, and the mass of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and the mass of the carbon fiber are measured. The mass of the carbon fiber is measured as a residue obtained by eluting the resin from the coating solution-containing reinforcing fiber tape with a solvent. From this, when the average value of each value is calculated and the average value is compared with each value, it can be seen that both the carbon fiber and the resin fall within the range of ± 2% by mass, and that the uniformity in the longitudinal direction is excellent.
さらに、塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を評価したところ、測定長50m程度におけるデータ取得数が400個程度で、CVは4%程度と良好な幅精度である。
Further, when the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
加えて、塗布中に塗布工程にて液の飛散は見られず、工程汚染はみられない。
In addition, no liquid is scattered in the coating process during coating, and no process contamination is observed.
<例2:水平または傾斜方向走行、マトリックス樹脂A、サイジング剤あり>
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図23記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。すなわち塗布部は斜方向に強化繊維テープを走行させ(強化繊維テープのパスは図2cと同様で寸法は例1と同様)、塗布部以外は例1と同様である。図23では、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してあり、塗布部とワインダーの間の方向転換ロールは例1と同様に取り除くことが可能である。また、マトリックス樹脂も例1と同様のものを使用できる。 <Example 2: Running in horizontal or inclined direction, matrix resin A, with sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 23 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. That is, the application section runs the reinforcing fiber tape in an oblique direction (the path of the reinforcing fiber tape is the same as in FIG. 2C and the dimensions are the same as in Example 1), and the other parts are the same as Example 1 except for the application section. In FIG. 23, the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measuring device is omitted, and the direction changing roll between the coating unit and the winder can be removed as in Example 1. Further, the same matrix resin as in Example 1 can be used.
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図23記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。すなわち塗布部は斜方向に強化繊維テープを走行させ(強化繊維テープのパスは図2cと同様で寸法は例1と同様)、塗布部以外は例1と同様である。図23では、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してあり、塗布部とワインダーの間の方向転換ロールは例1と同様に取り除くことが可能である。また、マトリックス樹脂も例1と同様のものを使用できる。 <Example 2: Running in horizontal or inclined direction, matrix resin A, with sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 23 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. That is, the application section runs the reinforcing fiber tape in an oblique direction (the path of the reinforcing fiber tape is the same as in FIG. 2C and the dimensions are the same as in Example 1), and the other parts are the same as Example 1 except for the application section. In FIG. 23, the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measuring device is omitted, and the direction changing roll between the coating unit and the winder can be removed as in Example 1. Further, the same matrix resin as in Example 1 can be used.
塗布部の1段目テーパーは開き角度17°、2段目テーパーは開き角度7°とし、H=70mm、L2=W×1(mm)とし、強化繊維テープ、塗液含有強化繊維テープの走行速度を10m/分として塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製し、走行性を評価すると、毛羽・糸詰まりが無く(Good)、毛羽防止性もGoodである。また、剥離法による含浸度は55%程度であり、長手方向の目付け均一性も±2%の範囲収まり良好である。
The first-stage taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °, the second-stage taper has an opening angle of 7 °, H = 70 mm, L2 = W × 1 (mm), running of a reinforcing fiber tape and a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. When the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was prepared at a speed of 10 m / min and the running property was evaluated, there was no fuzz or yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz preventing property was Good. Further, the impregnation degree by the peeling method is about 55%, and the uniformity of the basis weight in the longitudinal direction is within the range of ± 2%, which is good.
さらに、塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を評価したところ、測定長50m程度におけるデータ取得数が400個程度で、CVは4%程度と良好な幅精度である。
Further, when the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
加えて、塗布中に塗布工程にて液の飛散は見られず、工程汚染はみられない。
In addition, no liquid is scattered in the coating process during coating, and no process contamination is observed.
<例3:鉛直下向き走行、マトリックス樹脂A、サイジング剤なし>
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図24記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。ワインダーとしては円盤状に巻き取るリール型のものを用いることができる。なお、図24では、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。また塗布部とワインダーの間の方向転換ロールは例1と同様に取り除くことが可能であり、塗布部は例1と同様であり、塗液は例1と同様にマトリックス樹脂Aを用いることができる。 <Example 3: Running vertically downward, matrix resin A, no sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 24 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. As the winder, a reel-type winder that winds up in a disk shape can be used. In FIG. 24, the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device is omitted. The direction changing roll between the application section and the winder can be removed in the same manner as in Example 1, the application section is the same as in Example 1, and the coating liquid can use the matrix resin A as in Example 1. .
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図24記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。ワインダーとしては円盤状に巻き取るリール型のものを用いることができる。なお、図24では、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。また塗布部とワインダーの間の方向転換ロールは例1と同様に取り除くことが可能であり、塗布部は例1と同様であり、塗液は例1と同様にマトリックス樹脂Aを用いることができる。 <Example 3: Running vertically downward, matrix resin A, no sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 24 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. As the winder, a reel-type winder that winds up in a disk shape can be used. In FIG. 24, the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device is omitted. The direction changing roll between the application section and the winder can be removed in the same manner as in Example 1, the application section is the same as in Example 1, and the coating liquid can use the matrix resin A as in Example 1. .
強化繊維テープについては次の(2)および(3)の工程を経た強化繊維テープを用いることができる。すなわち(2)アクリロニトリルとイタコン酸からなる共重合体を紡糸後、加熱温度の最高到達温度が1000~3000℃となるよう焼成を実施する工程、(3)焼成後に炭酸水素アンモニウム水溶液を電解液として、液相電解酸化処理した後、液相電解酸化処理を施された強化繊維テープを続いて水洗し、加熱空気中にて乾燥を実施する工程。
Reinforced fiber tape that has undergone the following steps (2) and (3) can be used. That is, (2) a step of spinning a copolymer composed of acrylonitrile and itaconic acid and then performing calcination so that the maximum temperature of the heating temperature is 1000 to 3000 ° C., and (3) using an aqueous solution of ammonium hydrogen carbonate as an electrolyte after calcination. After the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment, the reinforcing fiber tape subjected to the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment is successively washed with water and dried in heated air.
塗布部の1段目テーパーは開き角度17°、2段目テーパーは開き角度7°とし、H=70mm、L2=W×1(mm)とし、強化繊維テープ、塗液含有強化繊維テープの走行速度を10m/分として塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製し、走行性を評価すると、毛羽・糸詰まりが無く(Good)、毛羽防止性もGoodである。強化繊維テープの割れはExcellent、強化繊維テープの端部折れExcellentであっったが、例1の同条件(H=70mm、L2=W×1(mm))と比較し、例3は強化繊維テープの割れや端部折れともに多かった。また、剥離法による含浸度は50%程度であり、長手方向の目付け均一性も±3%の範囲収まり良好である。
The first-stage taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °, the second-stage taper has an opening angle of 7 °, H = 70 mm, L2 = W × 1 (mm), running of a reinforcing fiber tape and a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. When the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was prepared at a speed of 10 m / min and the running property was evaluated, there was no fuzz or yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz preventing property was Good. The cracking of the reinforcing fiber tape was Excellent and the end of the reinforcing fiber tape was broken, but compared with the same conditions in Example 1 (H = 70 mm, L2 = W × 1 (mm)), Example 3 There were many cracks and end breaks in the tape. Further, the degree of impregnation by the peeling method is about 50%, and the uniformity of the basis weight in the longitudinal direction is good within the range of ± 3%.
さらに、塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を評価したところ、測定長50m程度におけるデータ取得数が400個程度で、CVは4%程度と良好な幅精度である。
Further, when the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
加えて、塗布中に塗布工程にて液の飛散は見られず、工程汚染はみられない。
In addition, no liquid is scattered in the coating process during coating, and no process contamination is observed.
<例4:鉛直下向き走行、マトリックス樹脂B、サイジング剤あり>
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図25記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。すなわち例1の装置に加えて、離型テープ供給装置、高張力引取り装置、追含浸装置、冷却装置、引き取り装置、ワインダーを主に加えた装置構成が使用できる。なお、図25では、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。また、塗布部をステンレス製とし、さらにマトリックス樹脂を加温するため、塗布部外周にプレートヒーターを貼り付け、熱電対で温度計測を行いながら、マトリックス樹脂の温度および粘度を調整できるようにすることができる。 <Example 4: Running vertically downward, with matrix resin B and sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 25 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. That is, in addition to the apparatus of Example 1, an apparatus configuration mainly including a release tape supply apparatus, a high tension take-up apparatus, an additional impregnation apparatus, a cooling apparatus, a take-up apparatus, and a winder can be used. In FIG. 25, the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device is omitted. In addition, the application part is made of stainless steel, and in order to further heat the matrix resin, a plate heater is attached to the outer periphery of the application part so that the temperature and viscosity of the matrix resin can be adjusted while measuring the temperature with a thermocouple. Can be.
樹脂含有強化繊維テープ製造装置として図25記載の構成の装置を用いることができる。すなわち例1の装置に加えて、離型テープ供給装置、高張力引取り装置、追含浸装置、冷却装置、引き取り装置、ワインダーを主に加えた装置構成が使用できる。なお、図25では、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。また、塗布部をステンレス製とし、さらにマトリックス樹脂を加温するため、塗布部外周にプレートヒーターを貼り付け、熱電対で温度計測を行いながら、マトリックス樹脂の温度および粘度を調整できるようにすることができる。 <Example 4: Running vertically downward, with matrix resin B and sizing agent>
An apparatus having a configuration shown in FIG. 25 can be used as a resin-containing reinforcing fiber tape manufacturing apparatus. That is, in addition to the apparatus of Example 1, an apparatus configuration mainly including a release tape supply apparatus, a high tension take-up apparatus, an additional impregnation apparatus, a cooling apparatus, a take-up apparatus, and a winder can be used. In FIG. 25, the illustration of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device is omitted. In addition, the application part is made of stainless steel, and in order to further heat the matrix resin, a plate heater is attached to the outer periphery of the application part so that the temperature and viscosity of the matrix resin can be adjusted while measuring the temperature with a thermocouple. Can be.
強化繊維テープについては次の(2)および(3)の工程を経た炭素繊維テープを用いることができる。すなわち(2)アクリロニトリルとイタコン酸からなる共重合体を紡糸後、最高到達温度が1000~3000℃となるよう焼成を実施する工程、(3)焼成後に炭酸水素アンモニウム水溶液を電解液として、液相電解酸化処理した後、液相電解酸化処理を施された炭素繊維テープを続いて水洗し、加熱空気中にて乾燥を実施する工程。
炭素 With respect to the reinforcing fiber tape, a carbon fiber tape that has undergone the following steps (2) and (3) can be used. That is, (2) a step of spinning a copolymer of acrylonitrile and itaconic acid, and then performing calcination so that the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C., and (3) a liquid phase using an aqueous solution of ammonium hydrogen carbonate as an electrolyte after calcination. After the electrolytic oxidation treatment, a step of successively washing the carbon fiber tape subjected to the liquid phase electrolytic oxidation treatment with water and drying in a heated air.
そして、マトリックス樹脂として、エポキシ樹脂(芳香族アミン型エポキシ樹脂+ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂の混合物)、硬化剤(ジアミノジフェニルスルホン)、ポリエーテルスルホンの混合物(マトリックス樹脂B)を用いて、塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製することができる。なお、これの粘度をTA Instruments社製ARES-G2を用いて、測定周波数0.5Hz、昇温速度1.5℃/分で測定したところ、5℃で50Pa・s、90℃で15Pa・s、105℃で4Pa・sである。このマトリックス樹脂を用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を75~105℃とし、強化繊維テープおよび塗液含有強化繊維テープの走行速度を1~20m/minとして塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製することができる。
Using a mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine-type epoxy resin and a bisphenol-type epoxy resin), a curing agent (diaminodiphenylsulfone), and a polyethersulfone (matrix resin B) as a matrix resin, the coating liquid content is strengthened. A fiber tape can be made. The viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min. As a result, 50 Pa · s at 5 ° C. and 15 Pa · s at 90 ° C. 4 Pa · s at 105 ° C. By using the matrix resin, the temperature of the matrix resin in the application section is set to 75 to 105 ° C., and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape and the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is set to 1 to 20 m / min to prepare a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. it can.
塗布部の1段目テーパーは開き角度17°、2段目テーパーは開き角度7°とし、H=70mm、L2=W×1(mm)とし、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を90℃として、強化繊維シート、強化繊維テープの走行速度を10m/分として塗液含有強化繊維テープを作製し、走行性を評価すると、毛羽・糸詰まりが無く(Good)、毛羽防止性もGoodである。また、剥離法による含浸度は55%程度であり、長手方向の目付け均一性も±2%の範囲収まり良好である。
The first-stage taper of the application section has an opening angle of 17 °, the second-stage taper has an opening angle of 7 °, H = 70 mm, L2 = W × 1 (mm), and the matrix resin temperature of the application section is 90 ° C. When the running speed of the fiber sheet and the reinforcing fiber tape is set at 10 m / min to prepare a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape, and the running property is evaluated, there is no fuzz or yarn clogging (Good), and the fuzz prevention property is Good. Further, the impregnation degree by the peeling method is about 55%, and the uniformity of the basis weight in the longitudinal direction is within the range of ± 2%, which is good.
さらに、塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅精度を評価したところ、測定長50m程度におけるデータ取得数が400個程度で、CVは4%程度と良好な幅精度である。
Further, when the width accuracy of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape was evaluated, the number of data obtained at a measurement length of about 50 m was about 400, and the CV was about 4%, which was a good width accuracy.
加えて、塗布中に塗布工程にて液の飛散は見られず、工程汚染はみられない。
In addition, no liquid is scattered in the coating process during coating, and no process contamination is observed.
<プリプレグテープ製造装置>
プリプレグ製造装置として図22a記載の構成の装置を用いた。クリールとしては電磁式のブレーキ機構を備えたものを用いた。ワインダーとしては円盤状に巻き取るリール型のものを用いた。また、ここでは、追含浸は行わなかった。なお、図22aでは、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。 <Prepreg tape manufacturing equipment>
The apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22A was used as a prepreg manufacturing apparatus. A creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism was used. As a winder, a reel-type winder wound up in a disk shape was used. Here, additional impregnation was not performed. In FIG. 22A, illustrations of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device are omitted.
プリプレグ製造装置として図22a記載の構成の装置を用いた。クリールとしては電磁式のブレーキ機構を備えたものを用いた。ワインダーとしては円盤状に巻き取るリール型のものを用いた。また、ここでは、追含浸は行わなかった。なお、図22aでは、塗液供給装置やオンライン計測装置の図示は省略してある。 <Prepreg tape manufacturing equipment>
The apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22A was used as a prepreg manufacturing apparatus. A creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism was used. As a winder, a reel-type winder wound up in a disk shape was used. Here, additional impregnation was not performed. In FIG. 22A, illustrations of the coating liquid supply device and the online measurement device are omitted.
<塗布部>
図6の形態の塗布部20bタイプの塗布部を用いた。塗布部は、液溜り部および狭窄部を形成する壁面部材にはステンレス製のブロックを用い、また側板部材にはステンレス製のプレートを用いた。さらにマトリックス樹脂を加温するため、壁面部材および側板部材の外周にプレートヒーターを貼り付け、熱電対で温度計測を行いながら、マトリックス樹脂の温度および粘度を調整した。また強化繊維シートの走行方向は鉛直方向下向き、液溜り部のテーパーは開き角度30°とした。また、幅規制機構として、図5a記載のような塗布部内部形状に合わせた板状ブッシュを備えており、さらにこの板状ブッシュの設置位置自在に変更し、L2を適宜調整できるようにした。L2を10mmとなるようにした。狭窄部の隙間Dは0.2mmとした。また、狭窄部出口から塗液が漏れないように、狭窄部出口下面においてブッシュより外側は塞いで使用した。 <Coating part>
An application unit of theapplication unit 20b type shown in FIG. 6 was used. In the application part, a stainless steel block was used for the wall member forming the liquid pool part and the constricted part, and a stainless steel plate was used for the side plate member. To further heat the matrix resin, a plate heater was attached to the outer periphery of the wall member and the side plate member, and the temperature and viscosity of the matrix resin were adjusted while measuring the temperature with a thermocouple. The running direction of the reinforcing fiber sheet was downward in the vertical direction, and the taper of the liquid reservoir was 30 °. Further, as the width regulating mechanism, a plate-shaped bush adapted to the inner shape of the application section as shown in FIG. 5A is provided, and the installation position of the plate-shaped bush is changed freely so that L2 can be adjusted appropriately. L2 was set to 10 mm. The gap D at the stenosis was 0.2 mm. In addition, in order to prevent the coating liquid from leaking from the stenotic portion outlet, the lower surface of the stenotic portion outlet was closed with the outside of the bush being used.
図6の形態の塗布部20bタイプの塗布部を用いた。塗布部は、液溜り部および狭窄部を形成する壁面部材にはステンレス製のブロックを用い、また側板部材にはステンレス製のプレートを用いた。さらにマトリックス樹脂を加温するため、壁面部材および側板部材の外周にプレートヒーターを貼り付け、熱電対で温度計測を行いながら、マトリックス樹脂の温度および粘度を調整した。また強化繊維シートの走行方向は鉛直方向下向き、液溜り部のテーパーは開き角度30°とした。また、幅規制機構として、図5a記載のような塗布部内部形状に合わせた板状ブッシュを備えており、さらにこの板状ブッシュの設置位置自在に変更し、L2を適宜調整できるようにした。L2を10mmとなるようにした。狭窄部の隙間Dは0.2mmとした。また、狭窄部出口から塗液が漏れないように、狭窄部出口下面においてブッシュより外側は塞いで使用した。 <Coating part>
An application unit of the
<強化繊維テープ>
強化繊維としては下記のものを用いた。
強化繊維1:炭素繊維(東レ製、“トレカ(登録商標)”T800S(24K))
強化繊維2:炭素繊維(東レ製、“トレカ(登録商標)”T720S(36K))
そして、上記強化繊維の1糸条を強化繊維テープとして用いた。 <Reinforcing fiber tape>
The following were used as the reinforcing fibers.
Reinforcing fiber 1: carbon fiber (Toray's “Treca (registered trademark)” T800S (24K))
Reinforcing fiber 2: carbon fiber (Toray's “Treca (registered trademark)” T720S (36K))
Then, one yarn of the reinforcing fiber was used as a reinforcing fiber tape.
強化繊維としては下記のものを用いた。
強化繊維1:炭素繊維(東レ製、“トレカ(登録商標)”T800S(24K))
強化繊維2:炭素繊維(東レ製、“トレカ(登録商標)”T720S(36K))
そして、上記強化繊維の1糸条を強化繊維テープとして用いた。 <Reinforcing fiber tape>
The following were used as the reinforcing fibers.
Reinforcing fiber 1: carbon fiber (Toray's “Treca (registered trademark)” T800S (24K))
Reinforcing fiber 2: carbon fiber (Toray's “Treca (registered trademark)” T720S (36K))
Then, one yarn of the reinforcing fiber was used as a reinforcing fiber tape.
<マトリックス樹脂>
マトリックス樹脂A:
エポキシ樹脂(芳香族アミン型エポキシ樹脂+ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂の混合物)、硬化剤、ポリエーテルスルホンの混合物を用いた。 <Matrix resin>
Matrix resin A:
A mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine type epoxy resin and a bisphenol type epoxy resin), a curing agent, and polyether sulfone was used.
マトリックス樹脂A:
エポキシ樹脂(芳香族アミン型エポキシ樹脂+ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂の混合物)、硬化剤、ポリエーテルスルホンの混合物を用いた。 <Matrix resin>
Matrix resin A:
A mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine type epoxy resin and a bisphenol type epoxy resin), a curing agent, and polyether sulfone was used.
これの粘度をTA Instruments社製ARES-G2を用いて、測定周波数0.5Hz、昇温速度1.5℃/分で測定したところ、90℃で15Pa・s、60℃で200Pa・sであった。
The viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 15 Pa · s at 90 ° C. and 200 Pa · s at 60 ° C. Was.
マトリックス樹脂B:
エポキシ樹脂(芳香族アミン型エポキシ樹脂+ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂の混合物)、硬化剤、硬化助剤の混合物である。これの粘度をTA Instruments社製ARES-G2を用いて、測定周波数0.5Hz、昇温速度1.5℃/分で測定したところ、40℃で0.6Pa・s、25℃で3Pa・sであった。 Matrix resin B:
It is a mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine type epoxy resin and a bisphenol type epoxy resin), a curing agent, and a curing assistant. The viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 0.6 Pa · s at 40 ° C. and 3 Pa · s at 25 ° C. Met.
エポキシ樹脂(芳香族アミン型エポキシ樹脂+ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂の混合物)、硬化剤、硬化助剤の混合物である。これの粘度をTA Instruments社製ARES-G2を用いて、測定周波数0.5Hz、昇温速度1.5℃/分で測定したところ、40℃で0.6Pa・s、25℃で3Pa・sであった。 Matrix resin B:
It is a mixture of an epoxy resin (a mixture of an aromatic amine type epoxy resin and a bisphenol type epoxy resin), a curing agent, and a curing assistant. The viscosity was measured using ARES-G2 manufactured by TA Instruments at a measurement frequency of 0.5 Hz and a heating rate of 1.5 ° C./min, and was 0.6 Pa · s at 40 ° C. and 3 Pa · s at 25 ° C. Met.
<連続走行性の評価>
強化繊維シートの塗布部での連続走行性を評価するため、30分間連続走行させ、毛羽詰まり・糸切れが無いものを「Good」、毛羽が詰まり糸切れしたものを「Bad」とした。 <Evaluation of continuous running performance>
In order to evaluate the continuous running property in the application section of the reinforcing fiber sheet, the running was continuously performed for 30 minutes, and those having no fuzz clogging and thread break were designated as "Good", and those having fuzz clogged and thread broken were designated as "Bad".
強化繊維シートの塗布部での連続走行性を評価するため、30分間連続走行させ、毛羽詰まり・糸切れが無いものを「Good」、毛羽が詰まり糸切れしたものを「Bad」とした。 <Evaluation of continuous running performance>
In order to evaluate the continuous running property in the application section of the reinforcing fiber sheet, the running was continuously performed for 30 minutes, and those having no fuzz clogging and thread break were designated as "Good", and those having fuzz clogged and thread broken were designated as "Bad".
また、毛羽詰まりの兆候を評価するため、60分間および120分間の連続走行後に塗布部を分解して壁面部材の接液面を目視で観察し、毛羽の有無を調べた。連続走行後に狭窄部の付近に毛羽が付着しているものを毛羽防止性「Poor」、連続走行後に狭窄部23から遠い部分(液溜り部22の上部付近)に毛羽が付着しているものを毛羽防止性「Fair」、連続走行後に壁面部材21の接液面に毛羽が付着していないものを毛羽防止性「Good」として、毛羽防止性を評価した。
Also, in order to evaluate the signs of fuzz clogging, the coating portion was disassembled after continuous running for 60 minutes and 120 minutes, and the liquid contact surface of the wall member was visually observed to check for the presence of fuzz. The fuzz-preventing property “Poor” is used for the case where fuzz is attached near the constriction after continuous running, and the case where fuzz is attached to the portion far from the constriction 23 (near the upper part of the liquid reservoir 22) after continuous running. The fuzz-preventing property was evaluated as “Fair”, and the fuzz-preventing property “Good” was evaluated when no fuzz was attached to the liquid contact surface of the wall member 21 after continuous running.
また、走行速度20m/分で60分間連続走行させ、液溜まり部直上の強化繊維シートに繊維束の割れ(縦スジ状にシート状炭素繊維束が裂けている部分)や繊維束の端部折れ(炭素繊維束が重なっている部分)がなく均一に走行している時間を測定した。繊維束の割れ、および繊維束の端部折れがなく均一に走行している時間の割合が全走行時間の90%以上を占めるものを「Excellent」、50%以上90%未満のものを「Good」、10%以上50%未満のものを「Fair」、10%未満のものを「Poor」とした。
Further, the fiber was continuously run at a running speed of 20 m / min for 60 minutes, and the fiber bundle was broken (a portion where the sheet-like carbon fiber bundle was torn in a vertical streak) or the end of the fiber bundle was broken in the reinforcing fiber sheet immediately above the liquid pool. The time during which there was no (the portion where the carbon fiber bundles overlapped) running uniformly was measured. "Excellent" means that the ratio of the time during which the fiber bundle is running uniformly without cracks and end breaks of the fiber bundle is 90% or more of the total running time, and "Good" means that the ratio is 50% or more and less than 90%. "10% or more and less than 50% were designated as" Fair ", and those less than 10% were designated as" Poor ".
<含浸度の評価>
採取したプリプレグテープを粘着テープで挟み、これを剥離し、マトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維とマトリックス樹脂が付着していない強化繊維を分離した。そして、投入した強化繊維テープ全体の質量に対するマトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維の質量の比率を剥離法によるマトリックス樹脂の含浸率とした。 <Evaluation of impregnation degree>
The collected prepreg tape was sandwiched between adhesive tapes, and the adhesive tape was peeled off to separate the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin had adhered from the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin had not adhered. Then, the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin adhered to the mass of the entire reinforcing fiber tape charged was defined as the impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method.
採取したプリプレグテープを粘着テープで挟み、これを剥離し、マトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維とマトリックス樹脂が付着していない強化繊維を分離した。そして、投入した強化繊維テープ全体の質量に対するマトリックス樹脂が付着した強化繊維の質量の比率を剥離法によるマトリックス樹脂の含浸率とした。 <Evaluation of impregnation degree>
The collected prepreg tape was sandwiched between adhesive tapes, and the adhesive tape was peeled off to separate the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin had adhered from the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin had not adhered. Then, the ratio of the mass of the reinforcing fibers to which the matrix resin adhered to the mass of the entire reinforcing fiber tape charged was defined as the impregnation rate of the matrix resin by the peeling method.
<プリプレグテープの幅精度の評価>
塗布部直下にキーエンス社製の光学式幅測定器(LS-7030)を設置し、プロセス上で連続的にプリプレグテープ幅を測定し、データロガーに取り込んだ。得られたデータからプリプレグテープ幅のCV値を計算した。 <Evaluation of prepreg tape width accuracy>
An optical width measuring device (LS-7030) manufactured by KEYENCE CORPORATION was installed immediately below the coating section, and the width of the prepreg tape was continuously measured in the process, and was taken into a data logger. From the obtained data, the CV value of the prepreg tape width was calculated.
塗布部直下にキーエンス社製の光学式幅測定器(LS-7030)を設置し、プロセス上で連続的にプリプレグテープ幅を測定し、データロガーに取り込んだ。得られたデータからプリプレグテープ幅のCV値を計算した。 <Evaluation of prepreg tape width accuracy>
An optical width measuring device (LS-7030) manufactured by KEYENCE CORPORATION was installed immediately below the coating section, and the width of the prepreg tape was continuously measured in the process, and was taken into a data logger. From the obtained data, the CV value of the prepreg tape width was calculated.
[実施例1~4]
強化繊維としてCF1を、塗液としてマトリックス樹脂Aを用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を90℃、強化繊維テープの走行速度を20m/分として、プリプレグテープの作製を行った。幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wと塗布部の断面積が連続的に減少する高さHを種々変更した時の塗布部でのプリプレグテープの走行安定性の評価結果を表1に示す。 [Examples 1 to 4]
A prepreg tape was produced by using CF1 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin A as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 90 ° C. and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 20 m / min. Relationship between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape L2-W and the running stability of the prepreg tape in the coating section when the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating section continuously decreases is variously changed. Table 1 shows the evaluation results.
強化繊維としてCF1を、塗液としてマトリックス樹脂Aを用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を90℃、強化繊維テープの走行速度を20m/分として、プリプレグテープの作製を行った。幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wと塗布部の断面積が連続的に減少する高さHを種々変更した時の塗布部でのプリプレグテープの走行安定性の評価結果を表1に示す。 [Examples 1 to 4]
A prepreg tape was produced by using CF1 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin A as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 90 ° C. and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 20 m / min. Relationship between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape L2-W and the running stability of the prepreg tape in the coating section when the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating section continuously decreases is variously changed. Table 1 shows the evaluation results.
これより、Hが大きいほど、L2-Wが小さいほど走行安定性や毛羽防止性が良好であることがわかる。
From this, it can be seen that the larger the H and the smaller the L2-W, the better the running stability and the fuzz prevention properties.
また、プリプレグテープの幅精度を評価したところ、表1に示すように実施例1~4ではCV=5%以下と良好な幅精度を示した。なお、CV値を求めるに際してのテープ幅の測定数について説明すると、データ取得個数は、427個/57.2mであった。
Further, when the width accuracy of the prepreg tape was evaluated, as shown in Table 1, in Examples 1 to 4, CV = 5% or less, which was a good width accuracy. The number of measured tape widths for obtaining the CV value will be described. The number of acquired data was 427 / 57.2 m.
また、いずれの実施例でも含浸率も50%以上であり、含浸が進んでいることを確認した。なお、プリプレグテープ全体に占める樹脂含有率は約25質量%であった。
Further, in all the examples, the impregnation rate was 50% or more, and it was confirmed that the impregnation was advanced. The resin content in the entire prepreg tape was about 25% by mass.
[比較例1]
塗布部として、図10に示す断面積が連続的に減少する部分の無いもの(H=0)を用い、表1記載の条件で実施例1と同様にプリプレグを作製しようとしたが、20m/分で走行開始後、すぐに強化繊維シートが詰まり、連続走行性が不良であった。 [Comparative Example 1]
A prepreg was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 under the conditions shown in Table 1 by using a coating portion having no portion where the cross-sectional area shown in FIG. 10 continuously decreases (H = 0). Minutes after the start of running, the reinforcing fiber sheet was immediately clogged, and the continuous running performance was poor.
塗布部として、図10に示す断面積が連続的に減少する部分の無いもの(H=0)を用い、表1記載の条件で実施例1と同様にプリプレグを作製しようとしたが、20m/分で走行開始後、すぐに強化繊維シートが詰まり、連続走行性が不良であった。 [Comparative Example 1]
A prepreg was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 under the conditions shown in Table 1 by using a coating portion having no portion where the cross-sectional area shown in FIG. 10 continuously decreases (H = 0). Minutes after the start of running, the reinforcing fiber sheet was immediately clogged, and the continuous running performance was poor.
[比較例2]
幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wを2mmとした以外は実施例5と同様にプリプレグテープの作製を実施した。プリプレグテープの幅精度を評価したところCV=6%であり、幅精度が実施例1~4には及ばずテープ幅変動が大きかった。プリプレグテープ積層時にテープが重なり合い、局所的な厚み不良となる可能性があるため不合格とした。なおデータ取得個数は、427個/57.2mであった。 [Comparative Example 2]
A prepreg tape was produced in the same manner as in Example 5, except that the relationship L2-W between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape was set to 2 mm. When the width accuracy of the prepreg tape was evaluated, CV was 6%, and the width accuracy was not as high as in Examples 1 to 4, and the tape width fluctuation was large. When the prepreg tapes were laminated, the tapes were overlapped, and there was a possibility that local thickness defects occurred. The number of acquired data was 427 / 57.2 m.
幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wを2mmとした以外は実施例5と同様にプリプレグテープの作製を実施した。プリプレグテープの幅精度を評価したところCV=6%であり、幅精度が実施例1~4には及ばずテープ幅変動が大きかった。プリプレグテープ積層時にテープが重なり合い、局所的な厚み不良となる可能性があるため不合格とした。なおデータ取得個数は、427個/57.2mであった。 [Comparative Example 2]
A prepreg tape was produced in the same manner as in Example 5, except that the relationship L2-W between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape was set to 2 mm. When the width accuracy of the prepreg tape was evaluated, CV was 6%, and the width accuracy was not as high as in Examples 1 to 4, and the tape width fluctuation was large. When the prepreg tapes were laminated, the tapes were overlapped, and there was a possibility that local thickness defects occurred. The number of acquired data was 427 / 57.2 m.
[実施例5]
プリプレグ製造装置として図22aに記載の構成の装置に冷却装置433を更に備えた図22c記載の構成の装置を用いた。強化繊維としてCF1を、塗液としてマトリックス樹脂Aを用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を90℃、強化繊維テープの走行速度を20m/分として、プリプレグテープの作製を行った。なお、冷却装置433後の塗液含有強化繊維テープの温度は60℃であった。幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wと塗布部の断面積が連続的に減少する高さHは実施例4と同様とした。結果を表2に示す。プリプレグテープの幅精度を評価したところCV=4%となり、冷却装置を用いることで実施例4と比べて幅精度が良化した。 [Example 5]
As the prepreg manufacturing apparatus, an apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22C and further including acooling device 433 in the apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22A was used. A prepreg tape was produced by using CF1 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin A as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 90 ° C. and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 20 m / min. The temperature of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape after the cooling device 433 was 60 ° C. The relationship L2-W between the width L2 of the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape and the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating portion continuously decreases were the same as those in Example 4. Table 2 shows the results. When the width accuracy of the prepreg tape was evaluated, CV was 4%, and the width accuracy was improved as compared with Example 4 by using the cooling device.
プリプレグ製造装置として図22aに記載の構成の装置に冷却装置433を更に備えた図22c記載の構成の装置を用いた。強化繊維としてCF1を、塗液としてマトリックス樹脂Aを用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を90℃、強化繊維テープの走行速度を20m/分として、プリプレグテープの作製を行った。なお、冷却装置433後の塗液含有強化繊維テープの温度は60℃であった。幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wと塗布部の断面積が連続的に減少する高さHは実施例4と同様とした。結果を表2に示す。プリプレグテープの幅精度を評価したところCV=4%となり、冷却装置を用いることで実施例4と比べて幅精度が良化した。 [Example 5]
As the prepreg manufacturing apparatus, an apparatus having the configuration shown in FIG. 22C and further including a
[実施例6]
強化繊維としてCF2を、塗液としてマトリックス樹脂Bを用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を40℃、強化繊維テープの走行速度を125m/分として、プリプレグテープの作製を行った。幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wはゼロ、塗布部の断面積が連続的に減少する高さHは50mmとした。 [Example 6]
A prepreg tape was prepared by using CF2 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin B as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 40 ° C and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 125 m / min. The relationship L2-W between the width L2 at the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape was zero, and the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating portion was continuously reduced was 50 mm.
強化繊維としてCF2を、塗液としてマトリックス樹脂Bを用い、塗布部のマトリックス樹脂温度を40℃、強化繊維テープの走行速度を125m/分として、プリプレグテープの作製を行った。幅規制機構下端部の幅L2とプリプレグテープの幅Wの関係L2-Wはゼロ、塗布部の断面積が連続的に減少する高さHは50mmとした。 [Example 6]
A prepreg tape was prepared by using CF2 as the reinforcing fiber and matrix resin B as the coating liquid, setting the matrix resin temperature in the application section to 40 ° C and the running speed of the reinforcing fiber tape to 125 m / min. The relationship L2-W between the width L2 at the lower end of the width regulating mechanism and the width W of the prepreg tape was zero, and the height H at which the cross-sectional area of the coating portion was continuously reduced was 50 mm.
この時、毛羽詰まりや糸切れなく、125m/分で30分以上、安定走行が可能であった。また、テープ端部での割れや折れも見られなかった。
At this time, stable running was possible at 125 m / min for 30 minutes or more without fuzz clogging or thread breakage. Also, no cracks or breaks were found at the end of the tape.
次に、プリプレグテープの幅精度を評価したところ、CVは2%と優れた幅精度であった。なおデータ取得個数は、136個/114mであった。また、得られたプリプレグテープを手で裂いて内部を確認したところ、内部の強化繊維まで塗液(マトリックス樹脂B)で濡れており、含浸度も良好であることを確認した。なお、プリプレグテープ全体に占める樹脂含有率は約27質量%であった。
Next, when the width accuracy of the prepreg tape was evaluated, the CV was 2%, which was excellent width accuracy. The number of acquired data was 136 / 114m. When the obtained prepreg tape was torn by hand to check the inside, it was confirmed that the inside reinforcing fibers were wet with the coating liquid (matrix resin B) and the impregnation degree was good. The resin content of the entire prepreg tape was about 27% by mass.
また、得られたプリプレグテープの巻き取りパッケージからプリプレグテープを解舒したところ、プリプレグテープ表面はタック性がほとんど感じられず、離型テープなどの支持体を併用していないにもかかわらず、解舒性は良好であった。
In addition, when the prepreg tape was unwound from the obtained prepreg tape winding package, the prepreg tape surface showed almost no tackiness, and despite the absence of a support such as a release tape, the prepreg tape was unwound. The washability was good.
本発明の製造方法で得られる塗液含有強化繊維テープは、CFRPに代表されるFRPとして、航空・宇宙用途や自動車・列車・船舶などの構造材や内装材、圧力容器、産業資材用途、スポーツ材料用途、医療機器用途、筐体用途、土木・建築用途など広く適用することができる。
The coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape obtained by the production method of the present invention is used as an FRP typified by CFRP, such as structural materials and interior materials for aerospace applications, automobiles, trains and ships, pressure vessels, industrial materials applications, and sports. It can be widely used for materials, medical equipment, housing, civil engineering and construction.
1 強化繊維
1a 強化繊維テープ
1b 塗液含有強化繊維テープ
2 塗液
3 離型テープまたは樹脂フィルム
11 クリール
11a 焼成装置
12 配列装置
13、14 搬送ロール
15 巻取り装置
16、16a、16b 供給装置
20 塗布部
20b 別の実施形態の塗布部
20c 別の実施形態の塗布部
20d 別の実施形態の塗布部
20e 別の実施形態の塗布部
21a、21b 壁面部材
21c、21d 別の形状の壁面部材
21e、21f 別の形状の壁面部材
21g、21h 別の形状の壁面部材
21i、21j 別の形状の壁面部材
22 液溜り部
22a 液溜り部のうち断面積が連続的に減少する領域
22b 液溜り部のうち断面積が減少しない領域
22c 液溜り部のうち断面積が断続的に減少する領域
23 狭窄部
24a、24b 側板部材
25 出口
26 隙間
27、27a、27b 幅規制機構
30 比較例1の塗布部
31a、31b 比較例1の壁面部材
32 比較例1の液溜り部
33 比較例1の液溜り部のうち断面積が断続的に減少する領域
35a、35b、35c バー
56 脱気機構
60 開口部
61 方向転換部材
62 冷却装置
100 塗工装置
B 液溜り部22の奥行き
C 液溜り部22の上部液面までの高さ
D 狭窄部の隙間
G 幅規制を行う位置
H 液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する鉛直方向高さ
L 液溜り部22の幅
R、Ra、Rb 渦流れ
T 循環流
U 狭窄部23の幅
W 狭窄部23の直下で測定した塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅
X 水平方向
Y X、Zに直行方向
Z 強化繊維テープ1aの走行方向(鉛直方向下向き)
θ テーパー部の開き角度
411 クリール
411b 焼成装置412 強化繊維ボビン
412b 表面処理装置
413 方向転換ガイド
413b 表面処理剤の乾燥装置
414 強化繊維束
414b サイジング装置
415 強化繊維配列装置
415b サイジング剤の乾燥装置
416 強化繊維テープ
417 拡幅装置
418 平滑化装置
419 方向転換ロール
420 強化繊維予熱装置
430 塗布部
431 第1の塗布部
432 第2の塗布部
433 冷却装置
441 方向転換ロール
442 離型テープまたは樹脂フィルム供給装置
443 離型テープまたは樹脂フィルム
444 高張力引取り装置
445 方向転換ロール
446 離型テープ
447 積層ロール
448 高張力引取り装置
449 高張力引取りS字ロール
450 追含浸装置
451 熱板
452 加熱ニップロール
453 簡易追含浸装置
454 加熱ニップロール
455 加熱S字ロール
456 コンタクトロール
461 冷却装置
462 引き取り装置
463 離型テープ(上)巻取装置
464 ワインダー
471 プリプレグ(塗液含有強化繊維テープ)
472 プリプレグ/離型テープ(シート状一体物)
REFERENCE SIGNSLIST 1 Reinforcing fiber 1a Reinforcing fiber tape 1b Reinforcing fiber tape containing coating liquid 2 Coating liquid 3 Release tape or resin film 11 Creel 11a Firing device 12 Arranging device 13, 14 Transport roll 15 Winding device 16, 16a, 16b Supply device 20 Coating Unit 20b Coating unit 20c of another embodiment Coating unit 20d of another embodiment Coating unit 20e of another embodiment Coating units 21a, 21b of another embodiment Wall members 21c, 21d Wall members 21e, 21f of different shapes Wall members 21g, 21h having different shapes Wall members 21i, 21j having different shapes 22 Wall members 22 having different shapes Liquid reservoir 22a A region 22b of the liquid reservoir where the cross-sectional area is continuously reduced. Area 22c where the area does not decrease Area 23c where the cross-sectional area is reduced intermittently in the liquid reservoir part Narrowing parts 24a and 24b Side plate member 5 Outlet 26 Gap 27, 27a, 27b Width regulating mechanism 30 Coating portions 31a, 31b of Comparative example 1 Wall member 32 of Comparative example 1 Liquid reservoir 33 of Comparative example 1 Cross section of liquid reservoir of Comparative example 1 is intermittent Bars 35a, 35b, 35c Bar 56 Deaeration mechanism 60 Opening 61 Direction changing member 62 Cooling device 100 Coating device B Depth of liquid reservoir 22 Height D to upper liquid surface of liquid reservoir 22 Gap G of the constricted portion G Position for controlling the width H Vertical height L where the cross-sectional area of the liquid reservoir 22 continuously decreases Width R, Ra, Rb of the liquid reservoir 22 Vortex flow T Circulation flow U of the constricted portion 23 Width W The width X of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape measured just below the constricted portion 23. The horizontal direction Y X, the direction perpendicular to Z. The running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape 1a (vertically downward).
θTaper opening angle 411 Creel 411b Firing device 412 Reinforcing fiber bobbin 412b Surface treatment device 413 Direction changing guide 413b Drying device for surface treatment agent 414 Reinforcing fiber bundle 414b Sizing device 415 Reinforcing fiber arrangement device 415b Drying device for sizing agent 416 Reinforcement Fiber tape 417 Widening device 418 Smoothing device 419 Direction change roll 420 Reinforcement fiber preheating device 430 Application section 431 First application section 432 Second application section 433 Cooling device 441 Direction change roll 442 Release tape or resin film supply device 443 Release tape or resin film 444 High tension take-up device 445 Direction change roll 446 Release tape 447 Laminate roll 448 High tension take-up device 449 High tension take-off S-shaped roll 450 Additional impregnating device 451 Hot plate 452 Heating nip Roll 453 Simple add impregnator 454 heated nip roll 455 heated S-roll 456 contact roller 461 cooling system 462 taking over device 463 release the tape (upper) winding device 464 winder 471 prepreg (coating liquid containing reinforcing fibers tape)
472 Pre-preg / release tape (sheet-like integrated material)
1a 強化繊維テープ
1b 塗液含有強化繊維テープ
2 塗液
3 離型テープまたは樹脂フィルム
11 クリール
11a 焼成装置
12 配列装置
13、14 搬送ロール
15 巻取り装置
16、16a、16b 供給装置
20 塗布部
20b 別の実施形態の塗布部
20c 別の実施形態の塗布部
20d 別の実施形態の塗布部
20e 別の実施形態の塗布部
21a、21b 壁面部材
21c、21d 別の形状の壁面部材
21e、21f 別の形状の壁面部材
21g、21h 別の形状の壁面部材
21i、21j 別の形状の壁面部材
22 液溜り部
22a 液溜り部のうち断面積が連続的に減少する領域
22b 液溜り部のうち断面積が減少しない領域
22c 液溜り部のうち断面積が断続的に減少する領域
23 狭窄部
24a、24b 側板部材
25 出口
26 隙間
27、27a、27b 幅規制機構
30 比較例1の塗布部
31a、31b 比較例1の壁面部材
32 比較例1の液溜り部
33 比較例1の液溜り部のうち断面積が断続的に減少する領域
35a、35b、35c バー
56 脱気機構
60 開口部
61 方向転換部材
62 冷却装置
100 塗工装置
B 液溜り部22の奥行き
C 液溜り部22の上部液面までの高さ
D 狭窄部の隙間
G 幅規制を行う位置
H 液溜り部22の断面積が連続的に減少する鉛直方向高さ
L 液溜り部22の幅
R、Ra、Rb 渦流れ
T 循環流
U 狭窄部23の幅
W 狭窄部23の直下で測定した塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅
X 水平方向
Y X、Zに直行方向
Z 強化繊維テープ1aの走行方向(鉛直方向下向き)
θ テーパー部の開き角度
411 クリール
411b 焼成装置412 強化繊維ボビン
412b 表面処理装置
413 方向転換ガイド
413b 表面処理剤の乾燥装置
414 強化繊維束
414b サイジング装置
415 強化繊維配列装置
415b サイジング剤の乾燥装置
416 強化繊維テープ
417 拡幅装置
418 平滑化装置
419 方向転換ロール
420 強化繊維予熱装置
430 塗布部
431 第1の塗布部
432 第2の塗布部
433 冷却装置
441 方向転換ロール
442 離型テープまたは樹脂フィルム供給装置
443 離型テープまたは樹脂フィルム
444 高張力引取り装置
445 方向転換ロール
446 離型テープ
447 積層ロール
448 高張力引取り装置
449 高張力引取りS字ロール
450 追含浸装置
451 熱板
452 加熱ニップロール
453 簡易追含浸装置
454 加熱ニップロール
455 加熱S字ロール
456 コンタクトロール
461 冷却装置
462 引き取り装置
463 離型テープ(上)巻取装置
464 ワインダー
471 プリプレグ(塗液含有強化繊維テープ)
472 プリプレグ/離型テープ(シート状一体物)
REFERENCE SIGNS
θ
472 Pre-preg / release tape (sheet-like integrated material)
Claims (13)
- 塗液が貯留された塗布部の内部に、テープ幅が3~30mmの強化繊維テープを通過させて塗液を該強化繊維テープに付与して得られる塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法であって、
前記塗布部は互いに連通された液溜り部と狭窄部を備え、
前記液溜り部は強化繊維テープの走行方向に沿って断面積が連続的に減少する部分を有し、
前記狭窄部はスリット状の断面を有し、かつ液溜り部上面よりも小さい断面積を有し、狭窄部から引き出された塗液含有強化繊維テープの幅変動係数(CV)が5%以下である、
塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 A method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforced fiber tape obtained by applying a coating liquid to the reinforced fiber tape by passing a reinforced fiber tape having a tape width of 3 to 30 mm through the inside of the application section in which the coating liquid is stored. hand,
The coating unit includes a liquid reservoir and a constricted portion communicated with each other,
The liquid reservoir has a portion whose cross-sectional area is continuously reduced along the running direction of the reinforcing fiber tape,
The constricted portion has a slit-shaped cross section and a cross-sectional area smaller than the upper surface of the liquid pool portion, and the width variation coefficient (CV) of the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape drawn out from the constricted portion is 5% or less. is there,
A method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape. - 最高到達温度が1000~3000℃となる焼成工程を有し、かつ、少なくとも、前記焼成工程から強化繊維テープに塗液が付与される工程までが連続して行われる、請求項1に記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 2. The coating according to claim 1, further comprising a firing step in which the maximum temperature reaches 1000 to 3000 ° C., and wherein at least the step from the firing step to the step of applying the coating liquid to the reinforcing fiber tape is performed continuously. A method for producing a liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape.
- 液溜り部における断面積が連続的に減少する部分の長さが10mm以上である、
請求項1または2に記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 The length of the portion where the cross-sectional area in the liquid reservoir is continuously reduced is 10 mm or more,
A method for producing the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to claim 1. - 前記塗布部内において、強化繊維テープを実質的に鉛直方向下向きに通過させて塗液を強化繊維テープに付与する、請求項1~3いずれか1項に記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the coating liquid is applied to the reinforcing fiber tape by passing the reinforcing fiber tape substantially downward in the application section. .
- 前記塗布部内において、強化繊維テープを実質的に水平方向または傾斜方向に通過させて塗液を強化繊維テープに付与する、請求項1~3いずれか1項に記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 The coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the coating liquid is applied to the reinforcing fiber tape by passing the reinforcing fiber tape substantially horizontally or in an inclined direction in the application section. Production method.
- 強化繊維テープのテープ幅方向における液溜り部の下部の幅L(mm)と、狭窄部の直下におけるテープ状強化繊維の幅W(mm)が、L≦1.1×Wを満たす、請求項1~5のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 The width L (mm) of the lower part of the liquid pool part in the tape width direction of the reinforcing fiber tape and the width W (mm) of the tape-like reinforcing fiber immediately below the constriction part satisfy L ≦ 1.1 × W. 6. The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of 1 to 5.
- 液溜り部内に強化繊維テープの幅を規制するための幅規制機構を備え、狭窄部の直下における強化繊維テープの幅W(mm)と該幅規制機構下端において幅規制機構により規制される幅L2(mm)との関係が、L2≦1.1×W(mm)を満たす、請求項1~6のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 A width regulating mechanism for regulating the width of the reinforcing fiber tape is provided in the liquid reservoir, and the width W (mm) of the reinforcing fiber tape immediately below the constriction and the width L2 regulated by the width regulating mechanism at the lower end of the width regulating mechanism. 7. The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to claim 1, wherein a relationship with (mm) satisfies L2 ≦ 1.1 × W (mm).
- 塗液の粘度が2Pa・s以下である、請求項1~7のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 (8) The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of (1) to (7), wherein the viscosity of the coating liquid is 2 Pa · s or less.
- 狭窄部から引き出された塗液含有強化繊維テープに追含浸を施す、請求項1~8のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the additional impregnation is performed on the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape pulled out from the constriction.
- 電磁式ブレーキ機構を備えたクリールを用いて引き出した後、強化繊維テープを塗布部の内部に導入する、請求項1および請求項3~9のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープの製造方法。 The coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of claims 1 and 3, wherein the reinforcing fiber tape is introduced into the application section after being pulled out using a creel provided with an electromagnetic brake mechanism. Production method.
- 請求項1~10のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープを、トラバースさせて巻き取る、塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージの製造方法。 A method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package, wherein the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of claims 1 to 10 is traversed and wound.
- 請求項1~11のいずれか1項記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープ¥を、円盤状に巻き取る、塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージの製造方法。 12. A method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package, comprising winding the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape according to any one of claims 1 to 11 into a disc shape.
- 塗液含有強化繊維テープのみを巻き取る、請求項11または12に記載の塗液含有強化繊維テープパッケージの製造方法。 The method for producing a coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package according to claim 11 or 12, wherein only the coating liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape is wound.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019546262A JP6708311B1 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2019-08-20 | Coating liquid containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating liquid containing reinforcing fiber tape package manufacturing method |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2018-155082 | 2018-08-22 | ||
JP2018155082 | 2018-08-22 | ||
JP2018174738 | 2018-09-19 | ||
JP2018-174738 | 2018-09-19 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2020040151A1 true WO2020040151A1 (en) | 2020-02-27 |
Family
ID=69592021
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2019/032493 WO2020040151A1 (en) | 2018-08-22 | 2019-08-20 | Method for producing coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6708311B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2020040151A1 (en) |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6416612A (en) * | 1987-07-11 | 1989-01-20 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Manufacture of continuous frtp prepreg and its device |
JPH01178411A (en) * | 1988-01-06 | 1989-07-14 | Toyobo Co Ltd | Manufacture of fiber-reinforced resin molding material and device therefor |
JPH01178412A (en) * | 1988-01-06 | 1989-07-14 | Toyobo Co Ltd | Manufacture of fiber-reinforced resin molding material and device therefor |
JPH01263005A (en) * | 1988-04-14 | 1989-10-19 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Manufacturing device for frtp continuous prepreg |
JP2003268137A (en) * | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-25 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd | Prepreg and method for producing prepreg |
JP2008291170A (en) * | 2007-05-28 | 2008-12-04 | Teijin Techno Products Ltd | Fiber-reinforced tape and method for producing the same |
JP2014005580A (en) * | 2012-06-27 | 2014-01-16 | Toray Ind Inc | Method for opening and transporting carbon fiber bundle, and method for producing carbon fiber unidirectional prepreg |
WO2016009735A1 (en) * | 2014-07-16 | 2016-01-21 | 株式会社神戸製鋼所 | Manufacturing device and manufacturing method for fiber-reinforced thermoplastic resin tape |
-
2019
- 2019-08-20 WO PCT/JP2019/032493 patent/WO2020040151A1/en active Application Filing
- 2019-08-20 JP JP2019546262A patent/JP6708311B1/en active Active
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS6416612A (en) * | 1987-07-11 | 1989-01-20 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Manufacture of continuous frtp prepreg and its device |
JPH01178411A (en) * | 1988-01-06 | 1989-07-14 | Toyobo Co Ltd | Manufacture of fiber-reinforced resin molding material and device therefor |
JPH01178412A (en) * | 1988-01-06 | 1989-07-14 | Toyobo Co Ltd | Manufacture of fiber-reinforced resin molding material and device therefor |
JPH01263005A (en) * | 1988-04-14 | 1989-10-19 | Kobe Steel Ltd | Manufacturing device for frtp continuous prepreg |
JP2003268137A (en) * | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-25 | Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd | Prepreg and method for producing prepreg |
JP2008291170A (en) * | 2007-05-28 | 2008-12-04 | Teijin Techno Products Ltd | Fiber-reinforced tape and method for producing the same |
JP2014005580A (en) * | 2012-06-27 | 2014-01-16 | Toray Ind Inc | Method for opening and transporting carbon fiber bundle, and method for producing carbon fiber unidirectional prepreg |
WO2016009735A1 (en) * | 2014-07-16 | 2016-01-21 | 株式会社神戸製鋼所 | Manufacturing device and manufacturing method for fiber-reinforced thermoplastic resin tape |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP6708311B1 (en) | 2020-06-10 |
JPWO2020040151A1 (en) | 2020-08-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6418356B1 (en) | Manufacturing method of coating liquid-impregnated sheet-like reinforcing fiber bundle and sheet-like monolith, coating apparatus | |
JP7140131B2 (en) | Multi-layer prepreg with release sheet, prepreg roll, prepreg tape and composites | |
EP3797956B1 (en) | Coating-liquid-impregnated fiber-reinforced fabric, sheet-shaped integrated object, prepreg, prepreg tape, and method for manufacturing fiber-reinforced composite material | |
JP7144756B2 (en) | Method for producing prepreg, prepreg tape and fiber-reinforced composite material, and prepreg production apparatus | |
JP6696630B1 (en) | Prepreg manufacturing method, coating apparatus, and prepreg manufacturing apparatus | |
JP7163927B2 (en) | Prepreg manufacturing method, prepreg tape manufacturing method, and fiber reinforced composite material manufacturing method | |
JP7243629B2 (en) | Prepreg manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus | |
WO2020040150A1 (en) | Production method for prepreg, prepreg tape, and fiber reinforced composite material, and coating device | |
JP2020028844A (en) | Manufacturing method for reinforcement fiber sheet impregnated with coating liquid and sheet-like integrated product, and coating device | |
WO2020040151A1 (en) | Method for producing coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape and coating-liquid-containing reinforcing fiber tape package | |
JP2020028843A (en) | Manufacturing method for reinforcement fiber sheet impregnated with coating liquid and sheet-like integrated product, and coating device | |
JP2020028845A (en) | Manufacturing method for reinforcement fiber sheet impregnated with coating liquid and sheet-like integrated product, and coating device | |
JP2020029015A (en) | Manufacturing device and manufacturing method for prepreg and sheet-like integrated product | |
JP2020029016A (en) | Manufacturing method for prepreg, prepreg tape and fiber-reinforced composite material, and manufacturing device for prepreg | |
JP2020028846A (en) | Manufacturing method for reinforcement fiber sheet impregnated with coating liquid and sheet-like integrated product, and coating device | |
JP2020029014A (en) | Manufacturing method for prepreg and sheet-like integrated product, and coating device | |
JP2020029013A (en) | Manufacturing method for prepreg and sheet-like integrated product, and coating device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019546262 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19851817 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19851817 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |